AD Validation Guide Vol1 2015 en

Advance Design
Validation Guide
Part 1
Version: 2015
Tests passed on: 16 April 2014
Number of tests: 519
INTRODUCTION
Before being officially released, each version of GRAITEC software, including

Advance Design, undergoes a series of validation tests. This validation is performed in
parallel and in addition to manual testing and beta testing, in order to obtain the
"operational version" status. This document contains a description of the automatic
tests, highlighting the theoretical background and the results we have obtained using
the current software release.
Usually, a test is made of a reference (independent from the specific software version
tested), a transformation (a calculation or a data processing scenario), a result (given
by the specific software version tested) and a difference usually measured in
percentage as a drift from a set of reference values. Depending on the cases, the
used reference is either a theoretical calculation done manually, a sample taken from
the technical literature, or the result of a previous version considered as good by
experience.
Starting with version 2012, Graitec Advance has made significant steps forward in term of
quality management by extending the scope and automating the testing process.
While in previous versions, the tests were always about the calculation results which
were compared to a reference set, starting with version 2012, tests have been
extended to user interface behavior, import/export procedures, etc.
The next major improvement is the capacity to pass the tests automatically. These
current tests have obviously been passed on the “operational version”, but they are
actually passed on a daily basis during the development process, which helps improve
the daily quality by solving potential issues, immediately after they have been
introduced in the code.
In the field of structural analysis and design, software users must keep in mind that the
results highly depend on the modeling (especially when dealing with finite elements)
and on the settings of the numerous assumptions and options available in the
software. A software package cannot replace engineers experience and analysis.
Despite all our efforts in term of quality management, we cannot guaranty the correct
behavior and the validity of the results issued by Advance Design in any situation.
With this validation guide, we are providing a set of concrete test cases showing the
behavior of Advance Design in various areas and various conditions. The tests cover
a wide field of expertise: modeling, climatic load generation according to Eurocode 1,
combinations management, meshing, finite element calculation, reinforced concrete
design according to Eurocode 2, steel member design according to Eurocode 3, steel
connection design according to Eurocode 3, timber member design according to
Eurocode 5, seismic analysis according to Eurocode 8, report generation, import /
export procedures and user interface behavior.
We hope that this guide will highly contribute to the knowledge and the confidence you
are placing in Advance Design.
Manuel LIEDOT
Chief Product Office
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
Table of Contents
1 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD .................................................................................................17

1.1 Cantilever rectangular plate (01-0001SSLSB_FEM) ....................................................................................18
1.2 System of two bars with three hinges (01-0002SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................................21
1.3 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 15 °) (01-0008SDLSB_FEM) ...................................24
1.4 Thin circular ring fixed in two points (01-0006SDLLB_FEM) ........................................................................27
1.5 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 30 °) (01-0009SDLSB_FEM) ...................................31
1.6 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 0 °) (01-0007SDLSB_FEM) .....................................34
1.7 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 2) (01-0012SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................37
1.8 Double fixed beam (01-0016SDLLB_FEM) ..................................................................................................40
1.9 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 3) (01-0013SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................44
1.10 Short beam on simple supports (on the neutral axis) (01-0017SDLLB_FEM).............................................47
1.11 Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter (01-0020SDLSB_FEM)......................................51
1.12 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling (01-0021SFLLB_FEM) .....................................................................55
1.13 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 1) (01-0011SDLLB_FEM).........................................57
1.14 Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span (01-0015SSLLB_FEM) ........................................................60
1.15 Thin square plate fixed on one side (01-0019SDLSB_FEM).......................................................................63
1.16 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 45 °) (01-0010SDLSB_FEM) .................................67
1.17 Thin circular ring hanged on an elastic element (01-0014SDLLB_FEM) ....................................................70
1.18 Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) (01-0018SDLLB_FEM) ...........................................................74
1.19 Slender beam on two fixed supports (01-0024SSLLB_FEM)......................................................................78
1.20 Slender beam on three supports (01-0025SSLLB_FEM)............................................................................83
1.21 Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending (01-0028SSLLB_FEM) ....................................................................87
1.22 Double hinged thin arc in planar bending (01-0029SSLLB_FEM)...............................................................89
1.23 Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame (01-0023SDLLB_FEM).......................................................92
1.24 Fixed thin arc in planar bending (01-0027SSLLB_FEM) .............................................................................95
1.25 Beam on elastic soil, free ends (01-0032SSLLB_FEM) ..............................................................................98
1.26 EDF Pylon (01-0033SFLLA_FEM)............................................................................................................101
1.27 Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load (01-0031SSLLB_FEM) .....................................................105
1.28 Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) (01-0022SDLSB_FEM)............................108
1.29 Bimetallic: Fixed beams connected to a stiff element (01-0026SSLLB_FEM) ..........................................110
1.30 Portal frame with lateral connections (01-0030SSLLB_FEM) ...................................................................113
1.31 Caisson beam in torsion (01-0037SSLSB_FEM) ......................................................................................116
1.32 Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure (01-0038SSLSB_FEM) .....................................................119
1.33 Beam on two supports considering the shear force (01-0041SSLLB_FEM) .............................................121
1.34 Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load (01-0042SSLSB_FEM) ..............................................................124
7
1.35 Simply supported square plate (01-0036SSLSB_FEM)............................................................................ 127
1.36 Stiffen membrane (01-0040SSLSB_FEM)................................................................................................ 130
1.37 Torus with uniform internal pressure (01-0045SSLSB_FEM) ................................................................... 133
1.38 Spherical shell under internal pressure (01-0046SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................... 136
1.39 Thin cylinder under its self weight (01-0044SSLSB_MEF) ....................................................................... 139
1.40 Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends (01-0034SSLLB_FEM) ....................................................................... 141
1.41 Square plate under planar stresses (01-0039SSLSB_FEM) .................................................................... 145
1.42 Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure (01-0043SSLSB_FEM) ......................................................... 148
1.43 Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure (01-0050SSLSB_FEM) ............................................ 151
1.44 Simply supported square plate under a uniform load (01-0051SSLSB_FEM) .......................................... 154
1.45 Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments (01-0054SSLSB_FEM).... 156
1.46 Shear plate perpendicular to the medium surface (01-0055SSLSB_FEM)............................................... 158
1.47 Spherical shell with holes (01-0049SSLSB_FEM).................................................................................... 160
1.48 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0053SSLSB_FEM) ................................... 163
1.49 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0058SSLSB_FEM) .......... 165
1.50 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0059SSLSB_FEM) .... 167
1.52 Pinch cylindrical shell (01-0048SSLSB_FEM) .......................................................................................... 171
1.53 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0052SSLSB_FEM) ................................... 173
1.54 Triangulated system with hinged bars (01-0056SSLLB_FEM) ................................................................. 175
1.55 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0062SSLSB_FEM)......... 178
1.56 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0063SSLSB_FEM)... 181
1.57 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0066SSLSB_FEM)........... 183
1.58 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 1) (01-0067SDLLB_FEM) ..................................... 185
1.59 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0061SSLSB_FEM) ...... 188
1.61 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Rafters) (01-0077SSLPB_FEM).... 192
1.62 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Columns) (01-0078SSLPB_FEM)............ 194
1.67 Slender beam of variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed) (01-0086SDLLB_FEM).................................. 206
1.68 Plane portal frame with hinged supports (01-0089SSLLB_FEM) ............................................................. 209
1.69 A 3D bar structure with elastic support (01-0094SSLLB_FEM) ................................................................ 211
1.70 Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass (01-0095SDLLB_FEM)...................................................... 218
1.71 Slender beam of variable rectangular section with fixed-free ends (ß=5) (01-0085SDLLB_FEM)............ 223
1.72 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load (01-0092HFLLB_FEM) ...................................... 228
8
1.73 Simple supported beam in free vibration (01-0098SDLLB_FEM) .............................................................230
1.74 Membrane with hot point (01-0099HSLSB_FEM) .....................................................................................233
1.75 Double cross with hinged ends (01-0097SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................................236
1.76 Short beam on two hinged supports (01-0084SSLLB_FEM) ....................................................................240
1.77 Double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load (01-0091HFLLB_FEM) ................................242
1.78 Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia (01-0096SDLLB_FEM) .......................................244
1.79 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = -10000 N/m) (01-0102SSNLB_FEM) ..................................................248
1.80 Linear system of truss beams (01-0103SSLLB_FEM) ..............................................................................251
1.81 Linear element in combined bending/tension - without compressed reinforcements - Partially tensioned
section (02-0158SSLLB_B91) ..............................................................................................................................254
1.82 Linear element in simple bending - without compressed reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91)................260
1.83 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k -> infinite) (01-0101SSNLB_FEM) .........................................................264
1.84 Study of a mast subjected to an earthquake (02-0112SMLLB_P92) ........................................................267
1.85 Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-0208SSLLG_BAEL91) ....................................................272
1.86 Design of a 2D portal frame (03-0207SSLLG_CM66)...............................................................................280
1.87 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = 0) (01-0100SSNLB_FEM)...................................................................288
1.88 Non linear system of truss beams (01-0104SSNLB_FEM) .......................................................................291
1.89 Design of a Steel Structure according to CM66 (03-0206SSLLG_CM66).................................................295
1.90 Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) (01-0004SDLLB_FEM)...................................................304
1.91 Tied (sub-tensioned) beam (01-0005SSLLB_FEM) ..................................................................................307
1.92 Circular plate under uniform load (01-0003SSLSB_FEM) ........................................................................312
1.93 Verifying the displacement results on linear elements for vertical seism (TTAD #11756) .........................315
1.94 Verifying constraints for triangular mesh on planar elements (TTAD #11447) ..........................................315
1.95 Verifying forces results on concrete linear elements (TTAD #11647) .......................................................315
1.96 Verifying diagrams after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view (TTAD #11854).......315
1.97 Verifying forces for triangular meshing on planar element (TTAD #11723) ..............................................315
1.98 Verifying stresses in beam with "extend into wall" property (TTAD #11680).............................................317
1.99 Generating planar efforts before and after selecting a saved view (TTAD #11849)..................................317
1.100 Verifying results on punctual supports (TTAD #11489)...........................................................................317
1.101 Verifying the level mass center (TTAD #11573, TTAD #12315) .............................................................317
1.102 Verifying diagrams for Mf Torsors on divided walls (TTAD #11557) .......................................................317
1.103 Verifying Sxx results on beams (TTAD #11599) .....................................................................................318
1.104 Generating results for Torsors NZ/Group (TTAD #11633) ......................................................................318
1.105 Verifying nonlinear analysis results for frames with semi-rigid joints and rigid joints (TTAD #11495) .....318
1.106 Generating a report with torsors per level (TTAD #11421) .....................................................................318
1.107 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) .....................................318
1.108 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) .....................................319
1.109 Verifying the display of the forces results on planar supports (TTAD #11728)........................................319
1.110 Verifying results of a steel beam subjected to dynamic temporal loadings (TTAD #14586)....................320
9
1.111 Verifying the main axes results on a planar element (TTAD #11725)..................................................... 324
1.112 Verifying torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces..................................... 324
1.113 Calculating torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal force (TTAD #13175) . 324
1.114 Verifying the internal forces results for a simple supported steel beam .................................................. 324
1.115 Verifying forces on a linear elastic support which is defined in a user workplane (TTAD #11929) ......... 325
2 CAD, RENDERING AND VISUALIZATION ........................................................................ 327

2.1 Verifying hide/show elements command (TTAD #11753) .......................................................................... 328
2.2 Verifying the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made.(TTAD #12807) ....... 328
2.3 Verifying the saved view of elements with annotations. (TTAD #13033)................................................... 328
2.4 Verifying the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs.(TTAD #13891) ............................. 328
2.5 Verifying the annotations of a wind generated load. (TTAD #13190) ......................................................... 328
2.6 System stability during section cut results verification (TTAD #11752) ...................................................... 329
2.7 Generating combinations (TTAD #11721) .................................................................................................. 329
2.8 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11704)........................................................................................... 329
2.9 Verifying descriptive actors after creating analysis (TTAD #11589) ........................................................... 329
2.10 Verifying the coordinates system symbol (TTAD #11611) ........................................................................ 329
2.11 Creating a circle (TTAD #11525) .............................................................................................................. 330
2.12 Creating a camera (TTAD #11526) .......................................................................................................... 330
2.13 Verifying the representation of elements with HEA cross section (TTAD #11328) ................................... 330
2.14 Verifying the snap points behavior during modeling (TTAD #11458)........................................................ 330
2.15 Verifying the local axes of a section cut (TTAD #11681) .......................................................................... 330
2.16 Verifying the descriptive model display after post processing results in analysis mode (TTAD #11475).. 331
2.17 Modeling using the tracking snap mode (TTAD #10979).......................................................................... 331
2.18 Verifying holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height (TTAD #11490) ................. 331
2.19 Verifying the display of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11486).................................... 331
2.20 Moving a linear element along with the support (TTAD #12110) .............................................................. 331
2.21 Turning on/off the "ghost" rendering mode (TTAD #11999)...................................................................... 332
2.22 Verifying the "ghost" display after changing the display colors (TTAD #12064) ....................................... 332
2.23 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11657) ......................................................................................... 332
2.24 Verifying the "ghost display on selection" function for saved views (TTAD #12054) ................................ 332
2.25 Verifying the steel connections modeling (TTAD #11698) ........................................................................ 332
2.26 Verifying the fixed load scale function (TTAD #12183). ............................................................................ 332
2.27 Verifying the saved view of elements by cross-section. (TTAD #13197) ................................................ 333
2.28 Verifying the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made.(TTAD #14825) ................................. 333
2.29 Verifying the default view.(TTAD #13248) ................................................................................................ 333
2.30 Verifying the dividing of planar elements which contain openings (TTAD #12229) .................................. 333
2.31 Verifying the program behavior when trying to create lintel (TTAD #12062) ............................................ 333
2.32 Verifying the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model with overlapped loads (TTAD #11837).... 333
10
2.33 Verifying the display of punctual loads after changing the load case number (TTAD #11958) .................334
2.34 Verifying the display of a beam with haunches (TTAD #12299)...............................................................334
2.35 Creating base plate connections for non-vertical columns (TTAD #12170) ..............................................334
2.36 Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453) ..............................................................................334
2.37 Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint (TTAD #12592) .......................................................................334
2.38 Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700).....................................................................................334
3 CLIMATIC GENERATOR ....................................................................................................335

3.1 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12808)........................................336
3.2 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof using UK annex (DEV2013#4.1) (TTAD #12608) .336
3.3 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD #12528) ..........................................336
3.4 EC1: Generating snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets (TTAD #12606)................................336
3.5 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD #12528) ..........................................336
3.6 EC1: generating wind loads on a square based lattice structure with compound profiles and automatic
calculation of "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12744) ......................................................................................337
3.7 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building. (TTAD #12719).....................................337
3.8 EC1: Generating snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters (TTAD #12806)...........................337
3.9 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building (TTAD #12716)......................................337
3.10 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12841) ......................................337
3.11 EC1: Generating wind loads on a square based structure according to UK standards (BS EN 1991-1-
4:2005) (TTAD #12608)........................................................................................................................................338
3.12 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and parapets. (TTAD #12878) ...............338
3.13 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12835) ......................................338
3.14 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA) (TTAD #11111)...338
3.15 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.3 - Wind - Example C)....338
3.16 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.1 - Wind - Example A) ....339
3.17 EC1: wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles and user defined "n" (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276) ........................................................................................................................339
3.18 EC1: generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.2 -
Wind - Example B)................................................................................................................................................339
3.19 EC1: generating wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles and automatic
calculation of "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276) ......................................................................................339
3.20 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA) (VT : 3.4 - Snow - Example A) ..339
3.21 EC1: Verifying the wind loads generated on a building with protruding roof (TTAD #12071, #12278)......340
3.22 EC1: Verifying the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed. (TTAD #12233) ....................................340
3.23 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD #14578).....................................340
3.24 EC1: Generating 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet. (TTAD #14530)................340
3.25 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building. (TTAD #13663) .............................340
3.26 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal. (TTAD #14531).......................................................341
3.27 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD #14179)......................................341
3.28 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with different height (TTAD 13158).............. 341
11
3.29 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with different height (TTAD 13159)...............341
3.30 EC1: snow load generation on double compound with gutters and parapets on all sides.(TTAD #13717) .................341
3.31 EC1: snow load generation on building with 2 slopes > 60 degrees according to Czech national annex. (TTAD
#14235) ................................................................................................................................................................. 342
3.32 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds (TTAD #13286).......................... 342
3.33 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD #13669) .................................. 342
3.34 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height. (TTAD #13759) ...................... 342
3.35 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with custom pressure values. (TTAD #14004).......... 342
3.36 EC1: wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto according to Romanian national annex. (TTAD #13930w)343
3.37 EC1: snow load generation on a 3 compound building according to Romanian national annex. (TTAD #13930s)... 343
3.38 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets. (TTAD #14005).... 343
3.39 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD #13671) ................................. 343
3.40 EC1: snow load generation on compound with a double-roof volume close to a single-roof volume (TTAD #13559)343
3.41 EC1: wind load generation on multibay canopies (TTAD #11668) ........................................................... 344
3.42 EC1: wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD #12823) ............................................ 344
3.43 EC1: generating wind loads on a 35m high structure according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard with
CsCd min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15. (TTAD #11196) ....................................................................................... 344
3.44 EC1: generating wind loads on a canopy according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard. (TTAD #13855) 344
3.45 EC1: Generating wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with parapets. (TTAD #13672) ............ 344
3.46 EC1: Generating snow loads on a shed with parapets. (TTAD #12494) .................................................. 345
3.47 EC1: Generating snow loads on a shed with gutters building. (TTAD #13856) ........................................ 345
3.48 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame.(TTAD #13169) ........................................... 345
3.49 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with parapets (TTAD #13992) ... 345
3.50 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with double slope (DEV2013#4.3) .......... 345
3.51 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with double slope roof using different parameters defined per
directions (DEV2013#4.2) .................................................................................................................................... 346
3.52 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an multibay canopy roof (DEV2013#4.3) ......................... 346
3.53 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with one slope (DEV2013#4.3) ............... 346
3.54 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with a horizontal roof using different CsCd values for each
direction (DEV2013#4.4) ...................................................................................................................................... 346
3.55 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex (TTAD #11687).... 347
3.56 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex (TTAD #11569)... 347
3.57 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11531) ............................................ 347
3.58 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex (TTAD #11570)... 347
3.59 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11699) ........................................... 348
3.60 Generating the description of climatic loads report according to EC1 Romanian standards (TTAD #11688)348
3.61 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof thickness greater than the parapet
height (TTAD #11943).......................................................................................................................................... 348
3.62 EC1: verifying the snow loads generated on a monopitch frame (TTAD #11302) .................................... 348
3.63 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully opened windwalls (TTAD #11937) ................349
12
3.64 EC1: generating snow loads on two close roofs with different heights according to Czech standards (CSN
EN 1991-1-3) (DEV2012 #3.18) ...........................................................................................................................349
3.65 EC1: generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame according to Czech standards (CSN EN
1991-1-4) (DEV2012 #3.18) .................................................................................................................................349
3.66 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a small span (< 5m) and a parapet
(TTAD #11735) .....................................................................................................................................................349
3.67 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter (TTAD #11113) ..........................350
3.68 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and gutter (TTAD #11113) ..........350
3.69 EC1: generating snow loads on duopitch multispan roofs according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-1-
3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13)........................................................................................................................................350
3.70 EC1: generating wind loads on a 55m high structure according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-1-
4/NA) (DEV2012 #3.12)........................................................................................................................................350
3.71 EC1: generating snow loads on two side by side roofs with different heights, according to German
standards (DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13) ............................................................................................351
3.72 EC1: snow on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and parapet with height reduction (TTAD #11191).351
3.73 EC1: generating snow loads on monopitch multispan roofs according to German standards (DIN EN 1991-
1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13).....................................................................................................................................351
3.74 EC1: generating wind loads on an isolated roof with two slopes (TTAD #11695) .....................................351
3.75 EC1: generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame with a fully opened face (DEV2012 #1.6) .352
3.76 EC1: generating wind loads on duopitch multispan roofs with pitch < 5 degrees (TTAD #11852) ............352
3.77 EC1 NF: generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD #11932) ........................352
3.78 EC1: wind load generation on simple 3D portal frame with 4 slopes roof (TTAD #11604)........................352
3.79 EC1: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 2 opposite slopes portal with Z down axis. (TTAD #15094) ............ 353
3.80 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 3 compound building. (TTAD #13190) .................................................353
3.81 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening. (TTAD #15328) .......................353
3.82 EC1: Generating wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees. (TTAD #15307) .....................................353
3.83 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher that the other. (TTAD #13320)...............353
3.84 EC1: Generating snow loads on a custom multiple slope building. (TTAD #14285) .................................354
3.85 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof. (TTAD #14985) ............................................354
3.86 EC1: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound. (TTAD #15047) .354
3.87 EC1: Generating 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal. (TTAD #14975) .................................354
3.88 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a multiple roof portal. (TTAD #15140) ...............................................354
3.89 EC1: wind load generation on a signboard ...............................................................................................355
3.90 EC1: wind load generation on a building with multispan roofs ..................................................................355
3.91 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof ............................................................355
3.92 EC1: wind load generation on a simple 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD #11602).....................355
3.93 EC1: wind load generation on a simple 3D structure with horizontal roof .................................................355
4 COMBINATIONS .................................................................................................................357
4.1 Generating combinations (TTAD #11673) ..................................................................................................358
4.2 Generating load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable predominant action (TTAD #11357) ..........358
4.3 Defining concomitance rules for two case families (TTAD #11355)............................................................358
13
4.4 Generating combinations for NEWEC8.cbn (TTAD #11431)...................................................................... 358
4.5 Generating the concomitance matrix after adding a new dead load case (TTAD #11361)......................... 358
4.6 Generating load combinations after changing the load case number (TTAD #11359) ............................... 359
4.7 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.7 (DEV2012 #1.7) ...................................... 359
4.10 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.1 (DEV2010#1.7)...................................... 360
4.11 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no. 5 (DEV2012 #1.7).................................... 360
4.12 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.6 (DEV2012 #1.7)..................................... 361
4.13 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.4 (DEV2012 #1.7).................................... 361
4.15 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.10 (DEV2012 #1.7)................................... 362
4.16 Generating a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types (TTAD #11806) ..................................... 362
4.18 Generating a set of combinations with Q group of loads (TTAD #11960)................................................. 363
4.19 Generating the concomitance matrix after switching back the effect for live load (TTAD #11806) ........... 363
4.20 Generating a set of combinations with seismic group of loads (TTAD #11889)........................................ 363
4.21 Verifying combinations for CZ localization (TTAD #12542) ...................................................................... 363
5 CONCRETE DESIGN .......................................................................................................... 365

5.1 EC2: Verifying the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to linear loads ............................ 366
5.2 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain diagram .......... 366
5.3 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for concrete linear elements (TTAD #12498) ........................... 366
5.4 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - horizontal level behavior law.............. 366
5.5 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - inclined stress strain behavior law... 366
5.6 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to point loads............................ 367
5.7 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load ..................................... 367
5.8 EC2: Verifying the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported beam .......................................... 367
5.9 EC2 Test 2: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without
compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram ................................................................................. 368
5.10 EC2 Test 4 I: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot A efforts – Inclined stress-strain diagram........ 376
5.11 EC2 Test 6: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram........... 383
5.12 EC2 Test 5: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram .......... 387
5.13 EC2 Test 8: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam without compressed reinforcement – Inclined stress-strain diagram392
5.14 EC2 Test 9: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam with compressed reinforcement – Inclined stress-strain diagram .. 400
5.15 EC2 Test 3: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly distributed load, with
compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram .................................................................................. 411
5.16 EC2 Test 7: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram........... 422
5.17 EC2 Test 12: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly distributed load, without
compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD3) .............................................................. 426
14
compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)..............................................................432
5.19 EC2 Test 16: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram..........438
compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) .............................................................444
5.21 EC2 Test 20: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) .......................450
5.22 EC2 Test 23: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ....457
5.23 EC2 Test 10: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram ........463
5.24 EC2 Test 15: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram..........468
5.25 EC2 Test 19: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) .......................475
compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)...............................................................482
5.27 EC2 Test 14: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, with
compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)...............................................................489
5.28 EC2 Test 18: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, with
compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)..............................................................495
5.29 EC2 Test 26: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal
reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ..................................................................................500
5.31 EC2 Test29: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal reinforcement -
Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)...........................................................................................................509
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ...........................................................................................................513
5.33 EC2 Test 25: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with inclined transversal
5.34 EC2 Test 46 I: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of traction - Inclined stress-
strain diagram (Class X0) .....................................................................................................................................521
5.35 EC2 Test 1: Verifying a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple
bending - Bilinear stress-strain diagram ...............................................................................................................524
5.36 EC2 Test33: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression by nominal rigidity method-
5.37 EC2 Test34: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression on the top – Method
based on nominal stiffness - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)..............................................................536
5.38 EC2 Test32: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top
– Method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) .............................................544
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0)..............................................................................................................557
5.41 EC2 Test31: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top
- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).........................................................................................................561
5.42 EC2 Test 37: Verifying a square concrete column using the simplified method – Professional rules -
5.43 EC2 Test 38: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the simplified method – Professional rules -
15
5.44 EC2 Test 41: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant compression force and small
rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).............................................................. 582
5.45 EC2 Test 42: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant rotation moment and small
compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ....... 595
5.46 EC2 Test36: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on nominal curvature-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)........................................................................................................... 605
5.47 EC2 Test 40: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small compression force and significant
rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).............................................................. 612
5.48 EC2 Test 45: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam supporting a balcony - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1) .......................................................................................................................................................... 620
5.49 EC2 Test 46 II: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of traction - Bilinear stress-
strain diagram (Class X0)..................................................................................................................................... 628
5.50 EC2 Test 44: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to eccentric loading - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class X0)............................................................................................................................................... 631
5.51 EC2 Test35: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression to top – Based on nominal
rigidity method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ................................................................................ 637
5.52 EC2 Test 39: Verifying a circular concrete column using the simplified method – Professional rules -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)........................................................................................................... 648
5.53 EC2 Test 43: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small rotation moment and significant
compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) ....... 652
5.54 Verifying the capacity design results according to Eurocode EC2 and EC8 French standards. (DEV2013 #8.3) ......... 662
5.55 EC2 Test 47: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to tension load - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XD2) ............................................................................................................................................ 663
5.56 EC2 Test 4 II: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot B efforts – Inclined stress-strain diagram....... 670
5.57 Testing the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis model (TTAD #14332)........ 675
5.58 Verifying the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement
results when Z down axis is selected. (TTAD #14963)......................................................................................... 675
5.59 EC2: column design with “Nominal Stiffness method” square section (TTAD #11625) ............................ 675
5.60 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar with rectangular cross section ...... 675
5.61 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for articulated beams (TTAD #11342) ...... 676
5.62 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for an articulated beam (TTAD #11342)... 676
5.63 EC2 : calculation of a square column in traction (TTAD #11892) ............................................................. 676
5.64 Verifying Aty and Atz for a fixed concrete beam (TTAD #11812) ............................................................. 677
5.65 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a structure with 375 load cases combinations (TTAD #11683).................... 677
5.66 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for linear elements (TTAD #11636)............................................ 677
5.67 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement bars for a filled circular column (TTAD #11678)......................... 677
5.68 Verifying concrete results for planar elements (TTAD #11583) ................................................................ 678
5.69 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a fixed beam (TTAD #11836) .............................................. 678
5.70 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a fixed linear element (TTAD #11700) .................................. 678
5.71 Verifying concrete results for linear elements (TTAD #11556) ................................................................. 678
5.72 Verifying the reinforcement of concrete columns (TTAD #11635) ............................................................ 679
5.73 EC2 Test 47 I: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a tension distributed load - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XD2)........................................................................................................................ 680
16
1 Finite element method
1.1 Cantilever rectangular plate (01-0001SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2433

Test status: Passed
1.1.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on the free extremity of a cantilever rectangular plate fixed on one side. The plate is
1 m long, subjected to a uniform planar load.
1.1.2 Background
1.1.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 01/89.
■ Analysis type: linear static.
■ Element type: planar.
Cantilever rectangular plate Scale =1/4
01-0001SSLSB_FEM
Units
S.I.
Geometry
■ Thickness: e = 0.005 m,
■ Length: l = 1 m,
■ Width: b = 0.1 m.
Materials properties
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
■ Poisson's ratio:  = 0.3.
18
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,
■ Inner: None.
Loadings
■ External: Uniform load p = -1700 Pa on the upper surface,
■ Internal: None.
1.1.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range
Reference solution
The reference displacement is calculated for the unsupported end located at x = 1m.
bl4p 0.1 x 14 x 1700
u = 8EI = 0.1 x 0.0053 = -9.71 cm
z 11
8 x 2.1 x 10 x 12
Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
■ 1100 nodes,
■ 990 surface quadrangles.
Deformed shape
Deformed cantilever rectangular plate Scale =1/4

01-0001SSLSB_FEM
19
1.1.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on the free extremity [cm] -9.71
1.1.3 Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error

DZ Vertical displacement on the free extremity [cm] -9.58696 cm 1.27%
20
1.2 System of two bars with three hinges (01-0002SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2434

Test status: Passed
1.2.1 Description
On a system of two bars (AC and BC) with three hinges, a punctual load in applied in point C. The vertical
displacement in point C and the tensile stress on the bars are verified.
1.2.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 09/89;
■ Analysis type: linear static;
■ Element type: linear.
System of two bars with three hinges Scale =1/33
0002SSLLB_FEM
A B
30°
30°
F
4.5
00
m 00m
4.5
C
Y
Z X
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Bars angle relative to horizontal:  = 30°,
■ Bars length: l = 4.5 m,
■ Bar section: A = 3 x 10-4 m2.
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.
21
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Hinged in A and B,
■ Inner: Hinge on C
Loading
■ External: Punctual load in C: F = -21 x 103 N.
■ Internal: None.
1.2.2.2 Displacement of the model in C
Reference solution
uc = -3 x 10-3 m

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,
■ 21 nodes,
■ 20 linear elements.
Displacement shape

Displacement in C 0002SSLLB_FEM
22
1.2.2.3 Bars stresses
Reference solutions
AC bar = 70 MPa
BC bar = 70 MPa

■ 21 nodes,
1.2.2.4 Shape of the stress diagram

Bars stresses 0002SSLLB_FEM

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -0.30
CM2 Sxx Tensile stress on AC bar [MPa] 70
CM2 Sxx Tensile stress on BC bar [MPa] 70

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -0.299954 cm 0.02%
Sxx Tensile stress on AC bar [MPa] 69.9998 MPa 0.00%
Sxx Tensile stress on BC bar [MPa] 69.9998 MPa 0.00%
23
1.3 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 15 °) (01-0008SDLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2440

Test status: Passed
1.3.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.
1.3.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;
■ Analysis type: modal analysis;
Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side Scale =1/10
01-0008SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■  = 15°
■ Points coordinates:
► A(0;0;0)
► B(a;0;0)
► C ( 0.259a ; 0.966a ; 0 )
► D ( 1.259a ; 0.966a ; 0 )
24
■ Poisson's ratio:  = 0.3,
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: AB side fixed,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
1.3.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies function by  angle
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:
1 Et 2
fj =  i2 where i = 1,2, or i2 = g().
2  a 2
12(1   2 )

 3.601
 8.872
M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the  angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.

■ 961 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
25

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.999

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.95 Hz -0.54%
26
1.4 Thin circular ring fixed in two points (01-0006SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2438

Test status: Passed
1.4.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies for a thin circular ring fixed in two points, subjected to its own weight only.
1.4.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 12/89;
■ Analysis type: modal analysis, plane problem;
Thin circular ring fixed in two points Scale =1/2
01-0006SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Average radius of curvature: OA = OB = R = 0.1 m,
■ Angular spacing between points A and B: 120° ;
■ Rectangular straight section:
► Thickness: h = 0.005 m,
► Width: b = 0.010 m,
► Section: A = 5 x 10-5 m2,
► Flexure moment of inertia relative to the vertical axis: I = 1.042 x 10-10 m4,
■ Point coordinates:
► O (0 ;0),
► A (-0.05 3 ; -0.05),
► B (0.05 3 ; -0.05).
27
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 7.2 x 1010 Pa
■ Density:  = 2700 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed at A and B,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
1.4.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies
Reference solutions
The deformation of the fixed ring is calculated from the deformations of the free-free thin ring
■ Symmetrical mode:
► u’i = i cos(i)
► v’i = sin (i)
1-i2
► ’i = R sin (i)
■ Antisymmetrical mode:
► u’i = i sin(i)
► v’i = -cos (i)
1-i2
► ’i = R cos (i)
From Green’s method results:
1 h E
fj = j  with a support angle of 120°.
2 R2 12
i 1 2 3 4
Symmetrical mode 4.8497 14.7614 23.6157
Antisymmetrical mode 1.9832 9.3204 11.8490 21.5545

■ Linear element: beam, without meshing,
■ 32 nodes,
28
Eigen mode shapes
29
1.4.2.3 Theoretic results

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency - 1 antisymmetric 1 [Hz] 235.3
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency - 2 symmetric 1 [Hz] 575.3
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 6 frequency - 6 antisymmetric 4 [Hz] 2557

Eigen mode 1 frequency - 1 antisymmetric 1 [Hz] 236.32 Hz 0.43%
Eigen mode 2 frequency - 2 symmetric 1 [Hz] 578.52 Hz 0.56%
Eigen mode 5 frequency - 5 symmetric 2 [Hz] 1760 Hz 0.51%
Eigen mode 7 frequency - 7 symmetric 3 [Hz] 2777.43 Hz -0.86%
30
Test ID: 2441

Test status: Passed
1.5.1 Description
weight only.
1.5.2 Background

01-0009SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■  = 30°
► A(0;0;0)
► B(a;0;0)
3
► C ( 0.5a ; 2 a ; 0 )
3
► D ( 1.5a ; 2 a ; 0 )
31
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
1.5.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies relative to the  angle
Reference solution
1 Et 2
fj =  i2 where i = 1,2, or i2 = g().
2  a 2
12(1   2 )

 3.961
 10.19
calculation method.

■ 961 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
32


33
Test ID: 2439

Test status: Passed
1.6.1 Description
weight only.
1.6.2 Background

01-0007SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■  = 0°
► A(0;0;0)
► B(a;0;0)
► C(0;a;0)
► D(a;a;0)
34
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a side "a" lozenge, leads to the frequencies:
1 Et 2
fj =  i2 where i = 1,2, and i2 = g().
2  a 2
12(1   2 )

 3.492
 8.525
M.V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the  angle. He acknowledged that the i
calculation method.

■ 61 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
35


36
1.7 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 2) (01-0012SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2444

Test status: Passed
1.7.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) extended by two straight elements of length L,
subjected to its self weight only.
1.7.2 Background

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow Scale = 1/11
Case 2 01-0012SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
■ L = 0.6 m,
■ Straight circular hollow section:
■ Outer diameter de = 0.020 m,
■ Inner diameter di = 0.016 m,
■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
-9 4
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
■ Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .
37
■ Points coordinates (in m):

► O(0;0;0)
► A(0;R;0)
► B(R;0;0)
► C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
► D ( R ; -L ; 0 )
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Fixed at points C and D
► At A: translation restraint along y and z,
► At B: translation restraint along x and z,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
■ in plane bending:
2
i EI z
fj = where i = 1,2,
2  R 2
A

■ Linear element: beam,
■ 23 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
38

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 94

Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 94.62 Hz 0.66%
39
1.8 Double fixed beam (01-0016SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2448

Test status: Passed
1.8.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies and the vertical displacement on the middle of a beam consisting of eight
elements of length "l", having identical characteristics. A punctual load of -50000 N is applied.
1.8.2 Background

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test (beams theory);
■ Analysis type: static linear, modal analysis;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Axial section: S=0.06 m2
4
■ Inertia I = 0.0001 m
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2,
■ Density:  = 7850 kg/m3
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed at both ends x = 0 and x = 8 m,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual load P = -50000 N at x = 4m,
■ Internal: None.
40
Reference solution
The reference vertical displacement v5, is calculated at the middle of the beam at x = 2 m.
Pl 3 50000  16 3
v5    0.05079 m
192EI 192  2.1E11 0.0001

■ 9 nodes,
■ 8 elements.
Deformed shape
Double fixed beam

Deformed
1.8.2.3 Eigen mode frequencies of the model in the linear elastic range
Reference solution
Knowing that the first four eigen mode frequencies of a double fixed beam are given by the following formula:
  12  22.37  f1 = 2.937 Hz
 2
  2  61.67  f 2 = 8.095 Hz
2
E.I
fn  n
where for the first 4 eigen modes frequencies 
2. .L2 .S  3
2
 120.9  f 3 = 15.871 Hz
 2
 4  199.8  f 4 = 26.228 Hz

■ 9 nodes,
■ 8 elements.
41
Modal deformations
Double fixed beam

Mode 1
Double fixed beam

Mode 2
Double fixed beam

Mode 3
Double fixed beam

Mode 4
42

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [m] -0.05079

Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [m] -0.0507937 m -0.01%
Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 2.94 Hz 0.10%
43
Test ID: 2445

Test status: Passed
1.9.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) extended by two straight elements of length L,
1.9.2 Background

Units
I. S.
44
Geometry
■ Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
■ Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
-4 2
■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9 4
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,
-9 4
► O(0;0;0)
► A(0;R;0)
► B(R;0;0)
► C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
► D ( R ; -L ; 0 )
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Fixed at points C and Ds,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
2
i EI z
fj = where i = 1,2,
2  R 2
A

■ 41 nodes,
45
Eigen mode shapes

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 25.300
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 27.000

Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 24.96 Hz -1.34%
Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 26.71 Hz -1.07%
46
1.10 Short beam on simple supports (on the neutral axis) (01-0017SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2449

Test status: Passed
1.10.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a short beam on simple supports (the supports are located on the neutral
axis), subjected to its own weight only.
1.10.2 Background
Short beam on simple supports on the neutral axis Scale = 1/6
01-0017SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.2 m,
■ Width: b = 0.1 m,
■ Section: A = 2 x 10-2 m4,
-5 4
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 6.667 x 10 m .
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
47
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Hinged at A (null horizontal and vertical displacements),
► Simple support in B.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None.
■ Internal: None.
1.10.2.1 Eigen modes frequencies
Reference solution
The bending beams equation gives, when superimposing, the effects of simple bending, shear force deformations
and rotation inertia, Timoshenko formula.
The reference eigen modes frequencies are determined by a numerical simulation of this equation, independent of
any software.
The eigen frequencies in tension-compression are given by:
i E (2i  1)
fi =  where i =
2l  2

■ Linear element: S beam, imposed mesh,
■ 10 nodes,
48
Eigen mode shapes
49


50
1.11 Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter (01-0020SDLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2452

Test status: Passed
1.11.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a thin rectangular plate simply supported on its perimeter.
1.11.2 Background

Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter Scale = 1/8
01-0020SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length: a = 1.5 m,
■ Width: b = 1 m,
■ Points coordinates in m:
► A (0 ;0 ;0)
► B (0 ;1.5 ;0)
► C (1 ;1.5 ;0)
► D (1 ;0 ;0)
51
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Simple support on all sides,
► For the modeling: hinged at A, B and D.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None.
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a rectangular plate with supports on all four sides, leads to:
 i j Et 2
fij = [ ( )2 + ( )2 ]
2 a b 12(1   2 )
where:
i = number of half-length of wave along y ( dimension a)
j = number of half-length of wave along x ( dimension b)

■ Planar element: shell,
■ 496 nodes,
■ 450 planar elements.
52
Eigen mode shapes
53

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 1; j = 1. [Hz] 35.63

Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 1 (Mode 1) [Hz] 35.58 Hz -0.14%
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 2 (Mode 3) [Hz] 109.98 Hz 0.33%
54
1.12 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling (01-0021SFLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2453

Test status: Passed
1.12.1 Description
Verifies the critical load result on node 5 of a cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling. A punctual load of -100000 is
applied.
1.12.2 Background

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test (Euler theory);
■ Analysis type: Eulerian buckling;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 10 m
2
■ S=0.01 m
4
■ I = 0.0002 m
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual load P = -100000 N at x = L,
■ Internal: None.
55
1.12.2.2 Critical load on node 5
Reference solution
The reference critical load established by Euler is:
 2EI 98696
Pcritique  2
 98696 N     0.98696
4L 100000

■ Planar element: beam, imposed mesh,
■ 5 nodes,
■ 4 elements.
Deformed shape

CM2 Fx Critical load on node 5. [N] -98696

Fx Critical load on node 5 (mode 1) [N] -100000 N -1.32%
56
Test ID: 2443

Test status: Passed
1.13.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) with fixed ends and subjected to its self weight only.
1.13.2 Background

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane Scale = 1/7
Units
I. S.
Geometry
-4 2
■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10-9 m4,
-9 4
-9 4
► O(0;0;0)
► A(0;R;0)
► B(R;0;0)
57
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed at points A and B ,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
2
i EI z
fj = where i = 1,2,
2  R 2 A

■ 11 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
58


59
1.14 Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span (01-0015SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2447

Test status: Passed
1.14.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on the middle of a beam consisting of four elements of length "l", having identical
characteristics. A punctual load of -10000 N is applied.
1.14.2 Background

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ = 1 m
2
■ S = 0.01 m
4
■ I = 0.0001 m
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Fixed at ends x = 0 and x = 4 m,
■ Elastic support with k = EI/ rigidity
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual load P = -10000 N at x = 2m,
■ Internal: None.
60
Reference solution
The reference vertical displacement v3, is calculated at the middle of the beam at x = 2 m.
Rigidity matrix of a plane beam:
 ES ES 
  0 0 - 0 0 

 12EI 6EI 12EI 6EI 
 0 0  
 3 2 3 2 
 6EI 4EI 6EI 2EI 
 0 0  2 
K e    ES 2
ES
  
 0 0 0 0 
  l 
 12EI 6EI 12EI 6EI 
 0  3
 2
0  2 
   3  
 0 6EI 2EI 6EI 4EI 
0 
 2  2  
Given the symmetry / X and load of the structure, it is unnecessary to consider the degrees of freedom associated
with normal work (u2, u3, u4).
The same symmetry allows the deduction of:
■ v2 = v4
■ 2 = -4
■ 3 = 0
 12 6 12 6 
 3  
2 3 2
 6 4 6 2 
 2  2 
     
 12 6 24 12 6   v1   R1 
  3  2
 3
0 
3 2     M 
 6 2 8 6 2  1   1 
 2 0  2  v 2   0  1
         
 12 6  24 1  12 6    2   0  2
   2  3   0   v 3   P  3 
EI  3    3 2     
 6 2
0
8
 2
6 2   3   0  4 
 2      v   0  5 
 6   
4
12 6 24 12 
   2 0    4   0  6 

 3  3 3 2
    
 6 2 8 6 2  v 5   R5 
0  2
 2       5   M5 
 12 6 12 6
   2  2
 3  3  
 6 2 6 4 
 2
 2    
61
EI  1  1 (U 3 )
The elementary rigidity matrix of the spring in its local axis system, k 5      , must be expressed in
  1 1  (U 6 )
the global axis system by means of the rotation matrix (90° rotation):
0 0 0 0 0 0 u 3 
 
0 1 0 0  1 0 v 3 
 0 0  3 
K 5   EI 0 0 0 0

 0 0 0 0 0 0 u 6 
0  1 0 0 1 0 v 6 
 
0 0 0 0 0 0  6 
6 2 8 3
 2
v3  3  4  0  4   v3
   4
12 6 24
  3
v 3  2  3  3 v 4  0  2v 4  v 3
  
6 2 8 6 2
 v   2   3  2 v 4   4  0  v 4  v 2 (usually unnecessary)
2 2
    
3
(3)   12 v 2  6  2   24  1 v 3  12 v 4  6  4   P  v 3   P  0.11905 10  03 m
 3
 2
  3
   3
 2
EI 3  l 
2
EI

■ 6 nodes,
■ 4 linear elements + 1 spring,
Deformed shape
Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span

Deformed
Note: the displacement is expressed here in m

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [mm] -0.11905

Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [mm] -0.119048 mm 0.00%
62
1.15 Thin square plate fixed on one side (01-0019SDLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2451

Test status: Passed
1.15.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies of a thin square plate fixed on one side.
1.15.2 Background

Thin square plate fixed on one side Scale = 1/6
01-0019SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■ Thickness: t = 1 m,
► A (0 ;0 ;0)
► B (1 ;0 ;0)
► C (1 ;1 ;0)
► D (0 ;1 ;0)
63
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Edge AD fixed.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None.
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a square plate with side "a", leads to:
1 Et 2
fj = i2 where i = 1,2, . . .
2  a 2 12(1   2 )
i 1 2 3 4 5 6
i 3.492 8.525 21.43 27.33 31.11 54.44

■ 959 nodes,
64
Eigen mode shapes
Thin square plate fixed on one side

Mode 1

Mode 2

Mode 3
65


66
Test ID: 2442

Test status: Passed
1.16.1 Description
weight only.
1.16.2 Background

01-0010SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
67
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■  = 45°
► A(0;0;0)
► B(a;0;0)
2 2
► C( a; a;0)
2 2
2 2 2
► D( a; a;0)
2 2
3
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m .
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
1 Et 2
fj =  i2 where i = 1,2, or i2 = g().
2  a 2
12(1   2 )

 4.4502
 10.56
calculation method.

■ 961 nodes,
68
Eigen mode shapes


69
1.17 Thin circular ring hanged on an elastic element (01-0014SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2446

Test status: Passed
1.17.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies of a circular ring hanged on an elastic element, subjected to its self weight
only.
1.17.2 Background

■ Analysis type: modal analysis, plane problem;
Thin circular ring hang from an elastic element Scale = 1/1
01-0014SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
70
Geometry
■ Average radius of curvature: OB = R = 0.1 m,
■ Length of elastic element: AB = 0.0275 m ;
■ Straight rectangular section:
► Ring
Thickness: h = 0.005 m,
Width: b = 0.010 m,
Section: A = 5 x 10-5 m2,
Flexure moment of relative to the vertical axis: I = 1.042 x 10-10 m4,
► Elastic element
Thickness: h = 0.003 m,
Width: b = 0.010 m,
Section: A = 3 x 10-5 m2,
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the vertical axis: I = 2.25 x 10-11 m4,
► O ( 0 ; 0 ),
► A ( 0 ; -0.0725 ),
► B ( 0 ; -0.1 ).
■ Density:  = 2700 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed in A,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solutions
The reference solution was established from experimental results of a mass manufactured aluminum ring.

■ 43 nodes,
71
Eigen mode shapes
72

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 28.80
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 189.30
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 682.00

Eigen mode 1 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 28.81 Hz 0.03%
Eigen mode 2 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 189.69 Hz 0.21%
Eigen mode 5 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 683.9 Hz 0.28%
73
1.18 Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) (01-0018SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2450

Test status: Passed
1.18.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a short beam on simple supports (the supports are eccentric relative to
the neutral axis).
1.18.2 Background

■ Analysis type: modal analysis, (plane problem);
Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) Scale = 1/5
01-0018SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.2m,
■ Width: b = 0.1 m,
-2 4
■ Section: A = 2 x 10 m ,
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 6.667 x 10-5 m4.
74
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Hinged at A (null horizontal and vertical displacements),
► Simple support at B.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None.
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
The problem has no analytical solution, the solution is determined by averaging several software: Timoshenko model
with shear force deformation effects and rotation inertia. The bending modes and the traction-compression are
coupled.

■ Linear element: S beam, imposed mesh,
■ 10 nodes,
Eigen modes shape
Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)

Mode 1
75

Mode 2

Mode 3

Mode 4
76

Mode 5


77
1.19 Slender beam on two fixed supports (01-0024SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2456

Test status: Passed
1.19.1 Description
A straight slender beam with fixed ends is loaded with a uniform load, several punctual loads and a torque. The shear
force, bending moment, vertical displacement and horizontal reaction are verified.
1.19.2 Background

Slender beam on two fixed supports Scale = 1/4
01-0024SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length: L = 1 m,
-8 4
■ Beam inertia: I = 1.7 x 10 m .
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.
78
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External:
► Uniformly distributed load from A to B: py = p = -24000 N/m,
► Punctual load at D: Fx = F1 = 30000 N,
► Torque at D: Cz = C = -3000 Nm,
► Punctual load at E: Fx = F2 = 10000 N,
► Punctual load at E: Fy = F = -20000 N.
■ Internal: None.
1.19.2.2 Shear force at G
Reference solution
Analytical solution:
■ Shear force at G: VG
C
VG = 0.216F – 1.26
L

■ 5 nodes,
Results shape

Shear force
79
1.19.2.3 Bending moment in G
Reference solution
■ Bending moment at G: MG
pL2
MG = 24 - 0.045LF – 0.3C

■ 5 nodes,
Results shape

Bending moment
1.19.2.4 Vertical displacement at G
Reference solution
■ Vertical displacement at G: vG
pl4 0.003375FL3 0.015CL2
vG = 384EI + EI + EI

■ 5 nodes,
80
Results shape

Deformed
1.19.2.5 Horizontal reaction at A
Reference solution
■ Horizontal reaction at A: HA
HA = -0.7F1 –0.3F2

■ 5 nodes,
81

CM2 Fz Shear force in point G. [N] -540
CM2 My Bending moment in point G. [Nm] -2800
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point G. [cm] -4.90
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction in point A. [N] 24000

Fz Shear force in point G [N] -540 N 0.00%
My Bending moment in point G [Nm] -2800 N*m 0.00%
DZ Vertical displacement in point G [cm] -4.90485 cm -0.10%
Fx Horizontal reaction in point A [N] 24000 N 0.00%
82
1.20 Slender beam on three supports (01-0025SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2457

Test status: Passed
1.20.1 Description
A straight slender beam on three supports is loaded with two punctual loads. The bending moment, vertical
displacement and reaction on the center are verified.
1.20.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static (plane problem);
Slender beam on three supports Scale = 1/49
01-0025SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
-4 4
■ Beam inertia: I = 6.3 x 10 m .
83
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Hinged at A,
► Elastic support at B (Ky = 2.1 x 106 N/m),
► Simple support at C.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: 2 punctual loads F = Fy = -42000N.
■ Internal: None.
1.20.2.2 Bending moment at B
Reference solution
The resolution of the hyperstatic system of the slender beam leads to:
6EI
k=
L3Ky
■ Bending moment at B: MB
L ( 6  2k )F
MB = ±
2 (8  k )

■ 5 nodes,
Results shape
Slender beam on three supports Scale = 1/49

Bending moment
84
1.20.2.3 Reaction in B
Reference solution
■ Compression force in the spring: VB
-11F
VB = 8 + k

■ 5 nodes,
1.20.2.4 Vertical displacement at B
Reference solution
■ Deflection at the spring location: vB
11F
vB = Ky(8 + k)

■ 5 nodes,
Results shape
Slender beam on three supports

Deformed
85

CM2 My Bending moment in point B. [Nm] -63000
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point B. [cm] -1.00
CM2 Fz Reaction in point B. [N] -21000

My Bending moment in point B [Nm] -63000 N*m 0.00%
DZ Vertical displacement in point B [cm] -1 cm 0.00%
Fz Reaction in point B [N] -21000 N 0.00%
86
1.21 Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending (01-0028SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2460

Test status: Passed
1.21.1 Description
An arc of a circle fixed at one end is loaded with a punctual force at its free end, perpendicular to the plane. The out
of plane displacement, torsion moment and bending moment are verified.
1.21.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static linear;
Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending Scale = 1/6
01-0028SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Medium radius: R = 1 m ,
■ Circular hollow section:
► de = 0.02 m,
► di = 0.016 m,
► A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
► Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
87
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed at A.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual force in B perpendicular on the plane: Fz = F = 100 N.
■ Internal: None.
1.21.2.2 Displacements at B
Reference solution
Displacement out of plane at point B:
FR3  EIx 3
uB = EI [ 4 + K ( 4 - 2)]
x T
where KT is the torsional rigidity for a circular section (torsion constant is 2Ix).
EIx FR3  3
KT = 2GIx =  uB = EI [ 4 + (1 + ) ( 4 - 2)]
1+ x

■ 46 nodes,
1.21.2.3 Moments at  = 15°
Reference solution
■ Torsion moment: Mx’ = Mt = FR(1 - sin)
■ Bending moment: Mz’ = Mf = -FRcos

■ 46 nodes,

CM2 D Displacement out of plane in point B [m] 0.13462
CM2 Mx Torsion moment in  = 15° [Nm] 74.1180
CM2 Mz Bending moment in  = 15° [Nm] -96.5925

D Displacement out of plane in point B [m] 0.135156 m 0.40%
Mx Torsion moment in Theta = 15° [Nm] 74.103 N*m -0.02%
Mz Bending moment in Theta = 15° [Nm] 96.5925 N*m 0.00%
88
1.22 Double hinged thin arc in planar bending (01-0029SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2461

Test status: Passed
1.22.1 Description
Verifies the rotation about Z-axis, the vertical displacement and the horizontal displacement on several points of a
double hinged thin arc in planar bending.
1.22.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Double hinged thin arc in planar bending Scale = 1/8
01-0029SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
► de = 0.02 m,
► di = 0.016 m,
► A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
► Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.
89
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Hinge at A,
► At B: allowed rotation along z, vertical displacement restrained along y.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual load at C: Fy = F = - 100 N.
■ Internal: None.
1.22.2.2 Displacements at A, B and C
Reference solution
■ Rotation about z-axis
 FR2
A = - B = ( 2 - 1) 2EI
■ Displacement;
 FR 3 FR3
Vertical at C: vC = 8 EA + ( 4 - 2) 2EI
FR FR3
Horizontal at B: uB = 2EA - 2EI

■ 37 nodes,
90
Displacements shape
Fixed thin arc in planar bending Scale = 1/11

Deformed

CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] 0.030774
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.030774
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -1.9206
CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point B [cm] 5.3912

RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] 0.0307785 Rad 0.01%
RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.0307785 Rad -0.01%
DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -1.92019 cm 0.02%
DX Horizontal displacement in point B [cm] 5.386 cm -0.10%
91
1.23 Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame (01-0023SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2455

Test status: Passed
1.23.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a symmetrical portal frame with fixed supports.
1.23.2 Background

Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame Scale = 1/5
01-0023SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Straight rectangular sections for beams and columns:
■ Thickness: h = 0.0048 m,
■ Width: b = 0.029 m,
-4 2
■ Section: A = 1.392 x 10 m ,
-10 4
A B C D E F
x -0.30 0.30 -0.30 0.30 -0.30 0.30
y 0 0 0.36 0.36 0.81 0.81
92
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None.
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
Dynamic radius method (slender beams theory).

■ 60 nodes,
Deformed shape
Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame Scale = 1/7

Mode 13
93

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 8.8
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 symmetric frequency [Hz] 43.8
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 10 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 206
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 12 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 320
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 13 symmetric frequency [Hz] 335

Eigen mode 1 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 8.78 Hz -0.23%
Eigen mode 2 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 29.43 Hz 0.10%
Eigen mode 3 symmetric frequency [Hz] 43.85 Hz 0.11%
Eigen mode 13 symmetric frequency [Hz] 334.96 Hz -0.01%
94
1.24 Fixed thin arc in planar bending (01-0027SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2459

Test status: Passed
1.24.1 Description
Arc of a circle fixed at one end, subjected to two punctual loads and a torque at its free end. The horizontal
displacement, vertical displacement and rotation about Z-axis are verified.
1.24.2 Background

01-0027SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
► de = 0.02 m,
► di = 0.016 m,
► A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
► Ix = 4.637 x 10-9 m4.
95
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed in A.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External:
At B:
► punctual load F1 = Fx = 10 N,
► punctual load F2 = Fy = 5 N,
► bending moment about Oz, Mz = 8 Nm.
■ Internal: None.
1.24.2.2 Displacements at B
Reference solution
At point B:
R2
■ displacement parallel to Ox: u = 4EI [F1R + 2F2R + 4Mz]
R2
■ displacement parallel to Oy: v = 4EI [2F1R + (3 - 8)F2R + 2( - 2)Mz]
R
■ rotation around Oz:  = 4EI [4F1R + 2( - 2)F2R + 2Mz]

■ 31 nodes,
96
Results shape

Deformed

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point B [m] 0.3791
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point B [m] 0.2417
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.1654

DX Horizontal displacement in point B [m] 0.378914 m -0.05%
DZ Vertical displacement in point B [m] 0.241738 m 0.02%
RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.165362 Rad 0.02%
97
1.25 Beam on elastic soil, free ends (01-0032SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2464

Test status: Passed
1.25.1 Description
A beam under 3 punctual loads lays on a soil of constant linear stiffness. The bending moment, vertical displacement
and rotation about z-axis on several points of the beam are verified.
1.25.2 Background

Beam on elastic soil, free ends Scale = 1/21
01-0032SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L = ( 10 )/2,
-4 4
■ I = 10 m .
98
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Free A and B extremities,
► Constant linear stiffness of soil ky = K = 840000 N/m2.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual load at A, C and B: Fy = F = - 10000 N.
■ Internal: None.
1.25.2.2 Bending moment and displacement at C
Reference solution
4
= K/(4EI)
 = L/2
 = sh (2) + sin (2)
■ Bending moment:
MC = (F/(4))(ch(2) - cos (2) – 8sh()sin())/
■ Vertical displacement:
vC = - (F/(2K))( ch(2) + cos (2) + 8ch()cos() + 2)/

■ 72 nodes,
Bending moment diagram
Beam on elastic soil, free ends Scale = 1/20

Bending moment
99
1.25.2.3 Displacements at A
Reference solution
vA = (2F/K)( ch()cos() + ch(2) + cos(2))/
■ Rotation about z-axis
A = (-2F2/K)( sh()cos() - sin()ch() + sh(2) - sin(2))/

■ 72 nodes,
■ 71 linear elements

CM2 My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 5759
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.006844
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point A [m] -0.007854
CM2 RY Rotation  about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.000706

My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 5779.54 N*m 0.36%
Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.00684369 m 0.00%
Dz Vertical displacement in point A [m] -0.00786073 m -0.09%
RY Rotation Theta about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.000707427 Rad -0.20%
100
1.26 EDF Pylon (01-0033SFLLA_FEM)
Test ID: 2465

Test status: Passed
1.26.1 Description
Verifies the displacement at the top of an EDF Pylon and the dominating buckling results. Three punctual loads
corresponding to wind loads are applied on the main arms, on the upper arm and on the lower horizontal frames of
the pylon.
1.26.2 Background

■ Reference: Internal GRAITEC test;
■ Analysis type: static linear, Eulerian buckling;
■ Element type: linear
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Hinged support,
► For the modeling, a fixed restraint and 4 beams were added at the pylon supports level.
■ Inner: None.
101
Loading
■ External:
Punctual loads corresponding to a wind load.
► FX = 165550 N, FY = - 1240 N, FZ = - 58720 N on the main
arms,
► FX = 50250 N, FY = - 1080 N, FZ = - 12780 N on the upper arm,
► FX = 11760 N, FY = 0 N, FZ = 0 N on the lower horizontal frames
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
102
Software ANSYS 5.3 NE/NASTRAN 7.0

Max deflection (m) 0.714 0.714
 dominating mode 2.77 2.77

■ 402 nodes,
■ 1034 elements.
Deformed shape
103
Buckling modal deformation (dominating mode)

CM2 D Displacement at the top of the pylon [m] 0.714
CM2 Dominating buckling - critical , mode 4 [Hz] 2.77

D Displacement at the top of the pylon [m] 0.71254 m -0.20%
Dominating buckling - critical Lambda - mode 4 [Hz] 2.83 Hz 2.17%
104
1.27 Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load (01-0031SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2463

Test status: Passed
1.27.1 Description
Verifies the horizontal and the vertical displacement in several points of a truss with hinged bars, subjected to a
punctual load.
1.27.2 Background

Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load Scale = 1/10
01-0031SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
2
Elements Length (m) Area (m )
AC 0.5 2 2 x 10-4
-4
CB 0.5 2 2 x 10
CD 2.5 1 x 10-4
BD 2 1 x 10-4
105
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Hinge at A and B,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual force at D: Fy = F = - 9.81 x 103 N.
■ Internal: None.
1.27.2.2 Displacements at C and D
Reference solution
Displacement method.

■ 4 nodes,
Displacements shape
Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load Scale = 1/9
Deformed
106

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point C [mm] 0.26517
CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point D [mm] 3.47902
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [mm] 0.08839
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point D [mm] -5.60084

DX Horizontal displacement in point C [mm] 0.264693 mm -0.18%
DX Horizontal displacement in point D [mm] 3.47531 mm -0.11%
DZ Vertical displacement in point C [mm] 0.0881705 mm -0.25%
DZ Vertical displacement in point D [mm] -5.595 mm 0.10%
107
1.28 Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) (01-0022SDLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2454

Test status: Passed
1.28.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode frequencies of a thin annular plate fixed on a hub.
1.28.2 Background

■ Element type: planar element.
Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) Scale = 1/3
01-0022SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Inner radius: Ri = 0.1 m,
■ Outer radius: Re = 0.2 m,
■ Thickness: t = 0.001 m.
Material properties
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed on a hub at any point r = Ri.
■ Inner: None.
108
Loading
■ External: None.
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
The solution of determining the frequency based on Bessel functions leads to the following formula:
1 Et2
fij = 2
2Re2 ij 12(1-2)
where:
i = the number of nodal diameters
j = the number of nodal circles
and ij2 such as:
j \ i 0 1 2 3
0 13.0 13.3 14.7 18.5
1 85.1 86.7 91.7 100

■ Planar element: plate,
■ 360 nodes,


Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 2; j = 1 (Mode 22) [Hz] 552.43 Hz -1.19%
109
1.29 Bimetallic: Fixed beams connected to a stiff element (01-0026SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2458

Test status: Passed
1.29.1 Description
Two beams fixed at one end and rigidly connected to an undeformable beam is loaded with a punctual load. The
deflection, vertical reaction and bending moment are verified in several points.
1.29.2 Background

Fixed beams connected to a stiff element Scale = 1/10
01-0026SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Lengths:
► L = 2 m,
► l = 0.2 m,
-8 4
■ Beams inertia moment: I = (4/3) x 10 m ,
■ The beam sections are squared, of side: 2 x 10-2 m.
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa.
110
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed in A and C,
■ Inner: The tangents to the deflection of beams AB and CD at B and D remain horizontal;
practically, we restraint translations along x and z at nodes B and D.
Loading
■ External: In D: punctual load F = Fy = -1000N.
■ Internal: None.
1.29.2.2 Deflection at B and D
Reference solution
The theory of slender beams bending (Euler-Bernouilli formula) leads to a deflection at B and D:
The resolution of the hyperstatic system of the slender beam leads to:
FL3
vB = vD = 24EI

■ 4 nodes,
Results shape
Fixed beams connected to a stiff element Scale = 1/10
Deformed
1.29.2.3 Vertical reaction at A and C
Reference solution
Analytical solution.

■ 4 nodes,
111
1.29.2.4 Bending moment at A and C
Reference solution

■ 4 nodes,

CM2 D Deflection in point B [m] 0.125
CM2 D Deflection in point D [m] 0.125
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -500
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction in point C [N] -500
CM2 My Bending moment in point A [Nm] 500
CM2 My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 500

D Deflection in point B [m] 0.125376 m 0.30%
D Deflection in point D [m] 0.125376 m 0.30%
Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -500 N 0.00%
Fz Vertical reaction in point C [N] -500 N 0.00%
My Bending moment in point A [Nm] 500.083 N*m 0.02%
My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 500.083 N*m 0.02%
112
1.30 Portal frame with lateral connections (01-0030SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2462

Test status: Passed
1.30.1 Description
Verifies the rotation about z-axis and the bending moment on a portal frame with lateral connections.
1.30.2 Background

Portal frame with lateral connections Scale = 1/21
01-0030SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
113
Geometry
Beam Length Moment of inertia
AB lAB = 4 m 64
IAB = 3 x 10-8 m4
AC lAC = 1 m 1
IAC = 12 x 10-8 m4
AD lAD = 1 m 1
IAD = 12 x 10-8 m4
AE lAE = 2 m 4
IAE = 3 x 10-8 m4
■ G is in the middle of DA.

■ The beams have square sections:
► AAB = 16 x 10-4 m
► AAD = 1 x 10-4 m
► AAC = 1 x 10-4 m
► AAE = 4 x 10-4 m
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 1011 Pa,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Fixed at B, D and E,
► Hinge at C,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External:
► Punctual force at G: Fy = F = - 105 N,
► Distributed load on beam AD: p = - 103 N/m.
■ Internal: None.
1.30.2.2 Displacements at A
Reference solution
Rotation at A about z-axis:
EIAn
We say: kAn = l where n = B, C, D or E
An
3
K = kAB + kAD + kAE + 4 kAC
kAn
rAn = K
FlAD plAB2
C1 = 8 - 12
C1
 = 4K

■ 6 nodes,
114
Displacements shape
Portal frame with lateral connections

Deformed
1.30.2.3 Moments in A
Reference solution
plAB2
■ MAB = 12 + rAB x C1
FlAD
■ MAD = - 8 + rAD x C1
■ MAE = rAE x C1
■ MAC = rAC x C1

■ 6 nodes,

CM2 RY Rotation  about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.227118
CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAB) [Nm] 11023.72
CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAC) [Nm] 113.559
CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAD) [Nm] 12348.588
CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAE) [Nm] 1211.2994

RY Rotation Theta about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.227401 Rad -0.12%
My Bending moment in point A (Moment AB) [Nm] 11021 N*m -0.02%
My Bending moment in point A (Moment AC) [Nm] 113.704 N*m 0.13%
My Bending moment in point A (Moment AD) [Nm] 12347.5 N*m -0.01%
My Bending moment in point A (Moment AE) [Nm] 1212.77 N*m 0.12%
115
1.31 Caisson beam in torsion (01-0037SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2468

Test status: Passed
1.31.1 Description
A torsion moment is applied on the free end of a caisson beam fixed on one end. For both ends, the displacement,
the rotation about Z-axis and the stress are verified.
1.31.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 05/89;
Caisson beam in torsion Scale = 1/4
01-0037SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length; L = 1m,
■ Square section of side: b = 0.1 m,
■ Thickness = 0.005 m.
116
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Beam fixed at end x = 0;
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Torsion moment M = 10N.m applied to the free end (for modeling, 4 forces of 50 N).
■ Internal: None.
1.31.2.2 Displacement and stress at two points
Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method.
Points coordinates:
■ A (0,0.05,0.5)
■ B (-0.05,0,0.8)
Note: point O is the origin of the coordinate system (x,y,z).

■ 90 nodes,
Deformed shape
Caisson beam in torsion Scale = 1/4
Deformed
117

CM2 D Displacement in point A [m] -0.617 x 10-6
CM2 D Displacement in point B [m] -0.987 x 10-6
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] 0.123 x 10-4
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] 0.197 x 10-4
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress in point A [MPa] -0.11
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress in point B [MPa] -0.11

D Displacement in point A [µm] 0.615909 µm -0.18%
D Displacement in point B [µm] 0.986806 µm -0.02%
RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] -1.23211e-005 Rad -0.17%
RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -1.97172e-005 Rad -0.09%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress in point A [MPa] -0.100037 MPa -0.04%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress in point B [MPa] -0.100212 MPa -0.21%
118
1.32 Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure (01-0038SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2469

Test status: Passed
1.32.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the radial deformation and the longitudinal deformation of a cylinder loaded with a uniform internal
pressure.
1.32.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static elastic;
Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure Scale = 1/18
01-0038SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Radius: R = 1 m,
■ Thickness: h = 0.02 m.
119
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Free conditions
► For the modeling, only ¼ of the cylinder is considered and
the symmetry conditions are applied. On the other side, we restrained the displacements at a few
nodes in order to make the model stable.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform internal pressure: p = 10000 Pa,
■ Internal: None.
1.32.2.2 Stresses in all points
Reference solution
Stresses in the planar elements coordinate system (x axis is parallel with the length of the cylinder):
■ xx = 0
pR
■ yy = h

■ 209 nodes,
1.32.2.3 Cylinder deformation in all points

■ Radial deformation:
pR2
R = Eh
■ Longitudinal deformation:
-pRL
L = Eh

CM2 syy_mid yy stress in all points [Pa] 500000.000000
CM2 Dz L radial deformation of the cylinder in all points [µm] 2.380000
CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder in all points [µm] -2.860000
Result Result description Value Error

name
syy_mid Sigma yy stress in all points [Pa] 499521 Pa -0.10%
Dz Delta R radial deformation of the cylinder in all points [µm] 2.39213 µm 0.51%
DY Delta L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder in all points [µm] -2.85445 µm 0.19%
120
1.33 Beam on two supports considering the shear force (01-0041SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2472

Test status: Passed
1.33.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on a 300 cm long beam, consisting of an I shaped profile of a total height of 20.04
cm, a 0.96 cm thick web and 20.04 cm wide / 1.46 cm thick flanges.
1.33.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
l= 300 cm
h= 20.04 cm
b= 20.04 cm
tw = 1.46 cm
tf = 0.96 cm
Sx= 74.95 cm2
Iz = 5462 cm4
Sy = 16.43 cm2
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2285938 daN/cm2,
2
■ Transverse elastic modulus G = 879207 daN/cm
121
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Simple support on node 11,
► For the modeling, put an hinge at node 1 (instead of a simple support).
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Vertical punctual load P = -20246 daN at node 6,
■ Internal: None.
1.33.2.2 Vertical displacement of the model in the linear elastic range
Reference solution
The reference displacement is calculated in the middle of the beam, at node 6.
flexion
  shear

Pl 3
Pl  20246 x3003  20246 x300
v6      0.912  0.105  1.017 cm
48 EI z 4GS y 48 x 2285938 x5462 4 x 2285938 x16.43
21  0.3

■ Planar element: S beam, imposed mesh,
■ 11 nodes,
Deformed shape
122

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at node 6 [cm] -1.017

DZ Vertical displacement at node 6 [cm] -1.01722 cm -0.02%
123
1.34 Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load (01-0042SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2473

Test status: Passed
1.34.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a cylinder under a uniform axial load.
1.34.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static elastic;
Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load Scale = 1/19
01-0042SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Radius: R = 1 m.
124
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Null axial displacement at the left end: vz = 0,
► For the modeling, only a ¼ of the cylinder is considered.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform axial load q = 10000 N/m
■ Inner: None.
1.34.2.2 Stress in all points
Reference solution
x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.
q
xx = h
yy = 0

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
■ 697 nodes,
1.34.2.3 Cylinder deformation at the free end
Reference solution
■ L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:
qL
L = Eh
■ R radial deformation of the cylinder:

-qR
R = Eh

■ 697 nodes,
125
Deformation shape
Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load Scale = 1/22

Deformation shape

5
CM2 sxx_mid xx stress at all points [Pa] 5 x 10
CM2 syy_mid yy stress at all points [Pa] 0
CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation at the free end [m] 9.52 x 10-6
CM2 Dz R radial deformation at the free end [m] -7.14 x 10-7

sxx_mid Sigma xx stress at all points [Pa] 500000 Pa 0.00%
syy_mid Sigma yy stress at all points [Pa] 1.05305e-009 Pa 0.00%
DY Delta L longitudinal deformation at the free end [mm] -0.00952381 mm -0.04%
Dz Delta R radial deformation at the free end [mm] 0.000710887 mm -0.44%
126
1.35 Simply supported square plate (01-0036SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2467

Test status: Passed
1.35.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement in the center of a simply supported square plate.
1.35.2 Background

Simply supported square plate Scale = 1/9
01-0036SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side = 1 m,
■ Thickness h = 0.01m.
■ Density:  = 7950 kg/m3.
127
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Simple support on the plate perimeter,
► For the modeling, we add a fixed support at B.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Self weight (gravity = 9.81 m/s2).
■ Internal: None.
1.35.2.2 Vertical displacement at O
Reference solution
According to Love- Kirchhoff hypothesis, the displacement w at a point (x,y):
w(x,y) =  wmnsinmxsinny
192g(1 - 2)
where wmn =
mn(m2 + n2)6Eh2

■ 441 nodes,
Deformed shape
Simply supported square plate Scale = 1/6
Deformed
128

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point O [m] -0.158

Dz Vertical displacement in point O [µm] -0.164901 µm -4.37%
129
1.36 Stiffen membrane (01-0040SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2471

Test status: Passed
1.36.1 Description
Verifies the horizontal displacement and the stress on a plate (8 x 12 cm) fixed in the middle on 3 supports with a
punctual load at its free node.
1.36.2 Background

■ Reference: Klaus-Jürgen Bathe - Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, Example 5.13;
■ Element type: planar (membrane).
 ,   1;1
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Thickness: e = 0.1 cm,
■ Length: l = 8 cm,
■ Width: B = 12 cm.
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 30 x 106 N/cm2,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed on 3 sides,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform load Fx = F = 6000 N at A,
■ Internal: None.
130
1.36.2.2 Results of the model in the linear elastic range
Reference solution
Point B is the origin of the coordinate system used for the results positions.
F F 6000
uA     9.3410 4 cm
K eabE  2 1  ES 2.674106  3.75106
  
 
3  a 2 1   2 b 2 1     2a
   1;  xx1  0
E uA 
 xx1  1    for    0;  xx1  1924 N/cm2  19.24 MPa
1   2 2a   1;   3849 N/cm 2  38.49 MPa
 xx1
   1;  yy1  0

 yy1   xx1 for    0;  yy1  577 N/cm 2  5.77 MPa
  1;   1155 N/cm 2  11.55 MPa
 yy1
   1;  xy1  0
E uA 
 xy1   1    for    0;  xy1  898 N/cm2  8.98 MPa
1   8b   1;   1796 N/cm 2  17.96 MPa
 xy1

■ Planar element: membrane, imposed mesh,
■ 6 nodes,
■ 2 quadrangle planar elements and 1 bar.
Deformed shape
131

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement Element 1 in A [cm] 9.340000
CM2 sxx_mid xx stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 38.490000
CM2 sxx_mid xx stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] 0
CM2 syy_mid yy stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 11.550000
CM2 syy_mid yy stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] 0
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress Element 1 in x = 0 cm [MPa] 0
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress Element 1 in x = 4 cm [MPa] -8.980000
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress Element 1 in x = 8 cm [MPa] -17.960000

DX Horizontal displacement Element 1 in A [µm] 9.33999 µm 0.00%
sxx_mid Sigma xx stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 38.489 MPa 0.00%
sxx_mid Sigma xx stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] 3.63798e-015 MPa 0.00%
syy_mid Sigma yy stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 11.5467 MPa -0.03%
syy_mid Sigma yy stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] -9.09495e-016 MPa 0.00%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 0 cm [MPa] -2.96059e-015 MPa 0.00%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 4 cm [MPa] -8.98076 MPa -0.01%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 8 cm [MPa] -17.9615 MPa -0.01%
132
1.37 Torus with uniform internal pressure (01-0045SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2476

Test status: Passed
1.37.1 Description
Verifies the stress and the radial deformation of a torus with uniform internal pressure.
1.37.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Torus with uniform internal pressure

01-0045SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Transverse section radius: b = 1 m,
■ Average radius of curvature: a = 2 m.
133
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: For the modeling, only 1/8 of the cylinder is considered, so the symmetry conditions are
imposed to end nodes.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform internal pressure p = 10000 Pa
■ Internal: None.
1.37.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
(See stresses description on the first scheme of the overview)
If a – b  r  a + b
pb r + a
11 = 2h r
pb
22 = 2h

■ 361 nodes,
1.37.2.3 Cylinder deformation
Reference solution
■ R radial deformation of the torus:
pb
R = 2Eh (r - (r + a))

■ 361 nodes,
134

5
CM2 syy_mid 11 stresses for r = a - b [Pa] 7.5 x 10
5
CM2 syy_mid 11 stresses for r = a + b [Pa] 4.17 x 10
5
CM2 sxx_mid 22 stress for all r [Pa] 2.50 x 10
CM2 Dz L radial deformations of the torus for r = a - b [m] 1.19 x 10-7
CM2 Dz L radial deformations of the torus for r = a + b [m] 1.79 x 10-6

syy_mid Sigma 11 stresses for r = a - b [Pa] 742770 Pa -0.96%
syy_mid Sigma 11 stresses for r = a + b [Pa] 415404 Pa -0.38%
sxx_mid Sigma 22 stress for all r [Pa] 250331 Pa 0.13%
Dz Delta L radial deformations of the torus for r = a - b [mm] -0.000117352 mm 1.38%
Dz Delta L radial deformations of the torus for r = a + b [mm] 0.00180274 mm 0.71%
135
1.38 Spherical shell under internal pressure (01-0046SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2477

Test status: Passed
1.38.1 Description
A spherical shell is subjected to a uniform internal pressure. The stress and the radial deformation are verified.
1.38.2 Background

Spherical shell under internal pressure

01-0046SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Radius: R2 = 1 m,
■  = 90° (hemisphere).
136
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
Simple support (null displacement along vertical displacement) on the shell perimeter.
For modeling, we consider only half of the hemisphere, so we impose symmetry conditions (DOF restrains
placed in the vertical plane xy in translation along z and in rotation along x and y). In addition, the node at the
top of the shell is restrained in translation along x to assure the stability of the structure during calculation).
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform internal pressure p = 10000 Pa
■ Internal: None.
1.38.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
(See stresses description on the first scheme of the overview)
If 0°    90°
pR22
11 = 22 = 2h

■ 343 nodes,
Reference solution
■ R radial deformation of the calotte:
pR22 (1 - ) sin 
R = 2Eh

■ 343 nodes,
137
Deformed shape
Spherical shell under internal pressure Scale = 1/11

Deformed

5
CM2 sxx_mid 11 stress for all  [Pa] 2.50 x 10
5
CM2 syy_mid 22 stress for all  [Pa] 2.50 x 10
CM2 Dz R radial deformations for  = 90° [m] 8.33 x 10-7

sxx_mid Sigma 11 stress for all Theta [Pa] 250202 Pa 0.08%
syy_mid Sigma 22 stress for all Theta [Pa] 249907 Pa -0.04%
Dz Delta R radial deformations for Theta = 90° [mm] 0.000832794 mm -0.02%
138
1.39 Thin cylinder under its self weight (01-0044SSLSB_MEF)
Test ID: 2475

Test status: Passed
1.39.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a thin cylinder subjected to its self
weight only.
1.39.2 Background

A cylinder of R radius and L length subject of self weight only.
Thin cylinder under its self weight Scale = 1/24
01-0044SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
11
■ Density:  = 7.85 x 104 N/m3.
139
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Null axial displacement at z = 0,
► For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the cylinder, so we impose the symmetry
conditions on the nodes that are parallel with the cylinder’s axis.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Cylinder self weight,
■ Internal: None.
1.39.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
xx = z
yy = 0

■ 697 nodes,
Reference solution
z2
L = 2E
■ R radial deformation of the cylinder:

-Rz
R = E

CM2 sxx_mid xx stress for z = L [Pa] -314000.000000
CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation for z = L [mm] 0.002990
CM2 Dz R radial deformation for z = L[mm] -0.000440
* To obtain this result, you must generate a calculation note “Planar elements stresses by load case in neutral fiber"
with results on center.

sxx_mid Sigma xx stress for z = L [Pa] -309143 Pa 1.55%
DY Delta L longitudinal deformation for z = L [mm] 0.00298922 mm -0.03%
Dz Delta R radial deformation for z = L [mm] -0.000443587 mm -0.82%
140
1.40 Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends (01-0034SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2466

Test status: Passed
1.40.1 Description
A beam under a punctual load, a distributed load and two torques lays on a soil of constant linear stiffness. The
rotation around z-axis, the vertical reaction, the vertical displacement and the bending moment are verified in several
points.
1.40.2 Background

Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends Scale = 1/27
01-0034SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L = ( 10 )/2,
■ I = 10-4 m4.
141
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Free A and B ends,
► Soil with a constant linear stiffness ky = K = 840000 N/m2.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External:
► Punctual force at D: Fy = F = - 10000 N,
► Uniformly distributed force from A to B: fy = p = - 5000 N/m,
► Torque at A: Cz = -C = -15000 Nm,
► Torque at B: Cz = C = 15000 Nm.
■ Internal: None.
1.40.2.2 Displacement and support reaction at A
Reference solution
4
= K/(4EI)
 = L/2
 = ch(2) + cos(2)
■ Vertical support reaction:
1
VA = -p(sh(2) + sin(2)) - 2Fch()cos() + 22C(sh(2) - sin(2)) x
2
■ Rotation about z-axis:
1
A = p(sh(2) – sin(2)) + 2Fsh()sin() - 22C(sh(2) + sin(2)) x
(K/)

■ 50 nodes,
142
Deformed shape

Deformed
1.40.2.3 Displacement and bending moment at D
Reference solution
1
vD = 2p( - 2ch()cos()) + F(sh(2) – sin(2)) - 82Csh()sin() x
2K
■ Bending moment:
2 1
MD = 4psh()sin() + F(sh(2) + sin(2)) - 8 Cch()cos() x
42

■ 50 nodes,
143
Bending moment diagram

Bending moment

CM2 RY Rotation around z-axis in point A [rad] 0.003045
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -11674
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point D [cm] -0.423326
CM2 My Bending moment in point D [Nm] -33840

RY Rotation around z-axis in point A [rad] 0.00304333 Rad -0.05%
Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -11709 N -0.30%
Dz Vertical displacement in point D [cm] -0.423297 cm 0.01%
My Bending moment in point D [Nm] -33835.9 N*m 0.01%
144
1.41 Square plate under planar stresses (01-0039SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2470

Test status: Passed
1.41.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement and the stresses on a square plate of 2 x 2 m, fixed on 3 sides with a uniform
surface load on its surface.
1.41.2 Background

■ Element type: planar (membrane).
Square plate under planar stresses Scale = 1/19
Modeling
 ,   1;1
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Thickness: e = 1 m,
■ 4 square elements of side h = 1 m.
145
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed on 3 sides,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform load p = -1. 108 N/ml on the upper surface,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
The reference displacements are calculated on nodes 7 and 9.
-6ph(3 + )(1 - 2)
v9 = = -0.1809 x 10-3 m,
E(8(3 - )2 - (3 + )2)
4(3 - )
v7 = v9 = -0.592 x 10-3 m,
3+
For element 1.4:
(For the stresses calculated above, the abscissa point (x = 0; y = 0) corresponds to node 8.)
 = -1 ; yy = 0
E (v9 - v7)  = 0 ; yy = -47.44 MPa
yy = (1 + ) for
1 - 2 2h  = 1 ; yy = -94.88 MPa
 = -1 ; xx = 0
xx = yy for  = 0 ; xx = -14.23 MPa
 = 1 ; xx = -28.46 MPa
 = -1 ;  = 0 ; xy = -47.82 MPa

E (v9 + v7) + (v9 - v7)  = 0 ;  = 0 ; xy = -31.21 MPa
xy = (1 + ) for
1+ 4h = 1 ;  = 0 ; xy = -14.61 MPa

■ Planar element: membrane, imposed mesh,
■ 9 nodes,
146
Deformed shape

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on node 7 [mm] -0.592
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on node 5 [mm] -0.1809
CM2 sxx_mid xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 0
CM2 sxx_mid xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -14.23
CM2 sxx_mid xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -28.46
CM2 syy_mid yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 0
CM2 syy_mid yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -47.44
CM2 syy_mid yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -94.88
CM2 sxy_mid xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 0 m [MPa] -14.66
CM2 sxy_mid xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 1 m [MPa] -47.82

DZ Vertical displacement on node 7 [mm] -0.59203 mm -0.01%
DZ Vertical displacement on node 5 [mm] -0.180898 mm 0.00%
sxx_mid Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 7.45058e-015 MPa 0.00%
sxx_mid Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -14.2315 MPa -0.01%
sxx_mid Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -28.463 MPa -0.01%
syy_mid Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 1.49012e-014 MPa 0.00%
syy_mid Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -47.4383 MPa 0.00%
syy_mid Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -94.8767 MPa 0.00%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 0 m [MPa] -14.611 MPa 0.33%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 1 m [MPa] -47.8178 MPa 0.00%
147
1.42 Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure (01-0043SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2474

Test status: Passed
1.42.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a thin cylinder under a hydrostatic
pressure.
1.42.2 Background

Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure Scale = 1/25
01-0043SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
148
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the cylinder, so we impose the
symmetry conditions on the nodes that are parallel with the cylinder’s axis.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
z
■ External: Radial internal pressure varies linearly with the "p" height, p = p0 L ,
■ Internal: None.
1.42.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
xx = 0
p0Rz
yy = Lh

■ 209 nodes,
Reference solution
-p0Rz2
L = 2ELh
■ L radial deformation of the cylinder:
p0R2z
R = ELh

■ 209 nodes,
149
Deformation shape
Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure

Deformed

CM2 syy_mid yy stress in z = L/2 [Pa] 500000.000000
CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder at the inferior -0.002860
extremity [mm]
CM2 Dz L radial deformation of the cylinder in z = L/2 [mm] 0.002380

syy_mid Sigma yy stress in z = L/2 [Pa] 504489 Pa 0.90%
DY Delta L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder at the inferior -0.00285442 mm 0.20%
extremity [mm]
Dz Delta L radial deformation of the cylinder in z = L/2 [mm] 0.00238372 mm 0.16%
150
1.43 Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure (01-0050SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2480

Test status: Passed
1.43.1 Description
A spherical dome of radius (a) is subjected to a uniform external pressure. The horizontal displacement and the
external meridian stresses are verified.
1.43.2 Background

Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure

01-0050SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
151
Geometry
■ Radius: a = 2.54 m,
■ Angle:  = 75°.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed on the dome perimeter,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform pressure p = 0.6897 x 106 Pa,
■ Internal: None.
1.43.2.2 Horizontal displacement and exterior meridian stress
Reference solution
elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.

■ 401 nodes,
Deformed shape
152

CM2 DX Horizontal displacements in  = 15° 1.73 x 10-3
CM2 DX Horizontal displacements in  = 45° -1.02 x 10-3
CM2 syy_mid yy external meridian stresses in  = 15° -74
CM2 sxx_mid XX external meridian stresses in  = 45° -68

DX Horizontal displacements in Psi = 15° [mm] 1.73064 mm 0.04%
DX Horizontal displacements in Psi = 45° [mm] -1.01367 mm 0.62%
syy_mid Sigma yy external meridian stresses in Psi = 15° [MPa] -72.2609 MPa 2.35%
sxx_mid Sigma XX external meridian stresses in Psi = 45° [MPa] -68.9909 MPa -1.46%
153
1.44 Simply supported square plate under a uniform load (01-0051SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2481

Test status: Passed
1.44.1 Description
A square plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending moments
at the plate center are verified.
1.44.2 Background

Simply supported square plate under a uniform load Scale = 1/9
01-0051SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a =b = 1 m,
154
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),
■ Inner: None
Loading
■ External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,
■ Internal: None.
1.44.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate
Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.

■ 361 nodes,
1.44.2.3 Theoretical result

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] -4.43 x 10-3
CM2 Mxx MX bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0479
CM2 Myy MY bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0479

DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] -0.00435847 m 1.61%
Mxx Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0471381 N*m -1.59%
Myy My bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0471381 N*m -1.59%
155
1.45 Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments (01-
0054SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2484

Test status: Passed
1.45.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a punctual force and moments. The vertical displacement is
verified.
1.45.2 Background

Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments
01-0054SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Width: DA = CB = 20 m,
■ Length: AB = DC = 5 m,
■ Thickness: h = 1 m,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E =1000 Pa,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Punctual support at A, B and D (null displacement along z-axis),
■ Inner: None.
156
Loading
■ External:
► In A: MX = 20 Nm, MY = -10 Nm,
► In B: MX = 20 Nm, MY = 10 Nm,
► In C: FZ = -2 N, MX = -20 Nm, MY = 10 Nm,
► In D: MX = -20 Nm, MY = -10 Nm,
■ Internal: None.
1.45.2.2 Vertical displacement at C
Reference solution

■ 867 nodes,
Deformed shape
Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments
Deformed

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -12.480

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -12.6677 m -1.50%
157
1.46 Shear plate perpendicular to the medium surface (01-0055SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2485

Test status: Passed
1.46.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement of a rectangular shear plate fixed at one end, loaded with two forces.
1.46.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static;
Shear plate Scale = 1/50
01-0055SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Width: l = 1 m,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed AD edge,
■ Inner: None.
158
Loading
■ External:
► At B: Fz = -1.0 N,
► At C: FZ = 1.0 N,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution

■ 497 nodes,
Deformed shape
Shear plate Scale = 1/35
Deformed

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] 35.37 x 10-3

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] 35.6655 mm 0.84%
159
1.47 Spherical shell with holes (01-0049SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2479

Test status: Passed
1.47.1 Description
A spherical shell with holes is subjected to 4 forces, opposite 2 by 2. The horizontal displacement is verified.
1.47.2 Background
Spherical shell with holes

01-0049SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Radius: R = 10 m
■ Opening angle of the hole: 0 = 18°.
160
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: For modeling, we consider only a quarter of the shell, so we impose symmetry
conditions (nodes in the vertical yz plane are restrained in translation along x and in rotation along y and z.
Nodes on the vertical xy plane are restrained in translation along z and in rotation along x and y),
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual loads F = 1 N, according to the diagram,
■ Internal: None.
1.47.2.2 Horizontal displacement at point A
Reference solution

■ 99 nodes,
Deformed shape
Spherical shell with holes Scale = 1/79
Deformed
161
1.47.2.3 Theoretical background

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement at point A(R,0,0) [mm] 94.0

DX Horizontal displacement at point A(R,0,0) [mm] 92.6205 mm -1.47%
162
1.48 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0053SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2483

Test status: Passed
1.48.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending
moments at the plate center are verified.
1.48.2 Background

Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load Scale = 1/25
01-0053SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Width: a = 1 m,
■ Length: b = 5 m,
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
163
Loading
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution

■ 793 nodes,

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] 1.416 x 10-2
CM2 Mxx MX bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.1246
CM2 Myy MY bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0375

DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [cm] -1.40141 cm 1.03%
Mxx Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.124082 N*m 0.42%
Myy My bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.0375624 N*m -0.17%
164
1.49 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-
0058SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2488

Test status: Passed
1.49.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01333 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with
a uniform pressure.
1.49.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Square plate of side "a", for the modeling, only a quarter of the plate is considered.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
■ Slenderness:  = h = 75.
■ Reinforcement,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
Fixed sides: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),
■ Inner: None.
165
Loading
■ External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at ± 5%.

■ 289 nodes,

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -2.8053 x 10-2

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -2.79502 cm 0.37%
166
0059SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2489

Test status: Passed
1.50.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.02 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.
1.50.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
■ Reinforcement,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
Fixed edges: AB and BD,
around x and z),
■ Inner: None.
167
Loading
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 289 nodes,


168
0057SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2487

Test status: Passed
1.51.1 Description
uniform pressure.
1.51.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
■ Reinforcement,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
Fixed sides: AB and BD,
around x and z),
■ Inner: None.
169
Loading
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
values at  5%.

■ 289 nodes,


170
1.52 Pinch cylindrical shell (01-0048SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2478

Test status: Passed
1.52.1 Description
A cylinder of length L is pinched by 2 diametrically opposite forces (F). The vertical displacement is verified.
1.52.2 Background

A cylinder of length L is pinched by 2 diametrically opposite forces (F).
Pinch cylindrical shell

01-0048SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length: L = 10.35 m (total length),
■ Radius: R = 4.953 m,
■ Thickness: h = 0.094 m.
171
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: For the modeling, we consider only half of the cylinder, so we impose symmetry
conditions (nodes in the horizontal xz plane are restrained in translation along y and in rotation along x and z),
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: 2 punctual loads F = 100 N,
■ Internal: None.
1.52.2.2 Vertical displacement at point A
Reference solution

■ 777 nodes,
1.52.2.3 Theoretical result

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point A [m] -113.9 x 10-3

DZ Vertical displacement in point A [mm] -113.3 mm 0.53%
172
1.53 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0052SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2482

Test status: Passed
1.53.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending
moments at the plate center are verified.
1.53.2 Background

Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load Scale = 1/11
01-0052SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Width: a = 1 m,
■ Length: b = 2 m,
173
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution

■ 435 nodes,
1.53.2.3 Theoretical background

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] -1.1060 x 10-2
CM2 Mxx MX bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.1017
CM2 Myy MY bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.0464

DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [cm] -1.10238 cm 0.33%
Mxx Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.101737 N*m -0.04%
Myy My bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.0462457 N*m 0.33%
174
1.54 Triangulated system with hinged bars (01-0056SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2486

Test status: Passed
1.54.1 Description
A truss with hinged bars is placed on three punctual supports (subjected to imposed displacements) and is loaded
with two punctual forces. A thermal load is applied to all the bars. The traction force and the vertical displacement are
verified.
1.54.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static (plane problem);
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■  = 30°,
-3 2
■ Section A1 = 1.41 x 10 m ,
-3 2
■ Section A2 = 2.82 x 10 m .
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E =2.1 x 1011 Pa,
■ Coefficient of linear expansion:  = 10-5 °C-1.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Hinge at A (uA = vA = 0),
► Roller supports at B and C ( uB = v’C = 0),
■ Inner: None.
175
Loading
■ External:
► Support displacement: vA = -0.02 m ; vB = -0.03 m ; v’C = -0.015 m ,
► Punctual loads: FE = -150 KN ; FF = -100 KN,
► Expansion effect on all bars for a temperature variation of 150° in relation with the assembly
temperature (specified geometry),
■ Internal: None.
1.54.2.2 Tension force in BD bar
Reference solution
Determining the hyperstatic unknown with the section cut method.

■ Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,
■ 11 nodes,
■ 17 S beams + 1 rigid S beam for the modeling of the simple support at C.
1.54.2.3 Vertical displacement at D
Reference solution
vD displacement was determined by several software with implemented finite elements method.

■ 11 nodes,
■ 17 S beams + 1 rigid S beam for the modeling of simple support at C.
Deformed shape
Triangulated system with hinged bars
01-0056SSLLB_FEM
176

CM2 Fx FX traction force on BD bar [N] 43633
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on point D [m] -0.01618

Fx Fx traction force on BD bar [N] 42870.9 N -1.75%
DZ Vertical displacement on point D [m] -0.0162358 m -0.34%
177
1.55 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-
0062SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2492

Test status: Passed
1.55.1 Description
punctual force in the center.
1.55.2 Background

Square plate of side "a".
0.01 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter Scale = 1/5

01-0062SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
178
■ Reinforcement,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed edges,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
6
■ External: Punctual force applied on the center of the plate: FZ = -10 N,
■ Internal: None.
1.55.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (center of the plate)
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 961 nodes,
179

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.29579

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.292146 m 1.23%
180
0063SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2493

Test status: Passed
1.56.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01333 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with
a punctual force in the center.
1.56.2 Background

01-0063SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
■ Reinforcement,
181
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed sides,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual force applied on the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
■ Internal: None.
1.56.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (the center of the plate)
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 961 nodes,


182
1.57 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0066SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2496

Test status: Passed
1.57.1 Description
1.57.2 Background

01-0066SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■ Slenderness:  = 10.
■ Reinforcement,
183
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: punctual force applied in the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
■ Internal: None.
1.57.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (center of the plate)
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 961 nodes,

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.42995 x 10-3

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [mm] -0.412094 mm 4.15%
184
1.58 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 1) (01-0067SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2497

Test status: Passed
1.58.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, fixed on its ends and
1.58.2 Background

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (space problem);
01-0067SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10-4 m2,
-9 4
-9 4
-9 4
185

► O(0;0;0)
► A(0;R;0)
► B(R;0;0)
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed at points A and B,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
■ transverse bending:
i2 GIp
fj = where i = 1,2.
2 R2 A

■ 11 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
186

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 44.23
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 125

Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 44.12 Hz -0.25%
187
0061SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2491

Test status: Passed
1.59.1 Description
uniform pressure.
1.59.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
■ Reinforcement,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
around x and z),
■ Inner: None.
188
Loading
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 289 nodes,


Dz Vertical displacement in point C [mm] -0.0781846 mm 0.61%
189
0065SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2495

Test status: Passed
1.60.1 Description
1.60.2 Background

01-0065SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■ Reinforcement,
190
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed sides,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual force applied at the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
■ Internal: None.
1.60.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C center of the plate)
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 961 nodes,

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.2595 x 10-2

191
1.61 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Rafters) (01-
0077SSLPB_FEM)
Test ID: 2500

Test status: Passed
1.61.1 Description
Moments and actions on supports calculation on a 2D portal frame. The purpose of this test is to verify the results of
Advance Design for the M. R. study of a 2D portal frame.
1.61.2 Background

■ Reference: Design and calculation of metal structures.
192
1.61.2.2 Moments and actions on supports M.R. calculation on a 2D portal frame.

RDM results, for the linear load perpendicular on the rafters, are:
qL qL² 8h  5f
VA  VE  H A  HE  H
2 32 h²k  3  f 3h  f 
qL ²
MB  MD  Hh MC   Hh  f 
8
Comparison between theoretical results and the results obtained by Advance Design for a linear load
perpendicular on the chords

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in A [DaN] -1000
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in E [DaN] -1000
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in A [DaN] -332.9
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in E [DaN] -332.9
CM2 My Moment in node B [DaNm] 2496.8
CM2 My Moment in node D [DaNm] -2496.8
CM2 My Moment in node C [DaNm] -1671

Fz Vertical reaction V on node A [daN] -1000 daN 0.00%
Fz Vertical reaction V on node E [daN] -1000 daN 0.00%
Fx Horizontal reaction H on node A [daN] -332.665 daN 0.07%
Fx Horizontal reaction H on node E [daN] -332.665 daN 0.07%
My Moment in node B [daNm] 2494.99 daN*m -0.07%
My Moment in node D [daNm] -2494.99 daN*m 0.07%
My Moment in node C [daNm] -1673.35 daN*m -0.14%
193
1.62 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Columns) (01-
0078SSLPB_FEM)
Test ID: 2501

Test status: Passed
1.62.1 Description
Moments and actions on supports calculation on a 2D portal frame. The purpose of this test is to verify the results of
Advance Design for the M. R. study of a 2D portal frame.
1.62.2 Background

■ Reference: Design and calculation of metal structures.
194
1.62.2.2 Moments and reactions on supports M.R. calculation on a 2D portal frame.

RDM results, for the linear load perpendicular on the column, are:
qh² qh ² 5kh  6 2h  f 

VA  VE   HE  H A  HE  qh
2L 16 h ² k  3   f 3h  f 
qh² qh²
MB   HEh MC   HE h  f  MD  HE h
2 4

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in A [DaN] 140.6
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in E [DaN] -140.6
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in A [DaN] 579.1
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in E [DaN] 170.9
CM2 My Moment in B [DaNm] -1530.8
CM2 My Moment in D [DaNm] -1281.7
CM2 My Moment in C [DaNm] 302.7

Fz Vertical reaction V on node A [daN] 140.625 daN 0.02%
Fz Vertical reaction V on node E [daN] -140.625 daN -0.02%
Fx Horizontal reaction H on node A [daN] 579.169 daN 0.01%
Fx Horizontal reaction H on node E [daN] 170.831 daN -0.04%
My Moment in node B [daNm] -1531.27 daN*m -0.03%
My Moment in node D [daNm] -1281.23 daN*m 0.04%
My Moment in node C [daNm] 302.063 daN*m -0.21%
195
Test ID: 2499

Test status: Passed
1.63.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, extended with two
straight elements (2 m long) and subjected to its self weight only.

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (space problem);
01-0069SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
196
Geometry
■ L = 2 m,
-4 2
■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9 4
-9 4
► O(0;0;0)
► A(0;R;0)
► B(R;0;0)
► C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
► D ( R ; -L ; 0 )
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
197
Reference solution
i2 GIp
fj = where i = 1,2 with i = 1,2:
2 R2 A

■ 41 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
Reference


198
0060SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2490

Test status: Passed
1.64.1 Description
uniform pressure.
1.64.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
■ Reinforcement,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
around x and z),
■ Inner: None.
199
Loading
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 289 nodes,


200
0064SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2494

Test status: Passed
1.65.1 Description
1.65.2 Background

01-0064SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■ Reinforcement,
201
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: punctual force applied in the center of the plate: FZ = -106 N,
■ Internal: None.
1.65.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (the center of the plate)
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 961 nodes,


202
Test ID: 2498

Test status: Passed
1.66.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, extended with two
straight elements (0.6 m long) and subjected to its self weight only.
1.66.2 Background

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (in space);
01-0068SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L = 0.6 m,
-4 2
■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9 4
-9 4
203

► O(0;0;0)
► A(0;R;0)
► B(R;0;0)
► C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
► D ( R ; -L ; 0 )
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► In A: translation restraint along y and z,
► In B: translation restraint along x and z,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
i2 GIp
fj = where i = 1,2.
2 R2 A

■ 23 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
204

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 100

205
1.67 Slender beam of variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed) (01-0086SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2504

Test status: Passed
1.67.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes (flexion) for a slender beam with variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed).
1.67.2 BackgroundOverview

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length: L = 0.6 m,
■ Constant thickness: h = 0.01 m
■ Initial section:
► b0 = 0.03 m
► A0 = 3 x 10-4 m²
■ Section variation:
► with ( = 1)
► b = b0e-2x
► A = A0e-2x
11
■ E = 2 x 10 Pa
■  = 0.3
■  = 7800 kg/m3
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Fixed at end x = 0,
► Fixed at end x = 0.6 m.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
206
1.67.2.2 Reference results
Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution

i pulsation is given by the roots of the equation:
s²  r ²
1  cosrlchsl  shslsinrl  0
2rs
with
4i 
A 0 i2
EIzo
; r   ²  2i ; s  2i   ² 
si
 
2i   ²  0
Therefore, the translation components of i(x) mode, are:
 cos(rl)  ch(sl) 
 i x   e x cosrx   chsx   (s sin(rx )  rsh(sx ))
 rsh(sl)  s sin(rl) 
Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:
Reference values
Eigen mode Frequency (Hz) Eigen mode i(x)*
order x=0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
1 143.303 0 0.237 0.703 1 0.859 0.354 0
2 396.821 0 -0.504 -0.818 0 0.943 0.752 0
3 779.425 0 0.670 0.210 -0.831 0.257 1 0
4 1289.577 0 -0.670 0.486 0 -0.594 1 0
* i(x) eigen modes* standardized to 1 at the point of maximum amplitude.
Eigen modes
207

CM2 Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 143.303

Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 145.88 Hz 1.80%
208
1.68 Plane portal frame with hinged supports (01-0089SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2505

Test status: Passed
1.68.1 Description
Calculation of support reactions of a 2D portal frame with hinged supports.
1.68.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ I1 = 5.0 x 10-4 m4
■ a=4m
■ h=8m
■ b = 10.77 m
-4 4
■ I2 = 2.5 x 10 m
■ Isotropic linear elastic material.
■ E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa
209
Boundary conditions
Hinged base plates A and B (uA = vA = 0 ; uB = vB = 0).
Loading
■ p = -3 000 N/m
■ F1 = -20 000 N
■ F2 = -10 000 N
■ M = -100 000 Nm
1.68.2.2 Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution

■ K = (I2/b)(h/I1)
■ p = a/h
■ m=1+p
■ B = 2(K + 1) + m
■ C = 1 + 2m
■ N = B + mC
■ VA = 3pl/8 + F1/2 – M/l + F2h/l
■ HA = pl²(3 + 5m)/(32Nh) + (F1l/(4h))(C/N) + F2(1-(B + C)/(2N)) + (3M/h)((1 + m)/(2N))
1.68.2.3 Reference values

Point Magnitudes and units Value
A V, vertical reaction (N) 31 500.0
A H, horizontal reaction (N) 20 239.4
C vc (m) -0.03072

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in point A [N] -31500
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in point A [N] -20239.4
CM2 DZ vc displacement in point C [m] -0.03072

Fz Vertical reaction V in point A [N] -31500 N 0.00%
Fx Horizontal reaction H in point A [N] -20239.3 N 0.00%
DZ Displacement in point C [m] -0.0307191 m 0.00%
210
1.69 A 3D bar structure with elastic support (01-0094SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2508

Test status: Passed
1.69.1 Description
A 3D bar structure with elastic support is subjected to a vertical load of -100 kN. The V2 magnitude on node 5, the
normal force magnitude, the reaction magnitude on supports and the action magnitude are verified.

■ Reference: Internal GRAITEC;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
For all bars:
■ H=3m
■ B=3m
■ S = 0.02 m2
Element Node i Node j
1 (bar) 1 5
2 (bar) 2 5
3 (bar) 3 5
4 (bar) 4 5
5 (spring) 5 6
■ Isotropic linear elastic materials
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 E8 N/m2,
211
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: At node 5: K = 50000 kN/m ;
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Vertical load at node: P = -100 kN,
■ Internal: None.
System solution
B2
L H2  . Also, U1 = V1 = U5 = U6 = V6 = 0
2
■ Stiffness matrix of bar 1
x x 1 1
u ( x)  (1  ).ui  .u j  u ( )  1   .ui  1   .u j
L L 2 2
2x
where  = 1
L
212
in the local coordinate system:
 1
 2  1 1  2
k1    B H BdVe  ES 0 B  B dx  ES 1  1 
T L 1
 d
T
ve   2 2  L
 2 
 1 0 1 0 (ui )
 1 1

2 ES  4
1 
4 d  ES  1  1 (ui )  ES  0 0 0 0 (vi )
L 1  1 1 
=  
L  1 1  (u j ) L  1 0 1 0 (u j )
 4 4   
0 0 0 0 (v j )
1 0  1 0 (u1 )
 
ES  0 0 0 0 ( v 1 )
where k 1   
L 1 0 1 0 (u 5 )
 
0 0 0 0 ( v 5 )
 
The elementary matrix k e expressed in the global coordinate system XY is the following: ( angle allowing
the transition from the global base to the local base):
 cos  sin  0 0 
 
 sin  cos  0 0 
 K e   R e  k e R e  avec R e   
T
 0 0 cos  sin  
 
 0 0  sin  cos 
 cos 2  cos  sin   cos 2   cos  sin 

 
ES  cos  sin  sin 
2
 cos  sin   sin 2  
K e   
L  cos 2   cos  sin  cos 2  cos  sin  
 
 cos  sin   sin  cos  sin  sin 2  
2
 B2
 cos 2
 
 2L2
B H  H2
Knowing that cos  and sin  , then: sin 2   2
L 2 L  L
 HB
sin  cos  
 2L2
 B2 HB B2 HB 
 2   
 2 2 2
(U 1 )
 HB H2 
HB
H2
H ES   (V1 )
for element 1 nodes 1  5,  = arctan ( ) : K1   3  22 2
D L B HB B 2
HB  (U 5 )
  
 2 2 2 2  (V5 )
 HB HB 
 2 H2 H2 
 2 
213
■ Stiffness matrix of spring support 5

K
We say K  
4
1 0  1 0 (ui )
0 0 0 0 (vi )
 1  1 (ui )
in the local coordinate system : k 5   K    K  
 1 1  (u j )  1 0 1 0 (u j )
 
0 0 0 0 (v j )
0 0 0 0  (U 5 )
0 1 0  1 (V5 )
for element 5 nodes 5  6,  = 90 : K 5   K ' 
0 0 0 0  (U 6 )
 
0 1 0  1 (V6 )
■  
System K Q  F
 ES B 2 ES HB ES B 2 ES HB 
 3   0 0 
 L 2 L3 2 L3 2 L3 2  U  R 
 ES HB ES 2 ES HB ES  1 X1
 L3 H  3  3 H2 0 0   V  R 
L3
   
2 L 2 L 1 Y1 

  ES B
2
ES HB ES B 2 ES HB  5   X5 
U R
 3 0 0     
 L 23
L 2 L3 2 L3 2  V5 P
   
 ES HB ES 2 ES HB ES 2    
 3 H H  K 0  K  U 6  R X 6 
 L3 2 L L3 2 L3  V  R 
  6   Y6 
0 0 0 0 0 0 
 
 0 0 0  K 0 K  
If U1 = V1 = U5 = U6 = V6 = 0, then:
P P
V5  4  4  0.001885 m
ES 2 ES 2 K
H  K H 
L3 L3 4
ES HB ES HB
R X1   V5  1015 N R X5  3 V5  1015 N R X6  0
And L3 2 L 2
ES K
R Y1   3 H 2 V5  1436 N R Y 6   V5  23563 N
L 4
Note:
■ The values on supports specified by Advance Design correspond to the actions,
■ RY6 calculated value must be multiplied by 4 in relation to the double symmetry,
■ x1 value is similar to the one found by Advance Design by dividing this by 2
214
Effort in bar 1:
 B H 
L 2 0 0 
L
u1   H B  U1 
v    0 0 V 
 1  L L 2   1  and ES  1  1 u1    N1    1759 
  H  U 5       
u5   0 0
B
  L  1 1  u5   N 5   1759
v5   L 2 L  V 
 5
 0 H B 
0 
 L L 2 
u1   cos sin  0 0  U1 

 v   sin  cos 0   V1 
 1  0 ES  1  1 u1   N1 
    and   
u5   0 0 cos sin   U 5  L  1 1  u5   N 5 
v5   0 
0  sin  cos  V5 
Reference values
Point Magnitude Units Value

5 V2 m -1.885 10-3
All bars Normal force N -1759
Supports 1, 3, 4 and 5 Fz action N -1436
Supports 1, 3, 4 and 5 Action Fx=Fy N
1015 / 2  718
Support 6 Fz action N 23563 x 4=94253

■ Linear element: beam, automatic mesh,
■ 5 nodes,
215
Deformed shape
Normal forces diagram
216
1.69.1.3 Reference values

CM2 D V2 magnitude on node 5 [m] -1.885 10-3
CM2 Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 1 [N] -1759
CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 1 [N] 1436
CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 1 [N] -718
CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 3 [N] 718
CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 4 [N] 718
CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 5 [N] -718
CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 1 [N] -718
CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 3 [N] -718
CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 4 [N] 718
CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 5 [N] 718
CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 6 [N] 23563 x 4=94253

D Displacement on node 5 [mm] 1.88508 mm 0.00%
Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 1 [N] -1759.4 N -0.02%
Fy Fz reaction magnitude on support 1 [N] 1436.55 N 0.04%
Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 1 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%
Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 2 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%
Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 3 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%
Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 4 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%
Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 1 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%
Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 2 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%
Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 3 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%
Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 4 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%
Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 6 [N] 94253.8 N 0.00%
217
1.70 Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass (01-0095SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2509

Test status: Passed
1.70.1 Description
Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass.
1.70.2 Background
■ Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion,
plane bending, transverse bending, punctual mass.
1.70.2.1 Test data
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Outer diameter de = 0.35 m,
■ Beam length: l = 10 m,
■ Area: A = 1.57865 x 10-2 m2
-4 4
■ Polar inertia: IP = 4.43798 x 10 m
-4 4
■ Inertia: Iy = Iz = 2.21899 x 10 m
■ Punctual mass: mc = 1000 kg
■ Beam self-weight: M
218
■ Poisson's ratio: =0.3 (this coefficient was not specified in the AFNOR test , the value 0.3
seems to be the more appropriate to obtain the correct frequency value of mode No. 8 with NE/NASTRAN)
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed at point A, x = 0,
■ Inner: none
Loading
None for the modal analysis
Reference frequency
For the first mode, the Rayleigh method gives the approximation formula
3 EI z
f1  1 / 2 x
I 3 (m c  0.24M)
Mode Shape Units Reference

1 Flexion Hz 1.65
2 Flexion Hz 1.65
3 Flexion Hz 16.07
4 Flexion Hz 16.07
5 Flexion Hz 50.02
6 Flexion Hz 50.02
7 Traction Hz 76.47
8 Torsion Hz 80.47
9 Flexion Hz 103.2
10 Flexion Hz 103.2
Comment: The mass matrix associated with the beam torsion on two nodes, is expressed as:
  l  IP  1 1/ 2
 
3 1/ 2 1 
And to the extent that Advance Design uses a condensed mass matrix, the value of the torsion mass inertia
  l  Ip
introduced in the model is set to:
3
Uncertainty about the reference frequencies

■ Analytical solution mode 1
■ Other modes:  1%

■ Linear element AB: Beam
■ Beam meshing: 20 elements.
219
Modal deformations
220
Observation: the deformed shape of mode No. 8 that does not really correspond to a torsion deformation, is
actually the display result of the translations and not of the rotations. This is confirmed by the rotation values of the
corresponding mode.
Eigen modes vector 8

Node DX DY DZ RX RY RZ
1 -3.336e-033 6.479e-031 -6.316e-031 1.055e-022 5.770e-028 5.980e-028
2 -5.030e-013 1.575e-008 -1.520e-008 1.472e-002 6.022e-008 6.243e-008
3 -1.005e-012 6.185e-008 -5.966e-008 2.944e-002 1.171e-007 1.214e-007
4 -1.505e-012 1.365e-007 -1.317e-007 4.416e-002 1.705e-007 1.769e-007
5 -2.002e-012 2.381e-007 -2.296e-007 5.887e-002 2.206e-007 2.289e-007
6 -2.495e-012 3.648e-007 -3.517e-007 7.359e-002 2.673e-007 2.774e-007
7 -2.983e-012 5.149e-007 -4.963e-007 8.831e-002 3.106e-007 3.225e-007
8 -3.464e-012 6.867e-007 -6.618e-007 1.030e-001 3.506e-007 3.641e-007
9 -3.939e-012 8.785e-007 -8.464e-007 1.177e-001 3.873e-007 4.023e-007
10 -4.406e-012 1.088e-006 -1.049e-006 1.325e-001 4.207e-007 4.371e-007
11 -4.863e-012 1.315e-006 -1.267e-006 1.472e-001 4.508e-007 4.684e-007
12 -5.310e-012 1.556e-006 -1.499e-006 1.619e-001 4.777e-007 4.964e-007
13 -5.746e-012 1.811e-006 -1.744e-006 1.766e-001 5.015e-007 5.210e-007
14 -6.169e-012 2.077e-006 -2.000e-006 1.913e-001 5.221e-007 5.423e-007
15 -6.580e-012 2.353e-006 -2.265e-006 2.061e-001 5.396e-007 5.605e-007
16 -6.976e-012 2.637e-006 -2.539e-006 2.208e-001 5.541e-007 5.755e-007
17 -7.357e-012 2.928e-006 -2.819e-006 2.355e-001 5.658e-007 5.874e-007
18 -7.723e-012 3.224e-006 -3.104e-006 2.502e-001 5.746e-007 5.965e-007
19 -8.072e-012 3.524e-006 -3.393e-006 2.649e-001 5.808e-007 6.028e-007
20 -8.403e-012 3.826e-006 -3.685e-006 2.797e-001 5.844e-007 6.065e-007
21 -8.717e-012 4.130e-006 -3.977e-006 2.944e-001 5.856e-007 6.077e-007
With NE/NASTRAN, the results associated with mode No. 8, are:
221

CM2 Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 1.65
Comment: The difference between the reference frequency of torsion mode (mode No. 8) and the one found by
Advance Design may be explained by the fact that Advance Design is using a lumped mass matrix (see the
corresponding description sheet).

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 50 Hz -0.04%
Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 50 Hz -0.04%
222
1.71 Slender beam of variable rectangular section with fixed-free ends (ß=5) (01-0085SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2503

Test status: Passed
1.71.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes (bending) for a slender beam with variable rectangular section (fixed-free).
1.71.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Straight initial section:
► h0 = 0.04 m
► b0 = 0.05 m
► A0 = 2 x 10-3 m²
■ Straight final section
► h1 = 0.01 m
► b1 = 0.01 m
► A1 = 10-4 m²
■ E = 2 x 1011 Pa
■  = 7800 kg/m3
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Fixed at end x = 0,
► Free at end x = 1
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
223

Precise calculation by numerical integration of the differential equation of beams bending (Euler-Bernoulli theories):
2  ²  ²
 EIz   A
x 2  x ²  t ²
where Iz and A vary with the abscissa.
The result is:
 h
1 h1 E    h1  4
fi  i,   with 
12
2 l²    b  5
 b1
1 2 3 4 5
=5 24.308 75.56 167.21 301.9 480.4
Reference values
Eigen mode type Frequency (Hz)
1 56.55
2 175.79
Flexion 3 389.01
4 702.36
5 1117.63
MODE 1 Scale = 1/4
224
MODE 2 Scale = 1/4
MODE 3 Scale = 1/4
225
MODE 4 Scale = 1/4
MODE 5 Scale = 1/4
226

Theoretical Result name Result description Reference value
Frequency
Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 56.55

Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 388.85 Hz -0.04%
227
1.72 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load (01-0092HFLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2507

Test status: Passed
1.72.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement and the normal force on a cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load.
1.72.2 Background

■ Reference: Euler theory;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 10 m
2
■ S=0.01 m
4
■ I = 0.0002 m
■ Coefficient of thermal expansion:  = 0.00001
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual load P = -100000 N at x = L,
■ Internal: T = -50°C (Contraction equivalent to the compression force)
N 100000
( 0    0.0005  T  0.00001  50 )
ES 2.10 10  0.01
228
Reference solution
 2 EI 98696
Pcritical  2
 98696 N     0.98696
4L 100000
Observation: in this case, the thermal load has no effect over the critical coefficient

■ 5 nodes,
■ 4 elements.
Deformed shape

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement v5 on Node 5 - Case 101 [cm] -1.0
CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node A - Case 101 [N] -100000
CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node A - Case 102 [N] -98696

DZ Vertical displacement on Node 5 [cm] -1 cm 0.00%
Fx Normal Force - Case 101 [N] -100000 N 0.00%
Fx Normal Force - Case 102 [N] -98699.3 N 0.00%
229
1.73 Simple supported beam in free vibration (01-0098SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2512

Test status: Passed
1.73.1 Description
Simple supported beam in free vibration.
Tested functions: Shear force, eigen frequencies.
1.73.2 Background
■ Reference: NAFEMS, FV5
■ Tested functions: Shear force, eigen frequencies.
1.73.2.1 Problem data
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Full square section:

■ Dimensions: a x b = 2m x 2 m
2
■ Area: A = 4m
■ Inertia: IP = 2.25 m4
4
Iy = Iz = 1.333 m
230
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► x = y = z = Rx = 0 at A ;
► y = z =0 at B ;
■ Inner: None.
Loading
1.73.2.2 Reference frequencies

Mode Shape Units Reference
1 Flexion Hz 42.649
2 Flexion Hz 42.649
3 Torsion Hz 77.542
4 Traction Hz 125.00
5 Flexion Hz 148.31
6 Flexion Hz 148.31
7 Torsion Hz 233.10
8 Flexion Hz 284.55
9 Flexion Hz 284.55
Comment: Due to the condensed (lumped) nature of the mass matrix of Advance Design, the frequencies values of 3
and 7 modes cannot be found by this software. The same modeling done with NE/NASTRAN gave respectively for
mode 3 and 7: 77.2 and 224.1 Hz.

■ Straight elements: linear element
■ Imposed mesh: 5 meshes
231
Modal deformations

CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 42.649
Comment: The torsion modes No. 3 and 7 that are calculated with NASTRAN cannot be calculated with Advance Design
CM2 solver and therefore the mode No. 3 of the Advance Design analysis corresponds to mode No. 4 of the reference.
The same problem in the case of No. 7 - Advance Design, that corresponds to mode No. 8 of the reference.

232
1.74 Membrane with hot point (01-0099HSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2513

Test status: Passed
1.74.1 Description
Membrane with hot point.
Tested functions: Stresses.
1.74.2 Background
■ Reference: NAFEMS, Test T1
■ Analysis type: static, thermo-elastic;
■ Tested functions: Stresses.
Observation: the units system of the initial NAFEMS test, defined in mm, was transposed in m for practical reasons.
However, this has no influence on the results values.
233
Units
I. S.
Geometry / meshing
A quarter of the structure is modeled by incorporating the terms of symmetries.
Thickness: 1 m
■ Elongation coefficient  = 0.00001.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► For all nodes in y = 0, uy =0;
► For all nodes in x = 0, ux =0;
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: Hot point, thermal load T = 100°C;
234
1.74.3 yy stress at point A:
Reference solution:
Reference value: yy = 50 MPa in A

■ Planar elements: membranes,
■ 28 planar elements,
■ 39 nodes.

CM2 syy_mid yy in A [MPa] 50
Note: This value (50.87) is obtained with a vertical cross section through point A. The value represents yy at the left
end of the diagram.
With CM2, it is essential to display the results with the “Smooth results on planar elements” option deactivated.

syy_mid Sigma yy in A [MPa] 50.8666 MPa 1.73%
235
1.75 Double cross with hinged ends (01-0097SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2511

Test status: Passed
1.75.1 Description
Double cross with hinged ends.
Tested functions: Eigen frequencies, crossed beams, in plane bending.
1.75.2 Background
■ Reference: NAFEMS, FV2 test
■ Tested functions: Eigen frequencies, Crossed beams, In plane bending.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Full square section:

■ Arm length: L=5m
■ Dimensions: a x b = 0.125 x 0.125
-2 2
■ Area: A = 1.563 10 m
-5 4
■ Inertia: IP = 3.433 x 10 m
Iy = Iz = 2.035 x 10-5m4
236
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H points restraint along x and y;
■ Inner: None.
Loading

Mode Units Reference
1 Hz 11.336
2,3 Hz 17.709
4 to 8 Hz 17.709
9 Hz 45.345
10,11 Hz 57.390
12 to 16 Hz 57.390

■ Linear elements type: Beam
■ Imposed mesh: 4 Elements / Arms
237
Modal deformations
238

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 1 [Hz] 11.336

Frequency of Eigen Mode 1 [Hz] 11.33 Hz -0.05%
239
1.76 Short beam on two hinged supports (01-0084SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2502

Test status: Passed
1.76.1 Description
Verifies the deflection magnitude on a non-slender beam with two hinged supports.
1.76.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 02/89
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length: L = 1.44 m,
■ Area: A = 31 x 10-4 m²
■ Inertia: I = 2810 x 10-8 m4
■ Shearing coefficient: az = 2.42 = A/Ar
■ E = 2 x 1011 Pa
■  = 0.3
Boundary conditions
■ Hinge at end x = 0,
■ Hinge at end x = 1.44 m.
Loading
5
Uniformly distributed force of p = -1. X 10 N/m on beam AB.
240

The deflection on the middle of a non-slender beam considering the shear force deformations given by the
Timoshenko function:
5 pl 4 l2p
v 
384 EI 8 A r G
E
where G  and A r  A
21   az
where "Ar" is the reduced area and "az" the shear coefficient calculated on the transverse section.
Reference values
Point Magnitudes and units Value
C V, deflection (m) -1.25926 x 10-3

CM2 Dz Deflection magnitude in point C [m] -0.00125926

Dz Deflection magnitude in node C [m] -0.00125926 m 0.00%
241
1.77 Double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load (01-0091HFLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2506

Test status: Passed
1.77.1 Description
Verifies the normal force on the nodes of a double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load.
1.77.2 Background

■ Reference: Euler theory;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
L= 10 m
Cross Section Sx m² Sy m² Sz m² Ix m4 Iy m4 Iz m4
Vx m3 V1y m3 V1z m3 V2y m3 V2z m3
IPE200 0.002850 0.001400 0.001799 0.0000000646 0.0000014200 0.0000194300
0.00000000 0.00002850 0.00019400 0.00002850 0.00019400
■ Coefficient of thermal expansion:  = 0.00001
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
242
Loading
■ External: Punctual load FZ = 1 N at = L/2 (load that initializes the deformed shape),
■ Internal: T = 5°C corresponding to a compression force of:
N  EST  2.1E11  0.00285  0.00001  5  29.925 kN
Reference solution
 2 EI 29.925
Pcritical  2
 117.724 kN     3.93
L 117.724
 
2
Observation: in this case, the thermal load has no effect over the critical coefficient

■ 11 nodes,
■ 10 elements.
Deformed shape of mode 1

CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node 6 - Case 101 [kN] -29.925
CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node 6 - Case 102 [kN] -117.724

Fx Normal Force Fx on Node 6 - Case 101 [kN] -29.904 kN 0.07%
Fx Normal Force Fx on Node 6 - Case 102 [kN] -118.081 kN -0.30%
243
1.78 Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia (01-0096SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2510

Test status: Passed
1.78.1 Description
Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia.
Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass.
1.78.2 Background

■ Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion,
plane bending, transverse bending, punctual mass..
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Outer diameter: de= 0.35 m,
■ Distance BC: lBC = 1 m
■ Area: A =1.57865 x 10-2 m2
-4 4
■ Inertia: Iy = Iz = 2.21899 x 10 m
-4 4
■ Polar inertia: Ip = 4.43798 x 10 m
■ Punctual mass: mc = 1000 kg
244
■ Longitudinal elasticity modulus of AB element: E = 2.1 x 1011 Pa,
■ Density of the linear element AB:  = 7800 kg/m3
■ Poisson's ratio =0.3(this coefficient was not specified in the AFNOR test , the value 0.3 seems
to be the more appropriate to obtain the correct frequency value of modes No. 4 and 5 with NE/NASTRAN:
■ Elastic modulus of BC element: E = 1021 Pa
■ Density of the linear element BC:  = 0 kg/m3
Boundary conditions
Fixed at point A, x = 0,
Loading
Reference solutions
The different eigen frequencies are determined using a finite elements model of Euler beam (slender beam).
fz + t0 = flexion x,z + torsion
fy + tr = flexion x,y + traction
Mode Units Reference
1 (fz + t0) Hz 1.636
2 (fy + tr) Hz 1.642
3 (fy + tr) Hz 13.460
4 (fz + t0) Hz 13.590
5 (fz + t0) Hz 28.900
6 (fy + tr) Hz 31.960
7 (fz + t0) Hz 61.610
1 (fz + t0) Hz 63.930
Uncertainty about the reference solutions

The uncertainty about the reference solutions:  1%

■ Linear element AB: Beam
■ Imposed mesh: 50 elements.
■ Linear element BC: Beam
■ Without meshing
245
Modal deformations
246

CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 1 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz] 1.636
CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 2 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz] 1.642
Note:
fz + t0 = flexion x,z + torsion
fy + tr = flexion x,y + traction
Observation: because the mass matrix of Advance Design is condensed and not consistent, the torsion modes
obtained are not taking into account the self rotation mass inertia of the beam.

247
1.79 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = -10000 N/m) (01-0102SSNLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2516

Test status: Passed
1.79.1 Description
Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k = -10000 N/m).
1.79.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static non linear;
■ Element type: linear, T/C.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 10 m
■ Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m4
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),
► Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),
► T/C ky Rigidity = -10000 N/m (the – sign corresponds to an upwards restraint),
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,
■ Internal: None.
248
1.79.2.2 References solutions
Displacements
1 
   0.000129 rad
3PL2 2EI z  k y L3
32EI 3EI  2k L 
z z y
3
PL 3EI  k L 
2
z y
3
2   0.000106 rad
16EI 3EI  2k L 
z z y
3
 3PL3
v3   0.00058 m

16 3EI z  2k y L3 
3 

PL  6EI z  k y L3
2
  0.000034 rad
32EI z 3EI z   2k L 
y
3
Mz Moments
M z1  0
3k y PL4
Mz2 

16 3EI z  2k y L3   58.15 N.m
PL M z 2  M z1 
M z ( x  5m)    220.9 N.m
4 2

■ 3 nodes,
■ 2 linear elements + 1 T/C.
Deformed shape
249
Moment diagram

CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] -0.000129
CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] 0.000106
CM2 DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 0.00058
CM2 My M moment - node 1 [Nm] 0
CM2 My M moment - node 2 [Nm] -58.15
CM2 My M moment - middle span 1 [Nm] -220.9

RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] 0.000129488 Rad 0.38%
RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -0.000105646 Rad 0.33%
DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 0.000581169 m 0.20%
RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] -3.44295e-005 Rad -1.26%
My M moment - node 1 [Nm] 1.77636e-015 N*m 0.00%
My M moment - node 2 [Nm] 58.1169 N*m -0.06%
My M moment - middle span 1 [Nm] -220.942 N*m -0.02%
250
1.80 Linear system of truss beams (01-0103SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2517

Test status: Passed
1.80.1 Description
Verifies the displacement and the normal force for a bar system containing 4 elements of the same length and 2
diagonals.
1.80.2 Background

■ Element type: linear, bar.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 5 m
2
■ Section S = 0.005 m
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at node 1 restrained along x and y,
■ Inner: None.
251
Loading
■ External: Horizontal punctual load P = 50000 N at node 3,
■ Internal: None.
Displacements
30PL
u3   0.000649 m
11ES
 6PL
v3   0.000129 m
11ES
25PL
u4   0.000541 m
11ES
5PL
v4   0.000108 m
11ES
N normal forces
5
N12  0 N14  P  22727 N
11
6 6 2
N 23   P  27272 N N13  P  38569 N
11 11
5 5 2
N 43  P  22727 N N 42   P  32141 N
11 11

■ Linear element: bar, without meshing,
■ 4 nodes,
Deformed shape
252
Normal forces

CM2 DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.000649
CM2 DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000129
CM2 DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000108
CM2 Fx N12 normal force on Element 1 [N] 0
CM2 Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -27272
CM2 Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 38569

DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.000649287 m 0.04%
DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000129871 m -0.68%
DX u4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000541063 m 0.01%
DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000108224 m 0.21%
Fx N12 normal force on Element 1 [N] 0N 0.00%
Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -27272.9 N 0.00%
Fx N43 normal force on Element 3 [N] 22727.1 N 0.00%
Fx N14 normal force on Element 4 [N] 22727.1 N 0.00%
Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 38569.8 N 0.00%
Fx N42 normal force on Element 6 [N] -32140.9 N 0.00%
253
1.81 Linear element in combined bending/tension - without compressed reinforcements - Partially

tensioned section (02-0158SSLLB_B91)
Test ID: 2520

Test status: Passed
1.81.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a concrete beam with 8 isostatic spans subjects to uniform loads and
compression normal forces.

■ Reference: J. Perchat (CHEC) reinforced concrete course
Units
■ Forces: kN
■ Moment: kN.m
■ Stresses: MPa
■ Reinforcement density: cm²
Geometry
■ Beam dimensions: 0.2 x 0.5 ht
■ Length: l = 48 m in 8 spans of 6m,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 20000 MPa,
■ Poisson's ratio:  = 0.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Hinged at end x = 0,
► Vertical support at the same level with all other supports
■ Inner: Hinged at each beam end (isostatic)
Loading
■ External:
► Case 1 (DL): uniform linear load g= -5kN/m (on all spans except 8)
Fx = 10 kN at x = 42m: Ng = -10 kN for spans from 6 to 7
Fx = 140 kN at x = 32m: Ng = -150 kN for span 5
Fx = -50 kN at x = 24m: Ng = -100 kN for span 4
Fx = -70 kN at x = 6m: Ng = -30 kN for span 1
► Case 10 (DL): uniform linear load g =

-5 kN/m (span 8)
Fx = 10 kN at x = 48m: Ng = -10 kN
Fx = -10 kN at x = 42m
254
► Case 2 to 8 (LL): uniform linear load q = -9 kN/m (on spans 1, 3 to 7)

uniform linear load q = -15 kN/m (on span 2)
Fx = 30 kN at x = 6m (case 2 span 1)
Fx = -50 kN at x = 6m (case 3 span 2)
Fx = -8 kN at x = 36m (case 8 span 7
► Case 9 (ACC): uniform linear load a = -25 kN/m (on 8th span)
Comb BAELUS: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration of more than 24h (comb 101, 104 to 107)
Comb BAEULI: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration between 1h and 24h (comb 102)
Comb BAELUC: 1.35xDL + 1.5xLL with duration of less than 1h (comb 103)
Comb BAELS: 1xDL + 1*LL (comb 108 to 114)
Comb BAELA: 1xDL + 1xACC with duration of less than 1h (comb 115)
■ Internal: None.
Reinforced concrete calculation hypothesis:

All concrete covers are set to 5 cm
BAEL 91 calculation (according to 99 revised version)
Span Concrete Reinforcement Application Concrete Cracking
1 B20 HA fe500 D>24h No Non
prejudicial
2 B35 Adx fe235 1h<D<24h No Non
prejudicial
3 B50 HA fe 400 D<1h Yes Non
prejudicial
4 B25 HA fe500 D>24h Yes Prejudicial
5 B25 HA fe500 D>24h No Very
prejudicial
6 B30 Adx fe235 D>24h Yes Prejudicial
7 B40 HA fe500 D>24h Yes 160 MPa
8 B45 HA fe500 D<1h Yes Non
prejudicial
255
1.81.1.2 Reinforcement calculation
Reference solution
Span 1 Span 2 Span 3 Span 4 Span 5 Span 6 Span 7 Span 8

fc28 20 35 50 25 25 30 40 45
ft28 1.8 2.7 3.6 2.1 2.1 2.4 3 3.3
fe 500 235 400 500 500 235 500 500
teta 1 0.9 0.85 1 1 1 1 0.85
gamb 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.15
gams 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1
h 1.6 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1 1.6 1.6
fbu 11.33 22.04 33.33 14.17 14.17 17.00 22.67 39.13

fed 434.78 204.35 347.83 434.78 434.78 204.35 434.78 500.00
sigpreju 250.00 156.67 264.00 250.00 250.00 156.67 160.00 252.76
sigtpreju 200.00 125.33 211.20 200.00 200.00 125.33 160.00 202.21
g 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00

q 9.00 15.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 25.00
pu 20.25 29.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 30.00
pser 14.00 20.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00
G -30.00 -100.00 -50.00 -100.00 -150.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00
Q -30.00 -50.00 -40.00 -100.00 -100.00 -8.00 -8.00 -8.00
l 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00
Mu 91.13 131.63 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 135.00
Nu -85.50 -210.00 -127.50 -285.00 -352.50 -25.50 -25.50 -18.00
Mser 63.00 90.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00
Nser -60.00 -150.00 -90.00 -200.00 -250.00 -18.00 -18.00
Vu 60.75 87.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 90.00
Main reinforcement calculation according to ULS
Mu/A 74.03 89.63 65.63 34.13 20.63 86.03 86.03 131.40
ubu 0.161 0.100 0.049 0.059 0.036 0.125 0.094 0.083
a 0.221 0.133 0.062 0.077 0.046 0.167 0.123 0.108
z 0.410 0.426 0.439 0.436 0.442 0.420 0.428 0.430
Au 6.12 20.57 7.97 8.35 9.18 11.27 5.21 6.46
Main reinforcement calculation with prejudicial cracking according to SLS
Mser/A 51.000 60.000 45.000 23.000 13.000 59.400 59.400 0.000
a 0.4186 0.6678 0.6303 0.4737 0.4737 0.6328 0.6923 0.6157
Mrb 87.53 220.78 302.44 121.16 121.16 182.01 258.82 267.55
A 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
B -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000
C -0.4533 -0.8511 -0.3788 -0.2044 -0.1156 -0.8426 -0.8250 0.0000
D 0.4533 0.8511 0.3788 0.2044 0.1156 0.8426 0.8250 0.0000
alpha1 0.238 0.432 0.428
z 0.414 0.385 0.386
Aserp 10.22 10.99 10.75
256

Main reinforcement calculation with very prejudicial cracking according to SLS
Mser/A 51.00 60.00 45.00 23.00 13.00 59.40 59.40 0.00
a 0.47 0.72 0.68 0.53 0.53 0.68 0.69 0.67
Mrb 96.93 231.67 319.66 132.43 132.43 192.27 258.82 283.60
A 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
B -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000
C -0.5667 -1.0638 -0.4735 -0.2556 -0.1444 -1.0532 -0.8250 0.0000
D 0.5667 1.0638 0.4735 0.2556 0.1444 1.0532 0.8250 0.0000
alpha1 0.203
z 0.420
Asertp 14.049
Transverse reinforcement calculation
tu 0.68 0.98 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 1.00
k 0.57 0.40 0.00 -0.14 -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00
At/st 1.87 7.08 4.31 3.90 4.77 7.34 3.45 4.44
Recapitulation
Aflex 6.12 20.57 7.97 10.22 14.05 11.27 10.75 6.46
e0 -0.95 -1.67 -1.43 -3.17 -3.97 -0.29 -0.29 -0.13
Aminfsimp 0.75 2.38 1.86 0.87 0.87 2.11 1.24 1.37
Aminfcomp 0.83 2.54 2.01 0.90 0.90 2.80 1.65 0.30
At 1.87 7.08 4.31 3.90 4.77 7.34 3.45 4.44
Atmin 1.60 3.40 2.00 1.60 1.60 3.40 1.60 1.60

■ Linear elements: beams with imposed mesh
■ 29 nodes,
257

CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm2] 6.12
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm2] 0.75
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T1 [cm2] 1.87
2
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T2 [cm ] 20.57
2
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T2 [cm ] 7.08
2
2
2
2
2
2
CM2 Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm2] 1.24
2
The "Mu limit" method must be applied in order to achieve the same results.
258

Az Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm²] -6.11718 cm² 0.05%
Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm²] 0.7452 cm² -0.64%
Atz Trans. reinf. T1 [cm²] 1.8699 cm² -0.01%
Atz Trans. reinf. T2 [cm²] 7.07943 cm² -0.01%
Amin Min. main reinf. T3 [cm²] 1.863 cm² 0.16%
Atz Trans. reinf. T3 [cm²] 4.3125 cm² 0.06%
Az Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm²] -10.2301 cm² -0.10%
Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm²] 1.242 cm² 0.16%
259
1.82 Linear element in simple bending - without compressed reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91)
Test ID: 2521

Test status: Passed
1.82.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a concrete beam with 8 isostatic spans subjected to uniform loads.

■ Reference: J. Perchat (CHEC) reinforced concrete course
Units
■ Forces: kN
■ Moment: kN.m
■ Stresses: MPa
2
■ Reinforcement density: cm
Geometry
■ Beam dimensions: 0.2 x 0.5 ht
■ Length: l = 42 m in 7 spans of 6m,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 20000 MPa,
■ Poisson's ratio:  = 0.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Hinged at end x = 0,
► Vertical support at the same level with all other supports
■ Inner: Hinge z at each beam end (isostatic)
Loading
■ External:
► Case 1 (DL): uniform linear load g =
-5 kN/m (on all spans except 8)
► Case 2 to 8 (LL): uniform linear load q = -9 kN/m (on spans 1, 3 to 7)

uniform linear load q = -15 kN/m (on span 2)
► Case 9 (ACC): uniform linear load a = -25 kN/m (on 8th span)
► Case 10 (DL): uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (on 8th span)

Comb BAELUS: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration of more than 24h (comb 101, 104 to 107)
Comb BAEULI: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration between 1h and 24h (comb 102)
Comb BAELUC: 1.35xDL + 1.5xLL with duration of less than 1h (comb 103)
Comb BAELS: 1xDL + 1*LL (comb 108 to 114)
Comb BAELUA: 1xDL + 1xACC (comb 115)
■ Internal: None.
260
Reinforced concrete calculation hypothesis:

■ All concrete covers are set to 5 cm
■ BAEL 91 calculation with the revised version 99
Span Concrete Reinforcement Application Concrete Cracking
1 B20 HA fe500 D>24h No Non
prejudicial
2 B35 Adx fe235 1h<D<24h No Non
prejudicial
3 B50 HA fe 400 D<1h Yes Non
prejudicial
4 B25 HA fe500 D>24h Yes Prejudicial
5 B60 HA fe500 D>24h No Very
prejudicial
6 B30 Adx fe235 D>24h Yes Prejudicial
7 B40 HA fe500 D>24h Yes 160 MPa
8 B45 HA fe500 D<1h Yes Non
prejudicial
1.82.1.2 Reinforcement calculation
Reference solution
fc28 20 35 50 25 60 30 40 45
ft28 1.8 2.7 3.6 2.1 4.2 2.4 3 3.3
fe 500 235 400 500 500 235 500 500
teta 1 0.9 0.85 1 1 1 1 0.85
gamb 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.15
gams 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1
h 1.6 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1 1.6 1.6
fbu 11.33 22.04 33.33 14.17 34.00 17.00 22.67 39.13

fed 434.78 204.35 347.83 434.78 434.78 204.35 434.78 500.00
sigpreju 250.00 156.67 264.00 250.00 285.15 156.67 160.00 252.76
sigtpreju 200.00 125.33 211.20 200.00 228.12 125.33 160.00 202.21
g 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00

q 9.00 15.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 25.00
pu 20.25 29.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 30.00
pser 14.00 20.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00
l 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00
Mu 91.13 131.63 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 135.00
Mser 63.00 90.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00
Vu 60.75 87.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 90.00
Longitudinal reinforcement calculation according to ELU
ubu 0.199 0.147 0.068 0.159 0.066 0.132 0.099 0.085
a 0.279 0.200 0.087 0.217 0.086 0.178 0.131 0.111
z 0.400 0.414 0.434 0.411 0.435 0.418 0.426 0.430
Au 5.24 15.56 6.03 5.10 4.82 10.67 4.91 6.28
Main reinforcement calculation with prejudicial cracking according to SLS
A 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
B -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000
C -0.56000 -0.89362 -0.87500
D 0.56000 0.89362 0.87500
alpha1 0.367 0.442 0.438
z 0.395 0.384 0.384
Aserp 6.38 10.48 10.25
Main reinforcement calculation with very prejudicial cracking according to SLS
A 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
B -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00
C -0.70 -1.60 -0.66 -0.70 -0.61371 -1.12 -0.88 0.00
D 0.70 1.60 0.66 0.70 0.61371 1.12 0.88 0.00
alpha1 0.381
z 0.393
Asertp 7.030
261

Transversal reinforcement calculation
tu 0.68 0.98 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 1.00
k 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
At/st 0.69 1.79 4.31 3.45 3.45 7.34 3.45 4.44
Recapitulation
Aflex 5.24 15.56 6.03 6.38 7.03 10.67 10.25 6.28
Aminflex 0.75 2.38 1.86 0.87 1.74 2.11 1.24 1.37
At 0.69 1.79 4.31 3.45 3.45 7.34 3.45 4.44
Atmin 1.60 3.40 2.00 1.60 1.60 3.40 1.60 1.60

■ Linear elements: beams with imposed mesh
■ 29 nodes,
Reference

2
2
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm ] 0.75
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
CM2 Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm2] 1.24
2
The "Mu limit" method must be applied to attain the same results.
262

Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm²] 1.242 cm² 0.16%
263
1.83 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k -> infinite) (01-0101SSNLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2515

Test status: Passed
1.83.1 Description
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k -> infinite).
1.83.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 10 m
4
■ Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► T/C stiffness ky   (1.1030N/m),
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ Internal: None.
264

ky being infinite, the non linear model behaves the same way as a beam on 3 supports.
Displacements
1 
   0.000115 rad
32EI 3EI  2k L 
z z y
3
2
z y
3
2   0.000077 rad
16EI 3EI  2k L 
z z y
3
 3PL3
v3  0

16 3EI z  2k y L3 
3 

2
  0.000038 rad
32EI z 3EI z   2k L 
y
3
Mz Moments
M z1  0
3k y PL4
Mz2 

16 3EI z  2k y L3   93.75 N.m
PL M z 2  M z1 
M z ( x  5m)    203.13 N.m
4 2

■ 3 nodes,
Deformed shape
265
Moment diagram

CM2 RY Rotation Ry - node 1 [rad] 0.000115
CM2 RY Rotation Ry - node 2 [rad] -0.000077
CM2 DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 0
CM2 RY Rotation Ry - node 3 [rad] 0.000038
CM2 My Moment M - node 1 [Nm] 0
CM2 My Moment M - node 2 [Nm] 93.75
CM2 My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -203.13

RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -7.65875e-005 Rad 0.54%
DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 9.36486e-030 m 0.00%
RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] 3.81695e-005 Rad 0.45%
My Moment M - node 1 [Nm] 1.3145e-013 N*m 0.00%
My Moment M - node 2 [Nm] 93.6486 N*m -0.11%
My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -203.176 N*m -0.02%
266
1.84 Study of a mast subjected to an earthquake (02-0112SMLLB_P92)
Test ID: 2519

Test status: Passed
1.84.1 Description
A structure consisting of 2 beams and 2 punctual masses, subjected to a lateral earthquake along X. The frequency
modes, the eigen vectors, the participation factors, the displacement at the top of the mast and the forces at the top
of the mast are verified.

■ Analysis type: modal and spectral analyses;
■ Element type: linear, mass.
1.84.1.2 Material strength model
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Outer radius: Rext = 3.00 m
■ Inner radius: Rint = 2.80 m
2
■ Axial section: S= 3.644 m
4
■ Polar inertia: Ip = 30.68 m
4
■ Bending inertias: Ix =15.34 m
4
Iy = 15.34 m
Masses
■ M1 =203873.6 kg
■ M2 =101936.8 kg
■ Density:  = 25 kN/m3
267
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed in X = 0, Y = 0 m,
Loading
■ External: Seismic excitation on X direction

Linear element: beam, automatic mesh,
1.84.1.3 Seismic hypothesis in conformity with PS92 regulation

■ Zone: Nice Sophia Antipolis (Zone II).
■ Site: S1 (Medium soil, 10m thickness).
■ Construction type class: B
■ Behavior coefficient: 3
■ Material damping: 4% (Reinforced concrete).
1.84.1.4 Modal analysis
Eigen periods reference solution

Substract the value of structure’s specific horizontal periods by solving the following equation:

det K  M 2  0 
48 EI  16  5 
K   
7 L3   5 2 
 M 0 
M   1

 0 M 2 
Eigen modes Units Reference

1 Hz 2.085
2 Hz 10.742
Modal vectors
For 1:
 48EI  16  5   M  2 0   U1  U   1 
   1 1    0   1  1    
 7L3   5 2   0 2  
M 2  1   U 2   U 2   3.055 
 
For 2:
U   1 
 2  1    
U
 2   0 . 655 
Normalizing relative to the mass
 9.305  10 4   2.01 10 3 
 1   ; 2 
3 

  1.316  10 3 
 2.842  10   
268
Modal deformations
1.84.1.5 Spectral study
Design spectrum
Nominal acceleration:
f1  2.085Hz  a n  5.5411m s 2
f 2  10.742Hz  a n  6.25 m s 2
Observation: the gap between pulses is greater than 10%, so the modal responses can be regarded as independent.
269
Reference participation factors
 i   iM
 : Vecteur  directeur  de  la  direction  du  séisme

Eigen modes Reference
1 479.427
2 275.609
Pseudo-acceleration
i  a i     i   i in (m/s2)
0 .4
 5% 
    : Damping correction factor.
  
: Structure damping.
 2.7026   3.7852 
1    1   
 8.2556   - 2.4783 
Reference modal displacement
 1.576E  02   8.318E  04 
 1     2   
 4.814E  02   - 5.446E  04 
Equivalent static forces
 5.510E  05   7.717E  05 
F1    F2   
 8.415E  05   - 2.526E  05 
Displacement at the top of the mast
U1  4.81E  02 2
  5.446E  04 
2

Units Reference
m 4.814 E-02
Shear force at the top of the mast
T1 
8.415E  05 2
  2.526E  05 
2

3
3: Being the behavior coefficient of forces
Units Reference
N 2.929 E+05
Moment at the base
Units Reference
N.m 1.578 E+07
270
Reference

CM2 Frequency Frequency Mode 1 [Hz] 2.085
CM2 Frequency Frequency Mode 2 [Hz] 10.742
CM2 D Displacement at the top of the mast [cm] 4.814
CM2 Fz Forces at the top of the mast [N] 2.929E+05

Frequency Mode 1 [Hz] 2.08 Hz -0.24%
Frequency Mode 2 [Hz] 10.74 Hz -0.02%
D Displacement at the top of the mast [cm] 4.81159 cm -0.05%
Fz Forces at the top of the mast [N] 292677 N -0.08%
271
1.85 Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-0208SSLLG_BAEL91)
Test ID: 2524

Test status: Passed
1.85.1 Description
Verifies the displacements, bending moments and reinforcement results for a 2D concrete slab with supports and
punctual loads.
1.85.2 Background

■ Calculation model: 2D concrete slab.
► Slab thickness: 20 cm
► Slab length: 20m
► Slab width: 10m
► The supports (punctual and linear) are considered as hinged.
► Supports positioning (see scheme below)
► 1,50m*2,50m opening => see positioning on the following scheme
■ Materials:
► Concrete B25
► Young module: E= 36000 MPa
■ Load case:
► Permanent loads: 100 kg/m2
► Permanent loads: 200 kg/ml around the opening
► Punctual loads of 2T in permanent loads (see the following definition)
► Usage overloads: 250 kg/m2
■ Mesh density: 0.5 m
Slab geometry
272
Support positions
Positions of punctual loads
273
Global loading overview
Load Combinations
Code Numbers Type Title
BAGMAX 1 Static Permanent loads + self weight
BAQ 2 Static Usage overloads
BAELS 101 Comb_Lin Gmax+Q
BAELU 102 Comb_Lin 1.35Gmax+1.5Q
274
1.85.2.2 Effel Structure Results
SLS max displacements (load combination 101)
Mx bending moment for ULS load combination
275
My bending moment for ULS load combination
Mxy bending moment for ULS load combination
1.85.2.3 Effel RC Expert Results
Main hypothesis
■ Top and bottom concrete covers: 3 cm
■ Slightly dangerous cracking
■ Concrete B25 => Fc28= 25 MPa
■ Reinforcement calculation according to Wood method.
■ Calculation starting from non averaged forces.
276
Axi reinforcements
Ayi reinforcements
277
Axs reinforcements
Ays reinforcements
278

Solver Result Result description Reference
name value
CM2 D Max displacement for SLS (load combination 101) [cm] 0.176
CM2 Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max(Mx) [kN.m] 25.20
CM2 Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min(Mx) [kN.m] -15.71
CM2 Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max(My) [kN.m] 31.17
CM2 Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min(My) [kN.m] -18.79
CM2 Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max (Mxy) [kN.m] 10.26
CM2 Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min (Mxy) [kN.m] -10.14
2
CM2 Axi Theoretic reinforcements Axi [cm ] 3.84
2
CM2 Axs Theoretic reinforcements Axs [cm ] 3.55
CM2 Ayi Theoretic reinforcements Ayi [cm2] 3.75
CM2 Ays Theoretic reinforcements Ays [cm2] 4.53
These values are obtained from the maximum values from the mesh.

D Max displacement for SLS (load combination 101) [cm] 0.174641 cm -0.77%
Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) 25.2594 kN*m 0.24%
Max(Mx) [kNm]
Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) -15.6835 kN*m 0.17%
Min(Mx) [kNm]
Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) 31.2449 kN*m 0.24%
Max(My) [kNm]
Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) -18.7726 kN*m 0.09%
Min(My) [kNm]
Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) 10.1558 kN*m -1.02%
Max (Mxy) [kNm]
Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min -10.2508 kN*m -1.09%
(Mxy) [kNm]
Axi Theoretic reinforcements Axi [cm2] 3.83063 cm² -0.24%
Axs Theoretic reinforcementsAxs [cm2] 3.629 cm² 2.23%
Ayi Theoretic reinforcements Ayi [cm2] 3.72879 cm² -0.57%
Ays Theoretic reinforcements Ays [cm2] 4.61909 cm² 1.97%
279
1.86 Design of a 2D portal frame (03-0207SSLLG_CM66)
Test ID: 2523

Test status: Passed
1.86.1 Description
Verifies the steel calculation results (displacement at ridge, normal forces, bending moments, deflections, stresses,
buckling lengths, lateral torsional buckling lengths and cross section optimization) for a 2D metallic portal frame,
according to CM66.
1.86.2 Background

■ Calculation model: 2D metallic portal frame.
► Column section: IPE500
► Rafter section: IPE400
► Base plates: hinged.
► Portal frame width: 20m
► Columns height: 6m
► Portal frame height at the ridge: 7.5m
■ Load case:
► Permanent loads: 150 kg/m on the roof + elements self weight.
► Usage overloads: 800 kg/ml on the roof
■ Mesh density: 1m
Model preview
Combinations
Code Numbers Type Title
CMP 1 Static Permanent load + self weight
CMS 2 Static Usage overloads
CMCFN 101 Comb_Lin 1.333P
CMCFN 102 Comb_Lin 1.333P+1.5S
CMCFN 103 Comb_Lin P+1.5S
CMCD 104 Comb_Lin P+S
280
1.86.2.2 Effel Structure Results
Ridge displacements (combination 104)
Diagram of normal force envelope
281
Envelope of bending moments diagram
1.86.2.3 Effel Expert CM results
Main hypotheses
For columns
■ Deflections: 1/150
Envelopes deflections calculation.
■ Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Ka-Kb Method
■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: no restraints
Lds imposed value: 2 m
For the rafters

■ Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Ka-Kb Method
■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: No restraints
Lds imposed value: 1.5m
Optimization criteria
■ Work ratio optimization between 90 and 100%
■ Labels optimization (on Advance Design templates)
282
Deflection verification
Ratio
CM Stress diagrams
Work ratio
Stresses
283
Buckling lengths
Lfy
Lfz
Lateral-torsional buckling lengths
Ldi
284
Lds
Optimization
285

CM2 D Displacement at the ridge [cm] 9.36
CM2 Fx Envelope normal forces on Columns (min) [T] -15.77
CM2 Fx Envelope normal forces on Rafters (max) [T] -1.02
CM2 My Envelope bending moments on Columns (min) [T.m] -42.41
CM2 My Envelope bending moments on Rafters (max) [T.m] 42.41
CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Columns [%] L / 438 (34%)
CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [%] L / 111 (180%)
CM2 Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 230.34
CM2 Stress CM stresses on Rafters [MPa] 458.38
CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfy [m] 5.84
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfz [m] 6
CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfy [m] 7.08
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfz [m] 10.11
Warning, the local axes in Effel Structure have different orientation in Advance Design.

CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 6
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2
CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 10.11
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 1.5
Solver Result name Result description Rate (%) Final section

CM2 Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization 98 IPE500
CM2 Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization 195 IPE550
286

D Displacement at the ridge [cm] 9.36473 cm 0.05%
Fx Envelope normal forces on Columns (min) [T] -15.7798 T -0.06%
Fx Envelope normal forces on Rafters (max) [T] -1.0161 T 0.38%
My Envelope bending moments on Columns (min) [Tm] 42.4226 T*m 0.03%
My Envelope bending moments on Rafters (max) [Tm] 42.4226 T*m 0.03%
Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] 438.077 Adim. 0.02%
Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [adm] 111.325 Adim. 0.29%
Stress CM stresses on Columns [adm] 230.331 MPa 0.00%
Stress CM stresses on Rafters [adm] 458.367 MPa 0.00%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfy [m] 6m 0.00%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfz [m] 5.84401 m 0.07%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfy [m] 10.1119 m 0.02%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfz [m] 7.07904 m -0.01%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 6m 0.00%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2m 0.00%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 10.1119 m 0.02%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 1.5 m 0.00%
Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm] 0.980131 Adim. 0.01%
Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm] 1.9505 Adim. 0.03%
287
1.87 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = 0) (01-0100SSNLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2514

Test status: Passed
1.87.1 Description
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k = 0).
1.87.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 10 m
4
■ Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► T/C stiffness ky = 0,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ Internal: None.
288

ky being null, the non linear model behaves the same way as the structure without support 3.
Displacements
1 
   0.000153 rad
32EI 3EI  2k L 
z z y
3
2
z y
3
2   0.000153 rad
16EI 3EI  2k L 
z z y
3
 3PL3
v3   0.00153 m

16 3EI z  2k y L3 
3 

2
  0.000153 rad
32EI z 3EI z   2k L 
y
3
Mz Moments
M z1  0
3k y PL4
Mz2 

16 3EI z  2k y L3 0
PL M z 2  M z1 
M z ( x  5m)    250 N.m
4 2

■ 3 nodes,
Deformed shape
289
Moment diagrams

CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -0.000153
CM2 DZ Displacement V in node 3 [m] 0.00153
CM2 My Moment M in node 1 [Nm] 0
CM2 My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -250

RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -0.000153175 Rad -0.11%
DZ Displacement V in node 3 [m] 0.00153175 m 0.11%
RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] -0.000153175 Rad -0.11%
My Moment M in node 1 [Nm] 5.05771e-014 N*m 0.00%
My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -250 N*m 0.00%
290
1.88 Non linear system of truss beams (01-0104SSNLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2518

Test status: Passed
1.88.1 Description
Verifies the displacement and the normal force for a bar system containing 4 elements of the same length and 2
diagonals.
1.88.2 Background

■ Element type: linear, bar, tie.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 5 m
■ Section S = 0.005 m2
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 1011 N/m2.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
291
Loading
■ External: Horizontal punctual load P = 50000 N at node 3,
■ Internal: None.

In non linear analysis without large displacement, the introduction of ties for the diagonal bars removes bar 5 (test
No. 0103SSLLB_FEM allows finding an compression force in this bar at the linear calculation).
Displacements
5PL
u3  u 4   0.001195 m
11ES
PL
v3    0.000238 m
ES
v4  0
N normal forces
N12  0 N14  0
N 23  P  50000 N N13  2P  70711 N
N 43  0 N 42  0

■ Linear element: bar, without meshing,
■ 4 nodes,
Deformed shape
292
Normal forces
293

CM2 DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000238
CM2 DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0
CM2 Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 70711

DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.00119035 m -0.39%
DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000238095 m -0.04%
DX u4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.00119035 m -0.39%
DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 9.94686e-316 m 0.00%
Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -50000 N 0.00%
Fx N14 normal force on Element 4 [N] 2.08884e-307 N 0.00%
Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 70710.7 N 0.00%
294
1.89 Design of a Steel Structure according to CM66 (03-0206SSLLG_CM66)
Test ID: 2522

Test status: Passed
1.89.1 Description
Verifies the steel calculation results (maximum displacement, normal force, bending moment, deflections, buckling
lengths, lateral-torsional buckling and cross section optimization) for a simple metallic framework with a concrete
floor, according to CM66.
1.89.2 Background

■ Calculation model: Simple metallic framework with a concrete floor.
■ Load case:
► Permanent loads: 150 kg/m² for the floor and 25kg/m² for the roof.
► Overloads: 250 kg/m² on the floor.
► Wind loads on region II for a normal location
► Snow loads on region 2B at an altitude of 750m.
■ CM66 Combinations
Model preview
295
Structure’s load case

Code No. Type Title
CMP 1 Static SW + Dead loads
CMS 2 Static Overloads for usage
CMV 3 Static Wind overloads along +X in overpressure
CMV 4 Static Wind overloads along +X in depression
CMV 5 Static Wind overloads along -X in overpressure
CMV 6 Static Wind overloads along -X in depression
CMV 7 Static Wind overloads along +Z in overpressure
CMV 8 Static Wind overloads along +Z in depression
CMV 9 Static Wind overloads along -Z in overpressure
CMV 10 Static Wind overloads along -Z in depression
CMN 11 Static Normal snow overloads
1.89.2.2 Effel Structure results

Displacement Envelope (“CMCD" load combinations)
Envelope of linear element forces

Max. D DX DY DZ
Env. Case No.
location (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm)
Max(D) 213 148 CENTER 12.115 0.037 12.035 -1.393
Min(D) 188 1.1 START 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Max(DX) 204 72.1 START 3.138 3.099 0.434 0.244
Min(DX) 204 313 END 2.872 -1.872 -0.129 -2.174
Max(DY) 213 148 CENTER 12.115 0.037 12.035 -1.393
Min(DY) 213 61.5 END 9.986 -0.118 -9.985 0.046
Max(DZ) 201 371 CENTER 4.149 -0.006 -0.188 4.145
Min(DZ) 203 370 CENTER 4.124 -0.006 -0.240 -4.118
Envelope of forces on linear elements (“CMCFN” load combinations)
Envelope of linear element forces

Fx Fy Fz Mx My Mz
Env. Case No. MaxSite
(T) (T) (T) (T*m) (T*m) (T*m)
Max (Fx) 120 4.1 START 19.423 -4.108 -1.384 -0.003 1.505 7.551
Min (Fx) 138 98 START -41.618 -0.962 -0.192 0.000 0.000 0.000
Max(Fy) 120 57 END -13.473 16.349 -0.016 -0.003 0.002 55.744
Min(Fy) 120 60 START -15.994 -16.112 -0.006 -3E-004 6E-006 53.096
Max(Fz) 177 371 START -3.486 -0.118 2.655 0.000 0.000 0.000
Min(Fz) 187 370 START -3.666 -0.147 -2.658 0.000 0.000 0.000
Max(Mx) 120 111 END 3.933 4.840 0.278 0.028 -4E-005 11.531
Min(Mx) 120 21 END -22.324 13.785 -0.191 -0.028 -0.004 42.562
Max(My) 177 371 CENTER -3.099 -0.118 -0.323 0.000 4.403 -0.500
Min(My) 179 370 CENTER -3.283 -0.155 0.321 0.000 -4.373 -0.660
Max (Mz) 120 57 END -13.473 16.349 -0.016 -0.003 0.002 55.744
Min (Mz) 120 59.2 END -19.455 -8.969 -0.702 -0.003 -0.001 -57.105
Envelope of linear element stresses (“CMCFN” load combinations)
Envelope of linear element stresses

sxxMax sxyMax sxzMax sFxx sMxxMax
Env. Case No. MaxSite
(MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa)
Max(sxxMax) 120 59.2 END 273.860 -14.696 -1.024 -16.453 290.312
Min(sxxMax) 120 292 START -150.743 0.000 0.000 -150.743 0.000
Max(sxyMax) 120 57 START 262.954 37.139 -0.030 -15.609 278.562
Min(sxyMax) 120 60 END 241.643 -36.595 -0.011 -18.536 260.179
Max(sxzMax) 185 371 START -2.949 -0.183 3.876 -2.949 0.000
Min(sxzMax) 179 370 START -3.104 -0.255 -3.882 -3.104 0.000
Max(sFxx) 120 293 END 161.095 9E-005 -0.002 161.095 0.000
Min(sFxx) 120 292 START -150.743 0.000 0.000 -150.743 0.000
Max(sMxxMax) 120 59.2 END 273.860 -14.696 -1.024 -16.453 290.312
Min(sMxxMax) 1 1.1 START -4.511 3.155 -0.646 -4.511 0.000
296
1.89.2.3 CM66 Effel Expertise results
Hypotheses
For columns
■ Buckling XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: hinged restraint
Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint
For rafters
■ Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: no restraint
For columns
■ Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: hinged restraint
Optimization parameters
■ Work ratio optimization between 90 and 100%
■ All the sections from the library are available.
■ Labels optimization.
The results of the optimization given below correspond to an iteration of the finite elements calculation.
297
Deflection verification
Ratio
Max values on the element
■ Columns: L / 168
■ Rafter: L / 96
■ Column: L / 924
CM Stress diagrams
298
Work ratio
Stresses
Max values on the element

■ Columns: 375.16 MPa
■ Rafter: 339.79 MPa
■ Column: 180.98 MPa
299
Buckling lengths
Lfy
Lfz
300
Lateral-torsional buckling lengths
Ldi
Lds
301
Optimization

CM2 D Maximum displacement (CMCD) [cm] 12.115
CM2 Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Min (Fx) [T] -41.618
CM2 Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Max (Fx) [T] 19.423
CM2 My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Min (Mz) [Tm] -57.105
CM2 My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Max (Mz) [Tm] 55.744
Warning, the Mz bending moment of Effel Structure corresponds to the My bending moment of Advance Design.

CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] L / 168 (89%)
CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [adm] L / 96 (208%)
CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] L / 924 (16%)
CM2 Stress CM stresses on Rafters [MPa] 339.74
CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 8.02
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 24.07
CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfy [m] 1.72
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfz [m] 20.25
CM2C Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 4.20
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 5.67
302
Warning, the local axes in Effel Structure are opposite to those in Advance Design.

CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 8.5
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 8.5
CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 8.61
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 1.72
CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 2
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2
Solver Result name Result description Rate (%) Final section

CM2 Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm] 1.59 IPE600
CM2 Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm] 1.45 IPE500
CM2 Work ratio IPE400 columns - section optimization [adm] 0.77 IPE360

D Maximum displacement (CMCD) [cm] 12.1379 cm 0.19%
Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Min (Fx) [T] -41.6547 T -0.09%
Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Max (Fx) [T] 19.4819 T 0.30%
My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Min (Mz)[Tm] -57.1196 T*m -0.03%
My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Max (Mz) [Tm] 55.7697 T*m 0.05%
Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] 167.707 Adim. -0.17%
Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [adm] 96.1075 Adim. 0.11%
Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] 924.933 Adim. 0.10%
Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 374.61 MPa -0.02%
Stress CM stresses on Rafters [MPa] 352.36 MPa 3.71%
Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 180.693 MPa -0.16%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 7.96718 m -0.66%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 24.0693 m 0.00%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfy [m] 6.63414 m 0.06%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfz [m] 20.2452 m -0.02%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 4.19567 m -0.10%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 5.67211 m 0.04%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 8.5 m 0.00%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 8.5 m 0.00%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 8.61187 m 0.02%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 8.61187 m 0.02%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 2m 0.00%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2m 0.00%
Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm] 1.59408 Adim. 0.26%
Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm] 1.4994 Adim. 3.41%
Work ratio IPE400 columns - section optimization [adm] 0.768905 Adim. -0.14%
303
1.90 Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) (01-0004SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2436

Test status: Passed
1.90.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies for a slender beam with variable section, subjected to its own weight.
1.90.2 Background

Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) Scale =1/4
01-0004SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Initial section (in A):
► Height: h1 = 0.04 m,
► Width: b1 = 0.04 m,
► Section: A1 = 1.6 x 10-3 m2,
► Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz1 = 2.1333 x 10-7 m4,
304
■ Final section (in B):

► Height: h2 = 0.01 m,
► Width: b2 = 0.01 m,
► Section: A2 = 10-4 m2,
► Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz2 = 8.3333 x 10-10 m4.
■ Density: 7800 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed in A,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solutions
Precise calculation by numerical integration of the differential equation of beams bending (Euler-Bernoulli theories):
2
 2v 2v
2 (EIz 2 ) = -A where Iz and A vary with the abscissa.
x x x2
1 h2 E
The result is: fi =  2
2 i l 12
1 2 3 4 5
23.289 73.9 165.23 299.7 478.1

■ Linear element: variable beam, imposed mesh,
■ 31 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
305


306
1.91 Tied (sub-tensioned) beam (01-0005SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2437

Test status: Passed
1.91.1 Description
Verifies the tension force on a beam reinforced by a system of hinged bars, subjected to a uniform linear load.
1.91.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static, thermoelastic (plane problem);
Tied (sub-tensioned) beam Scale =1/37
01-0005SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length:
► AD = FB = a = 2 m,
► DF = CE = b = 4 m,
► CD = EF = c = 0.6 m,
► AC = EB = d = 2.088 m,
► Total length: L = 8 m,
307
■ AD, DF, FB Beams:

► Section: A = 0.01516 m2,
► Shear area: Ar = A / 2.5,
► Inertia moment: I = 2.174 x 10-4 m4,
■ CE Bar:
► Section: A1 = 4.5 x 10-3 m2,
■ AC, EB bar:
► Section: A2 = 4.5 x 10-3 m2,
■ CD, EF bars:
► Section: A3 = 3.48 x 10-3 m2.
■ Isotropic linear elastic material,
■ Shearing module: G = 0.4x E.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Hinged in A, support connection in B (blocked vertical translation),
■ Inner: Hinged at bar ends: AC, CD, EF, EB.
Loading
■ External: Uniform linear load p = -50000 N/ml,
■ Internal: Shortening of the CE tie of  = 6.52 x 10-3 m (dilatation coefficient: CE = 1 x 10-5 /°C
and temperature variation T = -163°C).
1.91.2.2 Compression force in CE bar
Reference solution
The solution is established by considering the deformation effects due to the shear force and normal force:
4 a
=1-3 xL
A
k = A = 2.5
r
I
t= A
 = (L/c)2 x (1+ (A/A1) x (b/L) + 2 x (A/A2) x (d/a)2 x (d/L) + 2 x (A/A3) (c/a)2 x (c/L)
 = k x [(2Et2) / (GaL)]
=++
2
0 = 1 – (a/L) x (2 – a/L)
0 = 6k x (E/G) x (t/L)2 x (1 + b/L)
0 = 0 + 0
2 2
NCE = - (1/12) x (pL /c) x (0 /) + (EI/(Lc )) x (/) = 584584 N

Linear element: without meshing,
■ AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),
■ AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,
■ CE: beam,
■ 6 nodes.
308
Force diagrams

Compression force in CE bar
1.91.2.3 Bending moment at point H
Reference solution
2
MH = - (1/8) x pL x [1- (2/3) x (0/)] – (EI/(Lc)) x (/p) = 49249.5 N

Linear element: without meshing,
■ AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),
■ AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,
■ CE: beam,
■ 6 nodes.
309
Shape of the bending moment diagram

Mz bending moment
1.91.2.4 Vertical displacement at point D
Reference solution
The reference displacement vD provided by AFNOR is determined by averaging the results of several software with
implemented finite elements method.
-3
vD = -0.5428 x 10 m

■ Linear element: without meshing,
► AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),
► AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,
► CE: beam,
■ 6 nodes.
310
Deformed shape

Deformed

CM2 FX Tension force on CE bar [N] 584584

Fx Tension force on CE bar [N] 584580 N 0.00%
311
1.92 Circular plate under uniform load (01-0003SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2435

Test status: Passed
1.92.1 Description
On a circular plate of 5 mm thickness and 2 m diameter, an uniform load, perpendicular on the plan of the plate, is
applied. The vertical displacement on the plate center is verified.
1.92.2 Background

Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 03/89;
Circular plate under uniform load Scale =1/10
01-0003SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Circular plate radius: r = 1m,
■ Circular plate thickness: h = 0.005 m.
312
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Plate fixed on the side (in all points of its perimeter),
For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the plate and we impose symmetry conditions on some nodes
(see the following model; yz plane symmetry condition):translation restrained nodes along x and rotation
restrained nodes along y and z: translation restrained nodes along x and rotation restrained nodes along y and
z:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform loads perpendicular on the plate: pZ = -1000 Pa,
■ Internal: None.
1.92.2.2 Vertical displacement of the model at the center of the plate
Reference solution
Circular plates form:
pr4 -1000 x 14
u = 64D = 64 x 2404 = - 6.50 x 10-3 m
Eh3 2.1 x 1011 x 0.0053

with the plate radius coefficient: D = 2 =
12(1-0.32)
12(1- )
D = 2404

■ 70 nodes,
Circular plate under uniform load Scale =1.5

Meshing 01-0003SSLSB_FEM
313
Deformed shape
Circular plate under uniform load Scale =1.5

Deformed 01-0003SSLSB_FEM

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on the plate center [mm] -6.50

DZ Vertical displacement on the plate center [mm] -6.47032 mm 0.46%
314
1.93 Verifying the displacement results on linear elements for vertical seism (TTAD #11756)
Test ID: 3442

Test status: Passed
1.93.1 Description
Verifies the displacements results on an inclined steel bar for vertical seism according to Eurocodes 8 localization
and generates the corresponding report.
The steel bar has a rigid support and IPE100 cross section and is subjected to self weight and seism load on Z
direction (vertical).
1.94 Verifying constraints for triangular mesh on planar elements (TTAD #11447)
Test ID: 3460

Test status: Passed
1.94.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation, verifies the stresses for triangular mesh on a planar element and generates
a report for planar elements stresses in neutral fiber.
The planar element is 20 cm thick, C20/25 material with a linear rigid support. A linear load of 30.00 kN is applied on
FX direction.
1.95 Verifying forces results on concrete linear elements (TTAD #11647)
Test ID: 3551

Test status: Passed
1.95.1 Description
Verifies forces results on concrete beams consisting of a linear element and on beams consisting of two linear
elements. Generates the linear elements forces by load case report.
1.96 Verifying diagrams after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view (TTAD
#11854)
Test ID: 3539

Test status: Passed
1.96.1 Description
Verifies the results diagrams display after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view.
1.97 Verifying forces for triangular meshing on planar element (TTAD #11723)
Test ID: 3463

Test status: Passed
1.97.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation, verifies the forces for triangular meshing on a planar element and generates
a report for planar elements forces by load case.
The planar element is a square shell (5 m) with a thickness of 20 cm, C20/25 material with a linear rigid support. A
linear load of -10.00 kN is applied on FZ direction.
315
316
1.98 Verifying stresses in beam with "extend into wall" property (TTAD #11680)
Test ID: 3491

Test status: Passed
1.98.1 Description
Verifies the results on two concrete beams which have the "Extend into the wall" option enabled. One of the beams is
connected to 2 walls on both sides and one with a wall and a pole. Generates the linear elements forces by elements
report.
1.99 Generating planar efforts before and after selecting a saved view (TTAD #11849)
Test ID: 3454

Test status: Passed
1.99.1 Description
Generates efforts for all planar elements before and after selecting the third saved view.
1.100 Verifying results on punctual supports (TTAD #11489)
Test ID: 3693

Test status: Passed
1.100.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the punctual supports report, containing the following tables:
"Displacements of point supports by load case", "Displacements of point supports by element", "Point support actions
by load case", "Point support actions by element" and "Sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints".
The structure consists of concrete, steel and timber linear elements with punctual supports.
1.101 Verifying the level mass center (TTAD #11573, TTAD #12315)
Test ID: 3609

Test status: Passed
1.101.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with two planar concrete elements with a linear support. Verifies
the level mass center and generates the "Excited total masses" and "Level modal mass and rigidity centers" reports.
The model consists of two planar concrete elements with a linear fixed support. The loads applied on the model: self
weight, a planar live load of -1 kN and seism loads according to French standards of Eurocodes 8.
1.102 Verifying diagrams for Mf Torsors on divided walls (TTAD #11557)
Test ID: 3610

Test status: Passed
1.102.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the results diagrams for Mf torsors on a high wall divided in 6
walls (by height).
The loads applied on the model: self weight, two live load cases and seism loads according to Eurocodes 8.
317
1.103 Verifying Sxx results on beams (TTAD #11599)
Test ID: 3595

Test status: Passed
1.103.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a complex model with concrete, steel and timber elements. Verifies the
Sxx results on beams. Generates the maximum stresses report.
The structure has 40 timber linear elements, 24 concrete linear elements, 143 steel elements. The loads applied on
the structure: dead loads, live loads, snow loads, wind loads and temperature loads (according to Eurocodes).
1.104 Generating results for Torsors NZ/Group (TTAD #11633)
Test ID: 3594

Test status: Passed
1.104.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a complex concrete structure with four levels. Generates results for
Torsors NZ/Group. Verifies the legend results.
The structure has 88 linear elements, 30 planar elements, 48 windwalls, etc.
1.105 Verifying nonlinear analysis results for frames with semi-rigid joints and rigid joints (TTAD
#11495)
Test ID: 3795

Test status: Passed
1.105.1 Description
Verifies the nonlinear analysis results for two frames with one level. One of the frames has semi-rigid joints and the
other has rigid joints.
1.106 Generating a report with torsors per level (TTAD #11421)
Test ID: 3774

Test status: Passed
1.106.1 Description
Generates a report with the torsors per level results.
1.107 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518)
Test ID: 4198

Test status: Passed
1.107.1 Description
Verifies the behavior of supports with several rigidities fields defined.
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (concrete B20, R20*30 cross section) with a rigid punctual support at
the base and a T/C punctual support at the top. A value of 15000.00 kN/m is defined for the KTX and KTZ stiffeners
of the T/C support. Two loads of 500.00 kN are applied.
318
1.108 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518)
Test ID: 4197

Test status: Passed
1.108.1 Description
Verifies the supports behavior when the rigidity has a high value.
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (concrete B20, R20*30 cross section) with a rigid punctual support at
the base and a T/C punctual support at the top. A large value of the KTX stiffener of the T/C support is defined. Two
loads of 500.00 kN are applied.
1.109 Verifying the display of the forces results on planar supports (TTAD #11728)
Test ID: 4375

Test status: Passed
1.109.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the display of the forces results on a planar support. The model
consists of a concrete vertical element with a planar support.
319
1.110 Verifying results of a steel beam subjected to dynamic temporal loadings (TTAD #14586)
Test ID: 5853

Test status: Passed
1.110.1 Description
Verifies a double-end fixed steel beam subjected to harmonic concentrated loadings.
2 Hz and 3 Hz excitation frequencies are studied.
1.110.2 Background
The harmonic response of a steel beam fixed at both ends is studied. The beam contains 8 elements having the
same length and identical characteristics. Harmonic concentrated loadings (a vertical load and a bending moment)
are applied in the middle of the beam. Two excitation frequencies are studied: 2.0 and 3.0 Hz.

■ Reference: NE/Nastran V8;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Beam length: L = 16 m,
■ Square shaped cross section: b = 0.05 m,
■ Section area: A = 0.06 m2,
■ Flexion inertia moment about the y (or z) axis: I = 0.0001 m4.
■ Poisson coefficient:  = 0.3,
■ Density:  = 7850 kg/m3.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Fixed support at start point (x = 0),
320
► Fixed s
upport at end point (x

= 16.00).
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External:
► Point load at x=8: P = Fz = -50 000 sin (2π f t) N
► Bending moment at x=8: M = My = 10000 sin (2π f t) Nm

■ Internal: None.
1.110.2.2 Harmonic response from NE/Nastran V8
Reference solution
Considering a natural frequency (modal) analysis for a double-end fixed beam, the first four natural frequencies can
be determined using the following formula:
 n2 EI
fn 
2    L2 A
The modal response is determined considering 14 modes.
The first four mode shapes and their frequencies are:
12 = 22.37  f1 = 2.937 Hz
22 = 61.67  f2 = 8.095 Hz
32 = 120.9  f3 = 15.871 Hz
42 = 199.8  f4 = 26.228 Hz
The vertical reference displacement is calculated in the middle of the beam at x = 8 m.
Software NE/NASTRAN 8.0

Vertical maximum displacement (f = 2 Hz) in the middle 0.155 m
of the beam
Vertical maximum displacement (f = 3 Hz) in the middle 2.266 m
of the beam
321
Response in the middle of the beam with f = 2 Hz
Response in the middle of the beam with f = 3 Hz

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh
■ 9 nodes,
322

Result name Result description Reference value
Deformed – D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam 0.155 m
(2 Hz) [m]
Deformed – D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam 2.266 m
(3 Hz) [m]

D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam (2 Hz) 15.3783 cm -0.7853 %
D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam (3 Hz) 211.41 cm -6.7036 %
323
1.111 Verifying the main axes results on a planar element (TTAD #11725)
Test ID: 4310

Test status: Passed
1.111.1 Description
Verifies the main axes results on a planar element.
Performs the finite elements calculation for a concrete wall (20 cm thick) with a linear support. Displays the forces
results on the planar element main axes.
1.112 Verifying torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces
Test ID: 4804

Test status: Passed
1.112.1 Description
Verifies torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces
1.113 Calculating torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal
force (TTAD #13175)
Test ID: 5088

Test status: Passed
1.113.1 Description
Calculates torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal force.
1.114 Verifying the internal forces results for a simple supported steel beam
Test ID: 4533

Test status: Passed
1.114.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation for a horizontal element (S235 material and IPE180 cross section) with two
hinge rigid supports at each end. One of the supports has translation restraints on X, Y and Z, the other support has
restraints on Y and Z.
Verifies the internal forces My, Fz.
Validated according to:
Example: 3.1 - Simple beam bending without the stability loss
Publication: Steel structures members - Examples according to Eurocodes
By: F. Wald a kol.
1.115 Verifying forces on a linear elastic support which is defined in a user workplane (TTAD
#11929)
Test ID: 4553

Test status: Passed
1.115.1 Description
Verifies forces on a linear elastic support, which is defined in a user workplane, and generates a report with forces for
linear support in global and local workplane.
325
2 CAD, rendering and visualization
2.1 Verifying hide/show elements command (TTAD #11753)
Test ID: 3443

Test status: Passed
2.1.1 Description
Verifies the hide/show elements command for the whole structure using the right-click option.
2.2 Verifying the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is
made.(TTAD #12807)
Test ID: 6201

Test status: Passed
2.2.1 Description
Verifies the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made. It takes a printscreen of
the loaded saved view.
2.3 Verifying the saved view of elements with annotations. (TTAD #13033)
Test ID: 6209

Test status: Passed
2.3.1 Description
Verifies the saved view of elements with annotations. It makes saved views and takes printscreens of them after
switching between them.
2.4 Verifying the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs.(TTAD #13891)
Test ID: 6213

Test status: Passed
2.4.1 Description
Verifies the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs by taking a printscreen.
2.5 Verifying the annotations of a wind generated load. (TTAD #13190)
Test ID: 6210

Test status: Passed
2.5.1 Description
Verifies annotations of a wind generated load. It generates wind on the current 2 slope building( the remarks are
filled) then hides all the elements, makes visible only the load with identifier 1 and takes a printscreen.
328
2.6 System stability during section cut results verification (TTAD #11752)
Test ID: 3457

Test status: Passed
2.6.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the section cut results on a concrete planar element with an
opening.
2.7 Generating combinations (TTAD #11721)
Test ID: 3468

Test status: Passed
2.7.1 Description
Generates combinations for three types of loads: live loads, dead loads and snow (with an altitude > 1000 m and
base effect); generates the combinations description report.
2.8 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11704)
Test ID: 3464

Test status: Passed
2.8.1 Description
Verifies the grid text position from different views.
2.9 Verifying descriptive actors after creating analysis (TTAD #11589)
Test ID: 3579

Test status: Passed
2.9.1 Description
Generates the finite elements calculation on a complex concrete structure (C35/45 material). Verifies the descriptive
actors after creating the analysis.
The structure consists of 42 linear elements, 303 planar elements, 202 supports, etc. 370 planar loads are applied:
live loads, dead loads and temperature.
2.10 Verifying the coordinates system symbol (TTAD #11611)
Test ID: 3550

Test status: Passed
2.10.1 Description
Verifies the coordinates system symbol display from different views.
329
2.11 Creating a circle (TTAD #11525)
Test ID: 3607

Test status: Passed
2.11.1 Description
Creates a circle.
2.12 Creating a camera (TTAD #11526)
Test ID: 3608

Test status: Passed
2.12.1 Description
Verifies the camera creation and visibility.
2.13 Verifying the representation of elements with HEA cross section (TTAD #11328)
Test ID: 3701

Test status: Passed
2.13.1 Description
Verifies the representation of elements with HEA340 cross section.
2.14 Verifying the snap points behavior during modeling (TTAD #11458)
Test ID: 3644

Test status: Passed
2.14.1 Description
Verifies the snap points behavior when the "Allowed deformation" function is enabled (stretch points) and when it is
disabled (grip points).
2.15 Verifying the local axes of a section cut (TTAD #11681)
Test ID: 3637

Test status: Passed
2.15.1 Description
Changes the local axes of a section cut in the descriptive model and verifies if the local axes are kept in analysis
model.
330
2.16 Verifying the descriptive model display after post processing results in analysis mode (TTAD
#11475)
Test ID: 3733

Test status: Passed
2.16.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and displays the forces results on linear elements. Returns to the model
mode to verify the descriptive model display.
2.17 Modeling using the tracking snap mode (TTAD #10979)
Test ID: 3745

Test status: Passed
2.17.1 Description
Enables the "tracking" snap mode to model structure elements.
2.18 Verifying holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height (TTAD #11490)
Test ID: 3740

Test status: Passed
2.18.1 Description
Verifies holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height.
2.19 Verifying the display of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11486)
Test ID: 3742

Test status: Passed
2.19.1 Description
Creates an element with compound cross section (CS1 IPE400 IPE240) and verifies the cross section display.
2.20 Moving a linear element along with the support (TTAD #12110)
Test ID: 4302

Test status: Passed
2.20.1 Description
Moves a linear element along with the element support, after selecting both elements.
331
2.21 Turning on/off the "ghost" rendering mode (TTAD #11999)
Test ID: 4304

Test status: Passed
2.21.1 Description
Verifies the on/off function for the "ghost" rendering mode when the workplane display is disabled.
2.22 Verifying the "ghost" display after changing the display colors (TTAD #12064)
Test ID: 4349

Test status: Passed
2.22.1 Description
Verifies the "ghost" display on selected elements after changing the element display color.
2.23 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11657)
Test ID: 3465

Test status: Passed
2.23.1 Description
Verifies the grid text position from different views.
2.24 Verifying the "ghost display on selection" function for saved views (TTAD #12054)
Test ID: 4347

Test status: Passed
2.24.1 Description
Verifies the display of saved views which contain elements with the "ghost on selection" function enabled.
2.25 Verifying the steel connections modeling (TTAD #11698)
Test ID: 4440

Test status: Passed
2.25.1 Description
Verifies the modeling of steel connections.
2.26 Verifying the fixed load scale function (TTAD #12183).
Test ID: 4429

Test status: Passed
2.26.1 Description
Verifies the "fixed load scale" function.
332
2.27 Verifying the saved view of elements by cross-section. (TTAD #13197)
Test ID: 6180

Test status: Passed
2.27.1 Description
Verifies the saved view of elements by cross-section. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.
2.28 Verifying the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made.(TTAD #14825)
Test ID: 6199

Test status: Passed
2.28.1 Description
Verifies the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.
2.29 Verifying the default view.(TTAD #13248)
Test ID: 6198

Test status: Passed
2.29.1 Description
Verifies the default view to be the top view. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.
2.30 Verifying the dividing of planar elements which contain openings (TTAD #12229)
Test ID: 4483

Test status: Passed
2.30.1 Description
Verifies the dividing of planar elements which contain openings.
2.31 Verifying the program behavior when trying to create lintel (TTAD #12062)
Test ID: 4507

Test status: Passed
2.31.1 Description
Verifies the program behavior when trying to create lintel on a planar element with an inappropriate opening.
2.32 Verifying the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model with overlapped loads
(TTAD #11837)
Test ID: 4511

Test status: Passed
2.32.1 Description
Verifies the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model that had overlapped loads.
333
2.33 Verifying the display of punctual loads after changing the load case number (TTAD #11958)
Test ID: 4508

Test status: Passed
2.33.1 Description
Creates a punctual load and verifies the display of the load after placing it in another load case using the load case
number from the properties window.
2.34 Verifying the display of a beam with haunches (TTAD #12299)
Test ID: 4513

Test status: Passed
2.34.1 Description
Verifies the display of a beam with haunches, in the "Linear contour" rendering mode.
2.35 Creating base plate connections for non-vertical columns (TTAD #12170)
Test ID: 4534

Test status: Passed
2.35.1 Description
Creates a base plate connection on a non-vertical column.
2.36 Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)
Test ID: 4551

Test status: Passed
2.36.1 Description
Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)
2.37 Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint (TTAD #12592)
Test ID: 4560

Test status: Passed
2.37.1 Description
Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint at one end (TTAD #12592)
2.38 Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700)
Test ID: 4575

Test status: Passed
2.38.1 Description
Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700)
334
3 Climatic generator
3.1 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD #12808)
Test ID: 4849

Test status: Passed
3.1.1 Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN
1991-1-3/NA).
3.2 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof using UK annex
(DEV2013#4.1) (TTAD #12608)
Test ID: 5560

Test status: Passed
3.2.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the BS EN 1991-1-4:2005 standard.
The structure is 63m high, has 4 columns and 4 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and horizontal roof.
3.3 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD #12528)
Test ID: 4569

Test status: Passed
3.3.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters on each slope and middle parapets, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.4 EC1: Generating snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets (TTAD #12606)
Test ID: 4570

Test status: Passed
3.4.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.5 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD #12528)
Test ID: 4568

Test status: Passed
3.5.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters on each slope and lateral parapets, according to the
336
3.6 EC1: generating wind loads on a square based lattice structure with compound profiles and
automatic calculation of "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12744)
Test ID: 4580

Test status: Passed
3.6.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a square based lattice structure with compound profiles, using automatic calculation of
"n" - eigen mode frequency. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards (NF EN
1991-1-4/NA).
3.7 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building. (TTAD #12719)
Test ID: 4847

Test status: Passed
3.7.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies snow fall from higher to lower close building.
3.8 EC1: Generating snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters (TTAD #12806)
Test ID: 4848

Test status: Passed
3.8.1 Description
Generates snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.9 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building (TTAD #12716)
Test ID: 4846

Test status: Passed
3.9.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters and lateral parapets, according
to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It also verifies snow fall from higher to lower close
building.
Test ID: 4851

Test status: Passed
3.10.1 Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. The lower building is longer and has a 4 slope shed and the
higher building has a 2 slope roof. The snow loads are generated according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
337
3.11 EC1: Generating wind loads on a square based structure according to UK standards (BS EN
1991-1-4:2005) (TTAD #12608)
Test ID: 4845

Test status: Passed
3.11.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a square based structure. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - UK
standards (BS EN 1991-1-4:2005).
3.12 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and parapets. (TTAD #12878)
Test ID: 4852

Test status: Passed
3.12.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes
1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
Test ID: 4850

Test status: Passed
3.13.1 Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. The lower building is longer. The wind loads are generated
according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.14 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA)
(TTAD #11111)
Test ID: 4546

Test status: Passed
3.14.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). The third slope is an extension of the roof with a different angle.
3.15 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.3 - Wind
- Example C)
Test ID: 4523

Test status: Passed
3.15.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-4/NA).
338
3.16 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT : 3.1 - Wind
- Example A)
Test ID: 4520

Test status: Passed
3.16.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-4/NA).
3.17 EC1: wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles and user
defined "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276)
Test ID: 4526

Test status: Passed
3.17.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles using user defined "n" - eigen
mode frequency - (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276).
3.18 EC1: generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (VT :
3.2 - Wind - Example B)
Test ID: 4521

Test status: Passed
3.18.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.19 EC1: generating wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles and
automatic calculation of "n" (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276)
Test ID: 4525

Test status: Passed
3.19.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles, using automatic calculation
of "n" - eigen mode frequency (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA). The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 -
French standards.
3.20 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA) (VT : 3.4 -
Snow - Example A)
Test ID: 4518

Test status: Passed
3.20.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-3/NA)
339
3.21 EC1: Verifying the wind loads generated on a building with protruding roof (TTAD #12071,
#12278)
Test ID: 4510

Test status: Passed
3.21.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with protruding roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard. Verifies the wind loads from both directions and generates the "Description of climatic loads" report.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R2*3 cross section and B20 material) and rigid supports.
3.22 EC1: Verifying the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed. (TTAD #12233)
Test ID: 4478

Test status: Passed
3.22.1 Description
Verifies the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 -
French standard.
3.23 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD #14578)
Test ID: 6193

Test status: Passed
3.23.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets on Y+/- sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.24 EC1: Generating 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet. (TTAD #14530)
Test ID: 6195

Test status: Passed
3.24.1 Description
Generates 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
3.25 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building. (TTAD #13663)
Test ID: 6196

Test status: Passed
3.25.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA).
340
3.26 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal. (TTAD #14531)
Test ID: 6194

Test status: Passed
3.26.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.27 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD #14179)
Test ID: 6184

Test status: Passed
3.27.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.28 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with different height
(TTAD 13158)
Test ID: 6188

Test status: Passed
3.28.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is higher than the other and the slopes have opposite sign. The model is
reversed in comparison with the one from 6187 and has only the exceptional snow fall is checked.
3.29 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with different height
(TTAD 13159)
Test ID: 6187

Test status: Passed
3.29.1 Description
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is higher than the other and the slopes have opposite sign. Exceptional snow
falls and accumulations are checked.
3.30 EC1: snow load generation on double compound with gutters and parapets on all sides.(TTAD
#13717)
Test ID: 6186

Test status: Passed
3.30.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a metal based double compound with gutters and parapets on all sides, according to the
Eurocodes 1 France. One compound is a double-roof volume and the second is a single-roof volume with the same
slope as the one it is next to.
341
3.31 EC1: snow load generation on building with 2 slopes > 60 degrees according to Czech national
annex. (TTAD #14235)
Test ID: 6185

Test status: Passed
3.31.1 Description
Generates snow load on building with 2 slopes > 60 degrees, according to the Eurocodes 1 - Czech standard.
3.32 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds (TTAD #13286)
Test ID: 6177

Test status: Passed
3.32.1 Description
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies the normal and accidental snow loads on Y+/- wind directions.
3.33 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD #13669)
Test ID: 6168

Test status: Passed
3.33.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
3.34 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height. (TTAD #13759)
Test ID: 6172

Test status: Passed
3.34.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height to 26m, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
3.35 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with custom pressure values. (TTAD
#14004)
Test ID: 6176

Test status: Passed
3.35.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
It verifies the accidental accumulation from exceptional drifted snow when other region is selected.
342
3.36 EC1: wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto according to Romanian national
annex. (TTAD #13930w)
Test ID: 6182

Test status: Passed
3.36.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 compound building according to the Eurocodes 1 Romanian standard (CR 1-1-4/2012)
using auto CsCd values and CsCd min to 0.7. 2 compounds are double sloped and one is single sloped.
3.37 EC1: snow load generation on a 3 compound building according to Romanian national annex.
(TTAD #13930s)
Test ID: 6183

Test status: Passed
3.37.1 Description
Generates snow load generation on a 3 compound building according to the Eurocodes 1 Romanian standard (CR 1-
1-3/2012). 2 compounds are double sloped and one is single sloped. It also verifies parapet and valley
accumulations.
3.38 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets. (TTAD
#14005)
Test ID: 6181

Test status: Passed
3.38.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
3.39 EC1: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD #13671)
Test ID: 6167

Test status: Passed
3.39.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
3.40 EC1: snow load generation on compound with a double-roof volume close to a single-roof
volume (TTAD #13559)
Test ID: 6166

Test status: Passed
3.40.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a metal based compound with a double-roof volume close to a single-roof volume
according to the Eurocodes 1 France.
343
3.41 EC1: wind load generation on multibay canopies (TTAD #11668)
Test ID: 6164

Test status: Passed
3.41.1 Description
Generates wind loads on multibay canopies, according to the Eurocodes 1 France.
3.42 EC1: wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD #12823)
Test ID: 6165

Test status: Passed
3.42.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 slope building according to the Eurocodes 1 France standard using auto CsCd values
and CsCd min to 0.7.
3.43 EC1: generating wind loads on a 35m high structure according to Eurocodes 1 - French
standard with CsCd min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15. (TTAD #11196)
Test ID: 6170

Test status: Passed
3.43.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the roof a 35m high structure, according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-
4/NA) with CsCd min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.
3.44 EC1: generating wind loads on a canopy according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard. (TTAD
#13855)
Test ID: 6171

Test status: Passed
3.44.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a canopy, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) only for
selected wind directions.
3.45 EC1: Generating wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with parapets. (TTAD #13672)
Test ID: 6169

Test status: Passed
3.45.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the
344
3.46 EC1: Generating snow loads on a shed with parapets. (TTAD #12494)
Test ID: 6175

Test status: Passed
3.46.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model which contains 4 slopes with lateral parapets on X+/- direction, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies also the valley accumulation.
3.47 EC1: Generating snow loads on a shed with gutters building. (TTAD #13856)
Test ID: 6174

Test status: Passed
3.47.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies also the valley accumulation.
3.48 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame.(TTAD #13169)
Test ID: 6178

Test status: Passed
3.48.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-3/NA).
3.49 EC1: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with parapets (TTAD
#13992)
Test ID: 6179

Test status: Passed
3.49.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds with parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is much higher than the other and has the slope < 15
degrees causing the drifted snow to dissipate.
3.50 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with double slope (DEV2013#4.3)
Test ID: 5594

Test status: Passed
3.50.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. The obstruction is
different for each direction: X+ 1; X- 0.9; Y+ 0.8 and Y- 0.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof
with double slope.
345
3.51 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with double slope roof using different
parameters defined per directions (DEV2013#4.2)
Test ID: 5561

Test status: Passed
3.51.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 FR standard using
different parameters defined per directions.
and a double slope roof.
3.52 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an multibay canopy roof (DEV2013#4.3)
Test ID: 5595

Test status: Passed
3.52.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and a multibay canopy
roof.
3.53 EC1: generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with one slope (DEV2013#4.3)
Test ID: 5593

Test status: Passed
3.53.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. The obstruction is
different for each direction: X+ 1; X- 0; Y+ 0.8 and Y- 1.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof
with one slope.
3.54 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with a horizontal roof using different CsCd
values for each direction (DEV2013#4.4)
Test ID: 5596

Test status: Passed
3.54.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 France standard using
different CsCd values for each direction : X+ auto; X- imposed to 0.9; Y+ auto and Y- no.
and a horizontal roof.
346
3.55 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex
(TTAD #11687)
Test ID: 4055

Test status: Passed
3.55.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports.
3.56 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex
(TTAD #11569)
Test ID: 4087

Test status: Passed
3.56.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross
section (R20*30).
3.57 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11531)
Test ID: 4090

Test status: Passed
3.57.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 French standards -
Martinique wind speed.
section (R20*30).
3.58 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame using the Romanian national annex
(TTAD #11570)
Test ID: 4086

Test status: Passed
3.58.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
section (R20*30).
347
3.59 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11699)
Test ID: 4085

Test status: Passed
3.59.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame according to Eurocodes 1 French standards, using the "Case 1"
formula for calculating the turbulence factor.
The structure consists of steel elements with hinge rigid supports.
3.60 Generating the description of climatic loads report according to EC1 Romanian standards
(TTAD #11688)
Test ID: 4104

Test status: Passed
3.60.1 Description
Generates the "Description of climatic loads" report according to EC1 Romanian standards.
The model consists of a steel portal frame with rigid fixed supports. Haunches are defined at both ends of the beams.
Dead loads and SR EN 1991-1-4/NB wind loads are generated.
3.61 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof thickness greater than the
parapet height (TTAD #11943)
Test ID: 3706

Test status: Passed
3.61.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof thickness greater than the parapet height, according to
Eurocodes 1 French standard.
3.62 EC1: verifying the snow loads generated on a monopitch frame (TTAD #11302)
Test ID: 3713

Test status: Passed
3.62.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a monopitch frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and B20 material) with rigid fixed supports.
348
3.63 EC1: generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully opened windwalls (TTAD
#11937)
Test ID: 3705

Test status: Passed
3.63.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully opened windwalls, according to the Eurocodes 1
French standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with rigid fixed supports.
3.64 EC1: generating snow loads on two close roofs with different heights according to Czech
standards (CSN EN 1991-1-3) (DEV2012 #3.18)
Test ID: 3623

Test status: Passed
3.64.1 Description
Generates snow loads on two close roofs with different heights, according to Eurocodes 1 Czech standards.
3.65 EC1: generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame according to Czech standards
(CSN EN 1991-1-4) (DEV2012 #3.18)
Test ID: 3621

Test status: Passed
3.65.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a double slope 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 Czech
standard (CSN EN 1991-1-4).
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).
3.66 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a small span (< 5m)
and a parapet (TTAD #11735)
Test ID: 3606

Test status: Passed
3.66.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a small span (< 5m) and a
parapet, according to Eurocodes 1.
349
3.67 EC1: generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter (TTAD #11113)
Test ID: 3603

Test status: Passed
3.67.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter, according to Eurocodes 1. The
structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports.
3.68 EC1: generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and gutter (TTAD
#11113)
Test ID: 3604

Test status: Passed
3.68.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and gutter, according to Eurocodes
1.
3.69 EC1: generating snow loads on duopitch multispan roofs according to German standards (DIN
EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13)
Test ID: 3613

Test status: Passed
3.69.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of duopitch multispan roofs structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German
standards.
3.70 EC1: generating wind loads on a 55m high structure according to German standards (DIN EN
1991-1-4/NA) (DEV2012 #3.12)
Test ID: 3618

Test status: Passed
3.70.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 55m high structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.
350
3.71 EC1: generating snow loads on two side by side roofs with different heights, according to
German standards (DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13)
Test ID: 3615

Test status: Passed
3.71.1 Description
Generates snow loads on two side by side roofs with different heights, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.
3.72 EC1: snow on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and parapet with height reduction (TTAD
#11191)
Test ID: 3605

Test status: Passed
3.72.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and 2 parapets, according to
Eurocodes 1. The height of one parapet is reduced.
3.73 EC1: generating snow loads on monopitch multispan roofs according to German standards
(DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA) (DEV2012 #3.13)
Test ID: 3614

Test status: Passed
3.73.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a monopitch multispan roofs structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German
standards.
3.74 EC1: generating wind loads on an isolated roof with two slopes (TTAD #11695)
Test ID: 3529

Test status: Passed
3.74.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof with
two slopes.
351
3.75 EC1: generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame with a fully opened face
(DEV2012 #1.6)
Test ID: 3535

Test status: Passed
3.75.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), a double slope roof and
a fully opened face.
3.76 EC1: generating wind loads on duopitch multispan roofs with pitch < 5 degrees (TTAD #11852)
Test ID: 3530

Test status: Passed
3.76.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a steel structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has steel columns and beams (I cross section and S275 material), rigid hinge supports and multispan
roofs with pitch < 5 degrees.
3.77 EC1 NF: generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD #11932)
Test ID: 3004

Test status: Passed
3.77.1 Description
Generates the wind loads on a concrete structure according to the French Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure has a roof with two slopes, concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).
The columns have rigid supports.
3.78 EC1: wind load generation on simple 3D portal frame with 4 slopes roof (TTAD #11604)
Test ID: 3104

Test status: Passed
3.78.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with 4 slopes roof, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has 6 concrete columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with rigid supports and C20/25
concrete walls.
352
3.79 EC1: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 2 opposite slopes portal with Z down axis.
(TTAD #15094)
Test ID: 6206

Test status: Passed
3.79.1 Description
Generates 2D wind and snow loads on a 2 opposite slopes portal, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA / 1991-1-3/NA), with Z down axis.
3.80 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 3 compound building. (TTAD #13190)
Test ID: 6211

Test status: Passed
3.80.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 compound building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-
4/NA).
3.81 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening. (TTAD #15328)
Test ID: 6216

Test status: Passed
3.81.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.82 EC1: Generating wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees. (TTAD #15307)
Test ID: 6217

Test status: Passed
3.82.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN
1991-1-4/NA).
3.83 EC1: Generating wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher that the other. (TTAD
#13320)
Test ID: 6212

Test status: Passed
3.83.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher that the other, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
353
3.84 EC1: Generating snow loads on a custom multiple slope building. (TTAD #14285)
Test ID: 6197

Test status: Passed
3.84.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.85 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof. (TTAD #14985)
Test ID: 6204

Test status: Passed
3.85.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-
4/NA). The depth for one slope is set to 20m and for the other to 40m.
3.86 EC1: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope
compound. (TTAD #15047)
Test ID: 6205

Test status: Passed
3.86.1 Description
Generates 2D wind and snow loads on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA / 1991-1-3/NA).
3.87 EC1: Generating 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal. (TTAD #14975)
Test ID: 6203

Test status: Passed
3.87.1 Description
Verifies the generation of 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal.
3.88 EC1: Generating 2D wind loads on a multiple roof portal. (TTAD #15140)
Test ID: 6208

Test status: Passed
3.88.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a one slope compound next to a higher double slope compound, according to the
354
3.89 EC1: wind load generation on a signboard
Test ID: 3107

Test status: Passed
3.89.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwall of a concrete signboard, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The signboard has concrete elements (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.
3.90 EC1: wind load generation on a building with multispan roofs
Test ID: 3106

Test status: Passed
3.90.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with multispan roofs, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.
3.91 EC1: wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof
Test ID: 3101

Test status: Passed
3.91.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
and horizontal roof.
3.92 EC1: wind load generation on a simple 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD #11602)
Test ID: 3103

Test status: Passed
3.92.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with 2 slopes roof, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.
3.93 EC1: wind load generation on a simple 3D structure with horizontal roof
Test ID: 3099

Test status: Passed
3.93.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and horizontal roof.
4 Combinations
4.1 Generating combinations (TTAD #11673)
Test ID: 3471

Test status: Passed
4.1.1 Description
Generates concomitance between three types of loads applied on a structure (live loads, dead loads and seismic
loads - EN 1998-1), using the quadratic combination function. Generates the combinations description report and the
point support actions by element report.
4.2 Generating load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable predominant action
(TTAD #11357)
Test ID: 3751

Test status: Passed
4.2.1 Description
Generates load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable predominant action. Predominant action is
a case family with 2 static load cases.
4.3 Defining concomitance rules for two case families (TTAD #11355)
Test ID: 3749

Test status: Passed
4.3.1 Description
Generates live loads and dead loads on a steel structure. Defines the concomitance rules between the two load case
families and generates the concomitance matrix.
4.4 Generating combinations for NEWEC8.cbn (TTAD #11431)
Test ID: 3746

Test status: Passed
4.4.1 Description
Generates combinations for NEWEC8.cbn.
4.5 Generating the concomitance matrix after adding a new dead load case (TTAD #11361)
Test ID: 3766

Test status: Passed
4.5.1 Description
Creates a new dead load case, after two case families were created, and generates the concomitance matrix. A
report with the combinations description is generated.
358
4.6 Generating load combinations after changing the load case number (TTAD #11359)
Test ID: 3756

Test status: Passed
4.6.1 Description
Generates load combinations with concomitance matrix after changing the load case number. A report with the
combinations description is generated.
4.7 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.7 (DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4405

Test status: Passed
4.7.1 Description
Creates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
4 - Q (Acco)
5 - Acc (Base)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
Test ID: 4407

Test status: Passed
4.8.1 Description
Generates loads:
2 - Q Group(Base or Acco)
2-Q
3-Q
4-Q
6 - Snow (Base or Acco)

Un-group 2-Q Group to independent 2-Q, 3-Q, 4-Q loads.
359
Test ID: 4384

Test status: Passed
4.9.1 Description
Generates loads:
3 - Q (Base)
4.10 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.1 (DEV2010#1.7)
Test ID: 4382

Test status: Passed
4.10.1 Description
Generates loads:
3 - Q (Acco)
4.11 Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no. 5 (DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4394

Test status: Passed
4.11.1 Description
Generates loads:
3 - E (Base) - only one seismic load !
Set value "0" (exclusive) between seismic and all Q loads (seism only combination).
360
Test ID: 4397

Test status: Passed
4.12.1 Description
Generates loads:
3 - E (Base) - only one seismic load
Test ID: 4391

Test status: Passed
4.13.1 Description
Generates loads:
2 - Q (Base)
4 - Q (Base)
Test ID: 4408

Test status: Passed
4.14.1 Description
Generates loads:
3 - E Group (Base)
3 - EX
4 - EY
5 - EZ
Un-group 3 - E Group to independent loads : 3 - EX 4 - EY 5 - EZ
361
Test ID: 4409

Test status: Passed
4.15.1 Description
Generates loads:
3 - E Group (Base)
3 - EX
4 - EY
5 - EZ
Defines the seismic group type as "Quadratic".
Generates the corresponding combinations and the combinations report.
Resets the combination set. Defines the seismic group type as "Newmark".
Generates the corresponding combinations and the combinations report.
4.16 Generating a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types (TTAD #11806)
Test ID: 4357

Test status: Passed
4.16.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types
1-G
2 - Q - Base
3-G
4 - Q -Base or acco
Generates the first set of combinations and the first combinations report.
1-G
2 - Q - Base
3-G
4 - Q -Base
Generates the second set of combinations and the second combinations report.
362
Test ID: 4386

Test status: Passed
4.17.1 Description
Generates loads:
4.18 Generating a set of combinations with Q group of loads (TTAD #11960)
Test ID: 4353

Test status: Passed
4.18.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with Q group of loads.
4.19 Generating the concomitance matrix after switching back the effect for live load (TTAD #11806)
Test ID: 4219

Test status: Passed
4.19.1 Description
Generates the concomitance matrix and the combinations description reports after switching back the effect for live
load.
4.20 Generating a set of combinations with seismic group of loads (TTAD #11889)
Test ID: 4350

Test status: Passed
4.20.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with seismic group of loads.
4.21 Verifying combinations for CZ localization (TTAD #12542)
Test ID: 4550

Test status: Passed
4.21.1 Description
Verifies simplified combinations for CZ localization.
363
5 Concrete Design
5.1 EC2: Verifying the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to linear loads
Test ID: 4555

Test status: Passed
5.1.1 Description
Verifies the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to linear loads. The verification is made according to
EC2 norm with French Annex.
5.2 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - bilinear
stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4541

Test status: Passed
5.2.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a simply supported beam under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain
diagram.
Verification is done according to Eurocodes 2 norm with French Annex.
5.3 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for concrete linear elements (TTAD #12498)
Test ID: 4542

Test status: Passed
5.3.1 Description
Defines the "Design experts" properties for a concrete (EC2) linear element in analysis model and verifies properties
from descriptive model.
5.4 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - horizontal
level behavior law
Test ID: 4557

Test status: Passed
5.4.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under self-weight and linear loads - horizontal level behavior
law. The verification is made according to EC2 norm with French Annex.
5.5 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - inclined
stress strain behavior law
Test ID: 4522

Test status: Passed
5.5.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - inclined stress strain behavior law.
Verification is done according to Eurocodes 2 norm with French Annex.
366
5.6 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to point loads
Test ID: 4527

Test status: Passed
5.6.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to point loads (applied at the middle of the beam).
The verification is performed according to EC2 norm with French Annex.
5.7 EC2: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load
Test ID: 4519

Test status: Passed
5.7.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load (horizontal level behavior law).
Verification is done with Eurocodes 2 norm French Annex.
5.8 EC2: Verifying the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported beam
Test ID: 4517

Test status: Passed
5.8.1 Description
Verifies the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported concrete beam subjected to self weight. The
verification is made with Eurocodes 2 - French annex.
367
5.9 EC2 Test 2: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load,
without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4970

Test status: Passed
5.9.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
5.9.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
The following load cases and load combination are used:
■ Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,
■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20kN/m,
■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam
Units
Metric System
368
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.60 m,
■ Width: b = 0.25 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
■ Section area: A = 0.15 m2 ,
■ Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.519m; d’=ebz=0.045m
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
■ Exposure class XD1
■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3
■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
■ Cracking calculation required
fck 25
■ Concrete C25/30: fcd    16,67MPa
γ c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
■ fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 500
■ Steel S500 : f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2
0.3 0.3
 f 8  25  8 
■ E cm  22000 *  ck   22000 *    31476MPa
 10   10 
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation
along X.
■ Inner: None.
369
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
■ Permanent loads:
G’=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml
■ Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(15+3.75)+1.5*20=55.31kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml
■ Load calculations:
55,31 * 5,80²
M Ed   232,59kN .m
8
38,75 * 5,80²
M Ecq   162,94kN .m
8
24,75 * 5,80²
M Eqp   104,07kN .m
8
370
5.9.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient

To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at
28 days and 50% humidity:
(, t 0 )  RH * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2
16.8 16.8
β( fcm )    2.925
fcm 25  8
1 1
β( t 0 )    0.488 at t0=28 days
0.1  t 00.20 0.1  28 0.20
The value of the φRH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:
 RH 
 1 

 1 100 * α1  * α 2
RH
 0.1 * 3 h 
 0 
 
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a
α1  α 2  1 if fCM  35MPa
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not: α1   
 and α 2   

 fcm   fcm 
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c
In this case: fcm  fck  8Mpa  33Mpa  α1  α 2  1
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 250 * 600 100
h0    176.47mm  RH  1  1.89
u 2 * ( 250  600) 0.1 * 3 176.47
(, t 0 )  RH * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 )  1.89 * 2.925 * 0.488  2.70
The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:
Es
αe 
E cm
MEqp
1  (, t 0 ) *
MEcar
Defined earlier:
38,75 * 5,80²
MEcar   162,94kN.m
8
24,75 * 5,80²
MEqp   104,07kN.m
8
This gives:
200000
e   17.32
31476
104.07
1  2.70 *
162.94
371
5.9.2.3 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XD1, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the
reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book “Practice of EC2”:
This value can be determined by the next formula if f ck  50MPa valid for a constitutive law to horizontal plateau:
fck
μ luc  K( α e ) *
( 4.69  1.70 * γ ) * fck  (159.90  76.20 * γ )

K α e   10 4 * a  b * α e  c * α e 2 
The values of the coefficients "a", "b" and "c" are defined in the following table:
Diagram for inclined tier Diagram for horizontal plateau
a 75,3 * f ck  189,8 71,2 * f ck  108

b  5,6 * f ck  874,5  5,2 * f ck  847,4
c 0,04 * fck  13 0,03 * f ck  12,5
This gives us:
■ a  71,2 * 25  108  1888

■ b  5,2 * 25  847 ,4  717 .4
■ c  0,03 * 25  12,5  11.75
■ K  e   104 1888  717.4 *17.27  11.75 *17.27²   1.079
Then:
232,58
■   1,43
162,94
f ck
■  luc  K (  e ).  0 . 2504
( 4 . 69  1 . 70 *  ) * f ck  (159 . 90  76 . 20 *  )
Reference reinforcement calculation at SLU:

The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:
■ Effective height: d=0.9*h=0.53m
■ Calculation of reduced moment:
M Ed 0,233
cu    0,207
bw * d ² * f cd 0,25 * 0,519² *16,67
■ Calculation of the lever arm zc:

zc  d * (1  0,4 *  u )  0,519 * (1  0,4 * 0,294)  0,458m
■ Calculation of the reinforcement area:
372
Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:

We will also conduct a SLS design to ensure that we do not get an upper section of longitudinal reinforcement.
We must determine the position of the neutral axis by calculating (position corresponding to the state of maximum
stress on the concrete and reinforcement).
α e * σc 17.32 * 15
■ α1    0,394
α e * σc  σ s 17.32 * 15  400
M ser , cq  163kNm  M rb  there in no compressed steel reinforcement. This confirms what we previously
found by determining the critical moment limit depending on the coefficient of equivalence and .
Then we calculate the reinforcement resulted from the SLS efforts (assuming the maximum constrain is reached on
steel and concrete):
■ Neutral axes position :

1  0,394
    0.394 
■ Lever arm :zc  d * 1  1   0.519 * 1    0.451m
 3  3 
M Ecq 0.163
■ Reinforcement section : As1, ser    9.03cm ²
zc *  s 0.451 * 400
This shows that the tensile reinforcement obtained in SLS are not dimensioning compared to SLU.
Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:
 f ct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
■ A s,min  Max  f yk
 0.0013 * b * d
 w
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:
f ct,eff  f ctm  2.56MPa from cracking conditions
Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * * 0.25 * 0.519  1.73 * 10 4 m²
► A s,min  max  500  1.73cm²
 0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519  1.70 * 10 4 m²


■ Linear element: S beam,
■ 7 nodes,
■ 1 linear element.
373
ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)
Simply supported beam subjected to bending
ULS (reference value: 232.59kNm)
SLS (reference value: 162.94kNm)
Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

(reference value: 11.68cm2)
Minimum reinforcement area(cm2)


My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 232.59 kNm
My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 162.94 kNm
Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 11.68 cm2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm2] 1.73 cm2
374

My My USL -232.578 kN*m -0.0001 %
My My SLS -162.936 kN*m 0.0001 %
Az Az -11.6779 cm² 0.0004 %
Amin Amin -1.73058 cm² -0.0001 %
375
5.10 EC2 Test 4 I: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot A efforts – Inclined
Test ID: 4977

Test status: Passed
5.10.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, the constitutive law for
reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
The objective is to verify:
- The stresses results
- The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
- The minimum reinforcement percentage
5.10.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the  value (hence the position of the neutral axis) to determine the Pivot efforts
(A or B) to be considered for the calculations.
The distinction between the Pivot A and Pivot B efforts is from the following diagram:
xu  cu 2  cu 2
   x u   .d  .d
d  ud   cu 2  ud   cu 2
The limit for  depends of the ductility class:
■ For a Class A steel: ε ud  22.50   α u  0.1346


■ For a Class B steel: ε ud  45   α u  0.072

■ For a Class C steel: ε ud  67.50   α u  0.049

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, it will be used the
constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram.
S 500 A   su  432,71  952,38. su  454MPa

S 500B   su  432,71  727,27. su  466MPa
S 500C   su  432,71  895,52. su  493MPa
376
The Pivot efforts types are described below:

■ Pivot A: Simple traction and simple bending or combined
■ Pivot B: Simple or combined bending
■ Pivot C: Combined bending with compression and simple compression

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m+ dead load,
■ There will be considered a Class A reinforcement steel
■ The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram
■ The stresses results
■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
■ The minimum reinforcement percentage
377
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.90 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
■ Concrete cover: c = 4.00 cm
■ Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.806 m; d’ = ebz = 0.040 m
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
■ Exposure class XC1
■ There will be considered a Class A reinforcement steel ductility
fck 25
γc 1,5
2/3
■ fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56MPa
f yk 500
■ Steel S500 : f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
► Support at end point (x = 5.8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation
along X.
■ Inner: None.
378
Loading
Dead load:
G’=0.9*0.5*2.5=11.25 kN/ml
Load combinations:
■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25+11.25)+1.5*50=123.94 kN/ml
■ Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+11.25+50=86.25kN/ml
123.94 * 5.80²
M Ed   521.16kNm
8
86.25 * 5.80²
M Ecq   362.68kNm
8
For a S500B reinforcement steel, we have lu  0.372 (since we consider no limit on the compression concrete to
SLS).
Reference reinforcement calculation:

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m
M Ed 0.52116 * 103 Nm
 cu    0,096
bw * d ² * f cd 0,50m * 0.806² m 2 * 16,67 MPa
■ The α value:
■ The condition: α cu  α u  0.1346 is satisfied, therefore the Pivot A effort conditions are true
There will be a design in simple bending, by considering an extension on the reinforced steel tension equal to
ε ud  22.50  , which gives the following available stress:

■ S500A  σ su  432,71  952,38  0.0225  454MPa
379
The calculation of the concrete shortening:
 cu 0.127
 cu   su *  22.50 *  3.27 
1   cu 1  0.127 
It is therefore quite correct to consider a design stress of concrete equal to f cd .

zc  d * (1  0,4 *  cu )  0.806 * (1  0.4 * 0.127)  0.765m
M Ed 0.52116
Au    15.00cm²
zc * f yd 0.765 * 454

 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min  Max  f yk
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
f ct ,eff  f ctm  2.56 MPa

from cracking conditions
Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * * 0.50 * 0.806  5.38 *10 4 m²
As , min  max  500  5.38cm²
 0.0013 * 0.50 * 0.806  5.24 *10 m²
4

■ 7 nodes,
380
ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)
Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2)

For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=15.00cm2)

381

Az Theoretical reinforcement area (Class A) [cm2] 15.00 cm2

My My USL -521.125 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS -362.657 kN*m -0.0001 %
Az Az Class A -14.9973 cm² -0.0001 %
Az Az Class B -14.9973 cm² 0.7491 %
Amin Amin -5.37514 cm² 0.0000 %
382
5.11 EC2 Test 6: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-
strain diagram
Test ID: 4979

Test status: Passed
5.11.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for the My resulted stresses for the USL load combination and
for the results of the theoretical reinforcement area Az.
5.11.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 45 kN/m
■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.4kN/m,
■
■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
■ The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
■ The theoretical reinforcement area results
383
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Beam length: 8m
■ Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm
■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.435 m; d’=ebz=0.035m
f ck 25
■ Concrete C25/30: f cd    10.67MPa
c 1,5
■ f ctm  0.30 * f ck2 / 3  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56 MPa

f yk 500
■ Steel S500B : f yd    434.78MPa
s 1,15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation
along X.
■ Inner: None.
384
Loading
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*45+1.5*37.4=116.85kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=45+34.7=79.7kN/ml
116.85 * 8²
M Ed   934.8kNm
8
5.11.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment
At first it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:
 hf   0.15 
M btu  beff * h f *  d   * f cd  1.00 * 0.15 *  0.435   * 16.67  9kNm
 2   2 
Comparing Mbtu with MEd:
M btu  900kNm  M Ed  934.8kNm
Therefore, the concrete section is not entirely compressed;

Therefore, the calculations considering the T section are required.
5.11.2.3 Reference reinforcement calculation:
Theoretical section 2:
The moment corresponding to this section is:
 hf   0.15 
M Ed 2  (beff  bw ) * h f * f cd *  d    (1  0.20) * 0.15 *16.67 *  0.435  
 2   2 
 720kNm
According to this value, the steel section is:
M Ed 2 0.720
A2    46.00cm ²
 hf   0.15 
 d   * f yd  0.435   * 347.8
 2   2 
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section.
M Ed 1  M Ed  M Ed 2  935  720  215kNm

M Ed 1 0.215
 cu    0.341
bw * d ² * Fcd 0.20 * 0.435 ² *16.67
385
For a S500B reinforcement and for a XC1 exposure class, there will be a: μ cu  μlu  0.372 , therefore there will be no
compressed reinforcement (the compression concrete limit is not exceeded because of the exposure class)
There will be a calculation without considering compressed reinforcement:
   
 u  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * cu )  1.25 * 1  1  2 * 0.341  0.544
z c1  d * (1  0.4 *  u )  0.435 * (1  0.40 * 0.544)  0.340m
M Ed 1 0.215
A1    14.52cm²
z c1 * f yd 0.340 * 347.78
In conclusion, the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=46+14.52=60.52cm2

■ 9 nodes,
ULS load combinations(kNm)

For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=60.52cm2)

2
Az (Class B) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 60.52 cm2

Az Az -60.5167 cm² 0.0001 %
386
5.12 EC2 Test 5: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear
Test ID: 4978

Test status: Passed
5.12.1 Description
Verifies a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram.
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the USL load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az.
- The theoretical reinforcement area results
5.12.2 Background

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 52.3 kN/m
■ The theoretical reinforcement area results
387
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Beam length: 7m
■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
f ck 16
■ Concrete C16/20: f cd    10.67 MPa
c 1,5
2/3
■ fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 16 2 / 3  1.90MPa
f yk 400
■ Steel S400B : f yd    347.8MPa
s 1,15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
388
Loading
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*352.3+1.5*13=90.105kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=52.3+13=65.3kN/ml
Load calculations:
70.105 * 7²
M Ed   551.89kNm
8
65.3 * 7²
M Ecq   399.96kNm
8
At first, it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:
 h   0,10 
Mbtu  beff * hf *  d  f  * fcd  0,9 * 0,10 *  0,595   * 10,67  523kNm
 2  2 
M btu  523kNm  M Ed  551.89kNm

Therefore the concrete section is not entirely compressed;
Therefore, calculations considering the T section are required.
5.12.2.3 Reference reinforcement calculation:
■ The moment corresponding to this section is:
 hf   0.1 
M Ed 2  (beff  bw ) * h f * f cd *  d    (0.9  0.18) * 0.1*10.67 *  0595  
 2   2 
 0.418MNm
■ According to this value, the steel section is:
M Ed 2 0.418
A2    22.08cm ²
 hf   0 .1 
 d   * f yd  0.595   * 347.8
 2   2 
389
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section
M Ed 1  M Ed  M Ed 2  0.552  0.418  133kNm

M Ed 1 0.133
 cu    0.197
bw * d ² * Fcd 0.18 * 0.595 ² * 10.67
For a S400B reinforcement and for a XC1 exposure class, there will be a: μ cu  μ lu  0.372 , therefore there will be no
compressed reinforcement.
There will be a calculation without compressed reinforcement:
  
 u  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * cu )  1.25* 1  1  2 * 0.197  0.276 
zc1  d * (1  0.4 *  u )  0.595 * (1  0.40 * 0.276)  0.529m
M Ed 1 0.133
A1    7.25cm²
z c1 * f yd 0.529 * 347.8
In conclusion the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=7.25+22.08=29.33cm2

■ 8 nodes,
ULS (reference value: 552kNm)

390

My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 552 kNm
2

My My USL -551.893 kN*m -0.0000 %
Az Az -29.3334 cm² 0.0002 %
391
5.13 EC2 Test 8: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam without compressed reinforcement –
Inclined stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4981

Test status: Passed
5.13.1 Description
The purpose of the test is to verify the results using a constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-
strain diagram.
- The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
- The minimum reinforcement percentage
5.13.2 Background
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for using a constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the
inclined stress-strain diagram.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m (including the dead load)
■
■ Reinforcement steel: Class A
■ The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to doth Class A reinforcement steel ductility
392
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.65 m,
■ Width: b = 0.28 m,
■ Length: L = 6.40 m,
f ck 30
■ Concrete C25/30: f cd    20MPa
c 1,5
■ f ctm  0.30 * f ck2 / 3  0.30 * 30 2 / 3  2.90 MPa

0.3 0.3
 f 8  30  8 
■ E cm  22000 *  ck   22000 *    32837MPa
 10   10 
f yk 500
■ Steel S500 : f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
393
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25)+1.5*30=78.75kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+30=55kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=25+0.6*30=43kNm
78.75 * 6.40²
M Ed   403.20kNm
8
55 * 6.40²
M Ecq   281.60kNm
8
43 * 6.40²
M Eqp   220.16kNm
8
394

 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
at t0=28 days
 RH 
 1 
 1  100 * α1  * α 2
RH
 0.1 * 3 h 
 0 
 
α1  α 2  1 if fCM  35MPa
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not: α1   
 and α 2   

In this case, fcm  fck  8Mpa  38Mpa
0.7 0.7
 35   35 
α1   
    0.944
 fcm   38 
0.2 0.2
 35   35 
α 2   
    0.984
 fcm   38 
 50 
 1 
2 * Ac 2 * 280 * 650  100  * 0.984  1.78
h0    195.7mm  RH  1
u 2 * ( 280  650)  0.1 * 3 195.7 
 
 
(, t 0 )  RH * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 )  1.78 * 2.73 * 0.488  2.37
The coefficient of equivalence is determined using the following formula:

Es 200000
αe    17.40
E cm 32837
MEqp 220.16
1  (, t 0 ) * 1  2.37 *
MEcar 281.60
395
This value can be determined by the next formula if f ck  50MPa and valid for a constitutive law considering
inclined stress-strain diagram:
f ck
 luc  K ( e ) *
( 4.62  1.66 *  ) * f ck  (165.69  79.62 *  )

K  e   104 * a  b *  e  c *  e
2

The values of the coefficients "a", "b" and "c" are defined in the following table:
Diagram for inclined stress-strain diagram Diagram for bilinear stress-strain diagram
a 75,3 * f ck  189,8 71,2 * f ck  108

b  5,6 * f ck  874,5  5,2 * f ck  847,4
c 0,04 * f ck  13 0,03 * f ck  12,5
This gives us:

a  75.3 * 25  189 .8  2069 .2
b  5,2 * 30  874 .5  706 .5
c  0,04 * 30  13  11.8
K  e   10 4 2069.2  706.5 * 17.60  11.80 * 17.60²   1.087

Then:
437.76
  1,425
307.2
f ck
 luc  K (  e ).  0 . 272
( 4 . 62  1 . 66 *  ) * f ck  (165 . 69  79 . 62 *  )
Calculation of reduced moment:
M Ed 0.403 *103 Nm
 cu    0,225
bw * d ² * f cd 0,50m * 0.566² m 2 * 20MPa
 cu  0.225   luc  0.272 therefore, there is no compressed reinforcement

■ Effective height: d = 0.566m
 cu  0.225

z c  d * (1  0,4 * u )  0,566 * (1  0,4 * 0,323)  0,493m
396

M Ed 0,233
Au    11,68 * 10  4 m²  11,68cm²
zc * f yd 0,458 * 434,78
■ Calculation of the stresses from the tensioned reinforcement:
Reinforcement steel elongation:
1u 1  0,323
 su  *  cu 2  * 3.5  7.35 ‰
u 0,323
Tensioned reinforcement efforts:
 su  432,71  952,38 *  su  432,71  952,38 * 0.00735  439.71MPa  454MPa

■ Reinforcement section calculation:
M Ed 0.403
Au    18 .60 *10  4 m ²  18 .60 cm ²
z c * f yd 0.493 * 439 .71

 f ct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min  Max  f yk
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
fct, eff  fctm  2.90MPa from cracking conditions
Therefore:
 2.90
0.26 * * 0.28 * 0.566  2.39 * 10 4 m²
As ,min  max  500  2.39cm²
 0.0013 * 0.28 * 0.566  2.06 * 10 4 m²

■ 7 nodes,
397

For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=18.60cm2)

398

Az (Class A) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 18.60 cm2

My My USL -403.2 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS -281.6 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -18.6006 cm² -0.0001 %
Amin Amin -2.38697 cm² 0.0001 %
399
5.14 EC2 Test 9: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam with compressed reinforcement – Inclined
Test ID: 4982

Test status: Passed
5.14.1 Description
For these tests, the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to
the defined loads. The test confirms the presence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
5.14.2 Background
test, the calculation of stresses, the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum
reinforcement percentage are performed.
For these tests, the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to
the defined loads. The test confirms the presence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

■ Linear loadings :
Loadings from the structure: G = 55 kN/m+ dead load,
Live loads: Q=60kN/m
■ Point loads:
Loadings from the structure: G = 35kN;
Live loads: Q=25kN
■  2  0,8
■ The longitudinal reinforcement
400
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.80 m,
■ Width: b = 0.40 m,
■ Length: L = 6.30 m,
■ Concrete C25/30:
fck 25
fcd    16,67MPa
γ c 1,5
0.3 0.3
 f 8  25  8 
Ecm  22000 ck   22000   31476MPa
 10   10 
■ Steel S500 :
401
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ Dead load:
G’=0.4*0.8*2.5=8.00 kN/ml
■ Linear load combinations:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(55+8)+1.5*60=175.05 kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=55+8+60=123 kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=55+8+0.8*60=111 kN/m
■ Point load combinations:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*35+1.5*25=84.75 kN
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=35+25=60 kN
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=35+0.8*25=55 kN
175.05 * 6.30² 184.75 * 6.30
M Ed    1002kNm
8 4
123 * 6.30² 60 * 6.30
M Ecq    705kNm
8 4
111* 6.30² 55 * 6.30
M Eqp    637kNm
8 4
402

 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.925
f cm 25  8
at t0 = 28 days
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
1   2  1 if f CM  35MPa
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not: 1    2  
 f  and 
 cm   f cm 
In this case,
f cm  f ck  8Mpa  33Mpa
1   2  1
 50 
 1 
2 * Ac 2 * 400 * 800 100
h0    266.67mm   RH  1    1.78
u 2 * (400  800)  0.1* 3 266.67 
 
 
 (, t 0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t 0 )  1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.54

Es 200000
e    20.94
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 637
1   (, t0 ) * 1  2..54 *
M Ecar 705
403
This value can be determined by the next formula if f ck  50MPa valid for a constitutive law to horizontal plateau:
f ck
 luc  K ( e ) *
( 4.62  1.66 *  ) * f ck  (165.69  79.62 *  )

K  e   104 * a  b *  e  c *  e
2

Where:
a  75,3 * 25  189,8  1692 .7

b  5,6 * 25  874,5  734 .5
c  0,04 * 25  13  12
K  e   10 4 * 1692 .7  734 .5 * 20 .94  12 * 20 .94 ²   1.181
Then:
1002
  1,422
705
f ck
 luc  K ( e ) *  0.271
(4.62  1.66 *  ) * f ck  (165.69  79.62 *  )
Calculation of reduced moment:
M Ed 1.002
 cu    0.301
bw * d ² * f cd 0.40 * 0.707 ² * 16.67
 cu  0.301   luc  0.271 therefore the compressed reinforcement is present in the beam section

The calculation will be divided for theoretical sections:
Calculation of the tension steel section (Section A1):
The calculation of tensioned steel section must be conducted with the corresponding moment of lu :
M Ed1  lu * bw * d ² * f cd  0.271 * 0.40 * 0.707² * 16.67  0.902 * 106 Nm

■ The α value:
  
 lu  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * lu )  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * 0.271)  0.404 
zlu  d * (1  0.4 *  lu )  0.707 * (1  0.4 * 0.404)  0.593m
■ Tensioned reinforcement elongation calculation:
1  u 1  0.404
 su  *  cu 2  * 3.5  5.17
u 0.404 ‰
404
■ Tensioned reinforcement efforts calculation(S500A):

 su  432,71  952,38 *  su  454MPa
 su  432,71  952,38 * 0.00517  437.63MPa  454Mpa
M Ed 1 0.902 *10 6 Nm
A1    34.76cm²
z lu . f yd 0.593m * 437.63MPa
Compressed steel reinforcement reduction (Section As2):

Reduction coefficient:
3,5 3. 5
ε sc  ( α lu * d  d' )  0.404 * 0.707  0.045   2.957 ‰
1000 * α lu * d 1000 * 0.404 * 0.707
 sc  0.00295   yd  0.00217   sc  432.71  952.38 * 0.00295  435.52MPa

Compressed reinforcement calculation:
M Ed  M Ed 1 1.002  0.902
As 2    3.47 cm ²
( d  d ' ) sc (0.707  0.045) * 435 .52
The steel reinforcement condition:
 sc 435.52
A2  As 2 .  3.47 *  3.48cm²
f yd 437.64
Total area to be implemented:

■ In the lower part: As1=A1+A2=38.24 cm2 (tensioned reinforcement)
■ In the top part: As2=3.47 cm2 (compressed reinforcement)

The concrete beam design at SLS will be made considering a limitation of the characteristic compressive cylinder
strength of concrete at 28 days, at 0.6*fck
The assumptions are:
■ The SLS moment: MEcq  705kNm
■ The equivalence coefficient: α e  20.94

■ The stress on the concrete will be limited at 0.6*fck=15Mpa and the stress on steel at 0.8*fyk, or 400MPa
405
Calculation of the resistance moment MRd for detecting the presence of the compressed reinforcement:
e * c 20.94 * 15
x1  *d  * 0.707  0.311m
e * c   s 20.94 * 15  400
1 1
Fc  * bw * x1 * c  * 0.40 * 0.31115  0.933 *10 6 N
2 2
x1 0.311
zc  d   0.707   0.603m
3 3
M rb  Fc * zc  0.933 * 106 * 0.603  0.563 * 106 Nm
Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.
Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)
M 1  M rb  0.563 * 106 Nm
x1 0.311
1    0.440
d 0.707
x1 0.311
zc  d   0.707   0.603m
3 3
M1 0.563
A1    23 .34 cm ²
z c   s 0.603  400
Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)
M 2  M ser ,cq  M rb  (0.705  0.591) * 10 6  0.142 * 10 6 Nm

Compressed reinforcement stresses:
1 * d  d '
 sc   e *  c *
1 * d
0.440 * 0.707  0.045
 sc  20.94 * 15 *  268.66MPa
0.440 * 0.707
Compressed reinforcement area:
M2 0.142
A'    7.98cm ²
(d  d ' ) *  sc 0.707  0.045  * 268 .66
Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:
 sc 268 .66
As  A ' *  7.98 *  5.36cm ²
s 400
406
Section area:
Tensioned reinforcement: 23.34+5.36=28.7 cm2
Compressed reinforcement: 7.98 cm2
Considering an envelope calculation of ULS and SLS, it will be obtained:
Tensioned reinforcement ULS: A=38.24cm2
Compressed reinforcement SLS: A=7.98cm2
To optimize the reinforcement area, it is preferable a third iteration by recalculating with SLS as a baseline amount of
tensioned reinforcement (after ULS: Au=38.24cm2)
Reference reinforcement third calculation at SLS:

For this third iteration, the calculation will begin considering the section of the tensile reinforcement found when
calculating for ULS: Au=38.24cm2
From this value, it will be calculated the stress obtained in the tensioned reinforcement:
AELS 28.70
s  * s  * 400  300.21MPa
AELU 38.24
Calculating the moment resistance Mrb for detecting the presence of compressed steel reinforcement:
 e * c 20.94 *15
x1  *d  * 0.707  0.361m
 e * c   s 20.94 *15  300.21
1 1
Fc  * bw * x1 * c  * 0.40 * 0.36115  1.083 *10 6 N
2 2
x1 0.361
zc  d   0.707   0.587 m
3 3
M rb  Fc * z c  1.083 *10 6 * 0.587  0.636 *10 6 Nm
M 1  M rb  0.636 *106 Nm
x1 0.361
1    0.511
d 0.707
x1 0.361
zc  d   0.707   0.587 m
3 3
M1 0.36
A1    36 .09 cm ²
z c *  s 0.578 * 400
407
M 2  M ser ,cq  M rb  (0.705  0.636) *10 6  0.069 *10 6 Nm

1 * d  d ' 0.511* 0.707  0.045

 sc   e *  c *  20.94 *15 *  275MPa
1 * d 0.511* 0.707
M2 0.069
A'    3.79cm ²
( d  d ' ) *  sc 0.707  0.045 * 275
 sc 275
As  A ' *  3.79 *  3.47 cm ²
s 300 .21
Section area:

 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:

Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * * 0.40 * 0.707  3.77 * 10 4 m²
As ,min  max 500  3.77cm²
 0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.707  3.68 * 10 4 m²

■ 9 nodes,
408
SLS (reference value: 705kNm)
SLS –Quasi-permanent (reference value: 637kNm)

For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=39.56cm2 and A’=3.79cm2)

409

My,SLS,cq My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 705 kNm
My,SLS,qp My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 637 cm2
Az (Class A) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 39.56 cm2
2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm ] 3.77 cm2

My My USL -1001.92 kN*m -0.0001 %
My My SLS cq -704.714 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS qp -637.304 kN*m 0.0001 %
Az Az -39.5904 cm² -0.0001 %
Amin Amin 3.77193 cm² 0.0001 %
410
5.15 EC2 Test 3: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly distributed load,
with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4976

Test status: Passed
5.15.1 Description
- The longitudinal reinforcement
- The verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage
5.15.2 Background

The following load cases and load combinations are used:
■ Loadings from the structure: G = 70 kN/m,
■
■ The longitudinal reinforcement
■ The verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage
411
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 1.25 m,
■ Width: b = 0.65 m,
■ Effective height: d = h-(0.6*h+ebz) = 1.130 m; d’ = ebz = 0.045m
fck 25
γ c 1,5
2/3
■ fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56MPa
f yk 500
■ Steel S500 : f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
0.3 0.3
 f 8  25  8 
■ E cm  22000 *  ck   22000 *    31476MPa
 10   10 
412
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 14) restrained in translation along Z.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*70+1.5*80=214.5*103 N/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=70+80=150*103 N/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=70+0.3*80=94*103 N/ml
214.5 * 14²
MEd   5.255 * 10 6 Nm
8
150 * 14²
MEcq  150  3.675 * 10 6 Nm
8
94 * 14²
MEqp   2.303 * 10 6 Nm
8
413

■ (, t 0 )  RH * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 )
16.8 16.8
■ β( fcm )    2.925
fcm 25  8
1 1
■ β( t 0 )    0.488 at t0=28 days
0.1  t 00.20 0.1  28 0.20
 RH 
 1 
■  1  100 * α1  * α 2
RH
 0.1 * 3 h 
 0 
 
■ 1   2  1 if fcm  35MPa
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
■ If not: α1   
 and α 2   

■ In our case we have: f cm  f ck  8Mpa  33Mpa  1   2  1

50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 650 * 1250 100
■ h0    427.63mm  RH  1  1.66
u 2 * (650  1250) 0.1 * 3 427.63
■ (, t 0 )  RH * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 )  1.66 * 2.925 * 0.488  2.375

Es
■ αe 
E cm
MEqp
1  (, t 0 ) *
MEcar
Defined earlier:
M Ecar  3675 *103 Nm
M Eqp  2303 * 103 Nm

This gives:
200000
αe   15.82
31476
2303 * 10 3
1  2.70 *
3975 * 10 3
414
For the calculation of steel ULS, we consider the moment reduced limit of  lu  0.372 for a steel grade 500Mpa.
Therefore, make sure to enable the option "limit  (0.372 / S 500) " in Advance Design.

■ Effective height: d=0.9*h=1.125 m
M Ed 5255.25 *103 Nm
cu    0,383
bw * d ² * f cd 0,65m *1.125² m2 *16,67 MPa
cu  0.383  lu  0.372 therefore the compressed reinforced must be resized and then the concrete section
must be adjusted.
Calculation of the tension steel section (Section A1):
The calculation of tensioned steel section must be conducted with the corresponding moment of :
M Ed1  lu * bw * d ² * f cd  0.372 * 0.65 *1.125² *16.67  5.10 *106 Nm
■    
The α value: α lu  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * μ lu )  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * 0.372)  0.618
■ Calculation of the lever arm zc: z lu  d * (1  0.4 * α lu )  1.130 * (1  0.4 * 0.618)  0.851m
M Ed 1 5.10 * 10 6 Nm
A1    137.35cm²
zlu . f yd 0.851m * 434.78MPa
415
Compressed steel reinforcement reduction (Section As2):

Reduction coefficient:
3,5 3 .5
 sc  ( lu * d  d ' )  0.618 * 1.130  0.045   0.00327
1000 *  lu * d 1000 * 0.618 * 1.130
 sc  0.00327   yd  0.00217   sc  f yd  434.78MPa

Compressed reinforcement calculation:
M Ed  M Ed 1 5.255  5.15
As 2    2.32cm ²
( d  d ' ) sc (1.130  0.045)  434 .78
The steel reinforcement condition:
 sc
A2  As 2 .  2.32cm ²
f yd
Total area to be implemented:

In the lower part: As1=A1+A2=142.42 cm2
In the top part: As2=2.32 cm2

The concrete beam design at SLS will be made considering a limitation of the characteristic compressive cylinder
strength of concrete at 28 days, at 0.6*fck
The assumptions are:
150 * 14²
■ The SLS moment: MEcq  150  3.675 * 10 6 Nm
8
■ The equivalence coefficient: α e  15.82
■ The stress on the concrete will be limited at 0.6*fck=15Mpa and the stress on steel at 0.8*fyk, or 400MPa
Calculation of the resistance moment MRd for detecting the presence of the compressed reinforcement:
αe * σc 15.82 * 15
x1  .d   1.125  0.419m
αe * σc  σs 15.82 * 15  400
1 1
Fc  * b w * x1 * σ c  * 0.65 * 0.419  15  2.04 * 10 6 N
2 2
x1 0.419
zc  d   1.125   0.985m
3 3
Mrb  Fc * z c  2.04 * 10 6 * 0.985  2.01 * 10 6 Nm
416
M 1  M rb  2.01*106 Nm
x1 0.419
1    0.372
d 1.125
x1 0.419
zc  d   1.125   0.985m
3 3
M1 2.01
A1    51 .01cm ²
zc   s 0.985  400
M 2  M ser , cq  M rb  (3.675  2.01) * 106  1.665 * 106 Nm

1 * d  d '
 sc   e *  c *
1 * d
0.372 *1.125  0.045
 sc  15.82 *15 *  211.78MPa
0.372 *1.125
M2 1.645
A'    71.92cm ²
( d  d ' ) *  sc 1.125  0.045  * 211 .78
 sc 211 .78
As  A' *  71.92 *  38.08cm ²
s 400
Section area:
Considering an envelope calculation of ULS and SLS, it will be obtained:
Tensioned reinforcement ULS: A=141.42cm2
Compressed reinforcement SLS: A=71.92cm2
To optimize the reinforcement area, it is preferable a third iteration by recalculating with SLS as a baseline amount of
tensioned reinforcement (after ULS: Au=141.44cm2)
417
Reference reinforcement additional iteration for calculation at SLS:

For this iteration the calculation will be started from the section of the tensioned reinforcement found when calculating
the SLS: Au=141.44cm2.
For this particular value, it will be calculated the resistance obtained for tensioned reinforcement:
AELS 89.18
s   s   400  252 MPa
AELU 141 .42
This is a SLS calculation, considering this limitation:
Calculating the moment resistance MRb for detecting the presence of compressed steel reinforcement:
e *  c 15.82 *15
x1  *d  *1.130  0.55m
e *  c   s 15.82 *15  252
1 1
Fc  * bw * x1 * c  * 0.65 * 0.55 *15  2.67 *106 N
2 2
x1 0.55
zc  d   1.125   0.94m
3 3
1  x  1  0.55 
M rb  Fc * zc  * bw * x1 *  c *  d  1   * 0.65 * 0.55 * 15 * 1.125    2.52 * 10 Nm
6
2  3 2  3 
According to the calculation above Mser,cq is grater then Mrb the compressed steel reinforcement is set.
M 1  M rb  2.52 *106 Nm
x1 0.55
1    0.488
d 1.125
x1 0.548
zc  d   1.125   0.94m
3 3
M1 2.52
A1    106 .38cm ²
zc   s 0.94  252
M 2  M ser , cq  M rb  (3.675  2.52 ) * 10 6  1.155 * 10 6 Nm

1 *d  d '
 sc   e *  c *
1 *d
0.485 *1.125  0.045
 sc  15.82 *15 *  217.73MPa
0.485 *1.125
418
M2 1.155
A'    49.12cm ²
( d  d ' ) *  sc 1.125  0.045  * 217 .73
 sc 217 .73
As  A' *  49.12 *  42.44cm ²
s 252
Section area:

 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:

Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * * 0.65 *1.125  9.73 * 10 4 m²
As , min  max  500  9.73cm²
 0.0013 * 0.65 *1.125  9.51 *10 4 m²

■ 15 nodes,
419
SLS –Characteristic (reference value: 3675kNm)
SLS –Quasi-permanent (reference value: 2303kNm)

(reference value: A’=148.82cm2 A=49.12cm2)

420

My,SLS,c My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 3675 kNm
My,SLS,q My corresponding to the 103 combination (SLS) [kNm] 2303 kNm
2
Az (A’) Tensioned theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 148.82 cm2
2

My My USL -5255.25 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS cq -3675 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS pq -2303 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -147.617 cm² -0.0003 %
Amin Amin 9.79662 cm² 0.0000 %
421
5.16 EC2 Test 7: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-
strain diagram
Test ID: 4980

Test status: Passed
5.16.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the USL load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az.
This test performs verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined
loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
5.16.2 Background
Verifies the theoretical reinforcement area for a T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms
the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 0 kN/m (the dead load is not taken into account)
■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 18.2kN/m,
■
The objective is to test:
■ The theoretical reinforcement area
422
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Beam length: 8m
f ck 25
■ Concrete C25/30: f cd    10.67 MPa
c 1,5
■ f ctm  0.30 * f ck2 / 3  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56 MPa

f yk 400
■ Steel S400B : f yd    347.83MPa
s 1,15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
423
Loading
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*0+1.5*18.2=27.3kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=0+18.2=18.2kN/ml
27.3 * 8²
M Ed   218.40kNm
8
18.20 * 8²
M Ecq   145.60kNm
8
 hf   0.12 
M btu  beff * h f *  d   * f cd  1.10 * 0.12 *  0.482   *16.67  928kNm
 2   2 
M Ed  218.40kNm  M btu  928kNm
Therefore, the concrete section is not entirely compressed; This requires a calculation considering a rectangular
section of b=110cm and d=48.2cm.
Reference longitudinal reinforcement calculation:
M Ed 1 0.218
 cu    0.051
bw * d ² * Fcd 1.10 * 0.482 ² *16.67
  
 u  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * cu )  1.25 * 1  1  2 * 0.051  0.066
z c  d * (1  0.4 * u )  0.482 * (1  0.40 * 0.066)  0.469m
M Ed 0.218
A   13.38cm²
zc * f yd 0.469 * 347.83

■ 9 nodes,
424


2

Az Az -13.3793 cm² 0.0002 %
425
5.17 EC2 Test 12: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly distributed load,
without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD3)
Test ID: 4985

Test status: Passed
5.17.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. The
verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
5.17.2 Background
Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses, the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum
reinforcement percentage are performed.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m (including dead load),
■
Units
Metric System
426
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.65 m,
■ Width: b = 0.28 m,
■ Length: L = 6.40 m,
■ Effective height: d = h-(0.6*h+ebz) = 0.57m; d’ = ebz = 0.045 m
■ Concrete density: 25 kN/m3
■ The concrete age t0 = 28 days
■ Humidity 50%
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q = 25 + 15 = 40 kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q = 25 + 0.3*15 = 29.5 kN/ml
( 25  15) * 6.40²
MEcq   205 kNm
8
( 25  0.3 * 15) * 6.40²

MEqp   151 kNm
8
427
5.17.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient
 (, t0 )   RH  ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.725MPa
f cm 30  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488
0.1  t 0
0.20
0.1  280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
1   2  1 if f  35 Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not α1   
 and α 2   

In this case therefore

0.7 0.7
 35   35 
1       0.944
 f cm   38 
0.2 0 .2
 35   35 
 2       0.984
 f cm   38 
In this case:
Humidity RH = 50 %
2 Ac 2 * 280 * 650
h0    195.70mm
u 2 * 280  650
50
1
 RH 1 100 * 0.984  1.78   (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.78 * 2.73 * 0.488  2.37
3
0.1 * 195.70
428
Calculating the equivalence coefficient:

Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
0 .3 0 .3
 f 8  30  8 
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    32837 MPa
 10   10 
Es  200000MPa
M Eqp 151
1   (, t 0 ) *  1  2.37 *  2.75
M Ecar 205
Es 200000
e    16.76
Ecm 32837
M Eqp 151
1   (, t0 ) * 1  2.37 *
M Ecar 205
Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is:  bc  0,6 * f ck  0,6 * 30  18Mpa

For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit  s  0,8 * f yk  400 Mpa
Neutral axis position calculation:
The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating 1 (position corresponding to the state of
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):
 e * c 16.76 *15
1    0.430
 e * c   s 16.76 *18  400
Moment resistance calculation:
Knowing the α1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:
x1  α1 * d  0.430 * 0.570  0.243 m
1  x   0.243 
Mrb  * b w * x1 * σ c *  d  1   0.5 * 0.28 * 0.243 * 18 *  0.570    0.297 MNm
2  
3   3 

Where:
Utile height : d = h – (0.06h + ebz) = 0.57 m
The moment resistance Mrb = 297 KNm
Because MEcq  205kNm  Mrb  297 kNm the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is correct.
429
Calculation of reinforcement area with max constraint on steel and concrete

The reinforcement area is calculated using the SLS load combination
Neutral axis position: α1  0,430
 α   0.430 
Lever arm: z c  d * 1  1   0.57 * 1    0.485 m
 3   3 
 
Mser 0.205
Reinforcement section: A s1,ser    10.56 cm²
zc * σ s 0.485 * 400

 fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min  Max  fyk
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
fct,eff  fctm  2.896MPa from cracking conditions
Therefore:
 2.896
0.26 * 0.28 * 0.57  2.40 * 10  4 m²
A s,min  max  500  2.40 cm²
 0.0013 * 0.28 * 0.57  2.07 * 10  4 m²

■ 7 nodes,
430

Minimum reinforcement area (cm2)


My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 205 kNm

My My SLS -204.8 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -10.3489 cm² -0.0001 %
Amin Amin -2.38697 cm² 0.0001 %
431
without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)
Test ID: 4986

Test status: Passed
5.18.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.
5.18.2 Background
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the

■
Units
Metric System
432
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.60 m,
■ Width: b = 0.25 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
■ The concrete age t0=28 days
■ Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q = 25 + 30 = 55 kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q = 25 + 0.3*30 = 34 kN/ml
(25  30) * 5.80²
M Ecq   231.28kNm
8
(25  0.3 * 30) * 5.80²
M Eqp   142.97kNm
8
433
 (, t0 )   RH  ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92MPa
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  280.20
t0 : concrete age t0 = 28 days
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
1   2  1 if f  35 Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
1     2   
 f cm   f cm 
If not and
In this case, therefore:
1   2  1
In this case:
Humidity RH = 50 %
2 Ac 2 * 250 * 600
h0    176mm
u 2 * 250  600
50
1
 RH 1 100  1.89   (, t )   *  ( f ) *  (t )  1.89 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.70
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 3 176

Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
0. 3 0 .3
 f 8  25  8 
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    31476 MPa
 10   10 
Es  200000MPa
434
M Eqp 143
1   (, t0 ) *  1  2.69 *  2.67
M Ecar 231
Es 200000
e    16.97
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 143
1   (, t0 ) * 1  2.69 *
M Ecar 231
The maximum compression on the concrete is:  bc  0,6 * f ck  0,6 *15  15Mpa
 e * c 16.97 *15
1    0.389
 e * c   s 16.97 *18  400
formulas:
x1  α1 * d  0.389 * 0.519  0.202 m
1 x  0.202 
M rb  * bw * x1 *  c * (d  1 )  0.5 * 0.25 * 0.202 *15 *  0.519    0.171MNm
2 3  3 
Where:
Utile height : d = h – (0.06h + ebz) = 0.519m
The moment resistance Mrb = 171KNm
Because M Ecq  231kNm  M rb  171kNm , the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is

incorrect.
The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section A1
x1 0.202
zc  d   0.519   0.452m
3 3
M rb 0.171
A1    9.46cm²
zc *  s 0.452 * 400
435
Stress calculation for steel reinforcement σsc:
d ' 0.045
 '   0.087
d 0.519
1   ' 0.389  0.087
 sc   e *  c *  16.97 *15 *  197.75MPa
1 0.389
Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement A’:
M ser  M rb 0.231  0.171

A'    6.44cm²
(d  d ' ) * sc (0.519  0.045) *197.75
Calculation of the steel tensioned reinforcement A2:
 sc 197.75
A2  A'*  6.44 *  3.18cm²
s 400
Calculation of the steel reinforcement:
A  A1  A2  9.46  3.18  12 .64 cm ²

A'  6.44cm²

Where:
Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * * 0.25 * 0.519  1.73 * 10 4 m²
As , min  max  500  1.73cm²
 0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519  1.69 *10 m²
4

■ 6 nodes,
436

(reference value: As=12.64cm2; A’=6.44cm2)


2
Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 12.64 cm2

My My SLS -231.275 kN*m -0.0000 %
Az Az -12.6425 cm² -0.0002 %
Amin Amin -1.73058 cm² -0.0001 %
437
5.19 EC2 Test 16: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear
Test ID: 4999

Test status: Passed
5.19.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the SLS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az and of the minimum reinforcement percentage. This test performs verification for
the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the
absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
5.19.2 Background

■ The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
438
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Beam length: 8m
■ Beam height: h=0.67m
■ Concrete: fck = 20MPa
■ Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=40+10=50kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=40+0.3*10=43kN/ml
M ser,cq 
40  10 * 8²  400 kNm
8
M ser,qp 
40  0.3 * 10 * 8²  344 kNm
8
439
 (, t0 )   RH  ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    3.17MPa
f cm 20  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488
0.1  t 0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
if
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not 1   and  2  
 f   f 
 cm   cm 
In this case,
therefore:
1   2  1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 *192600
h0    123mm
u 3140
50
1
 RH  1 100  2   (, t )   *  ( f ) *  (t )  2 * 3.17 * 0.488  3.11
0 RH cm 0
0.1* 3 123
Es
αe 
E cm
MEqp
1  (, t 0 ) *
MEcar
Where:
0. 3 0.3
 f 8  20  8 
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    29962MPa
 10   10 
Es  200000 MPa
MEqp 344
1  (, t 0 ) *  1  3.11 *  3.68
MEcar 400
440
Es 200000
e    24.54
Ecm 29962
M Eqp 344
1   (, t 0 ) * 1  3.11*
M Ecar 400
The maximum compression on the concrete is:
Neutral axis position calculation; Calculation of Mtser:
hf 0,10
d 0,585 
s 3 * b * h 2  400 * 3 *10.90 * 0,10 2  0,083MNm
M tser  *
2 * e d  h f
eff f
2 * 24.54 0,585  0,10
M ser  400kNm  M tser  83kNm the neutral axes is on the beam body
Concrete compressive stresses
M ser 0,400
m    8.31MPa
hf 0,10
beff * h f * (d  ) 0.90 * 0,10 * (0,585  )
2 2
    400 
m  s   8.31  
 e  s  24.54   400  10.61MPa
 c  d * 
   0,585 *
h  0,585  0,10  24.54
 d f  e
 
 2   2 
 
 c  10.61MPa   c  12MPa => there is no compressed reinforcement
The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section As1
and
441
Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement As2:
x2  x1  h f  0,2306  0,10  0,1306m
 c * x2 1.61* 0,1306
 c2    6.01MPa
x1 0,2306
 c2 6.01
N c 2  (beff  bw ) * x2  (0.90  0,18) * 0,1306 *  0,282MN
2 2
M 2  Nc2 * zc 2  0,282* 0,441 0,125MNm
0,1306
with z c 2  0,585  0,10   0,441m
3
M2 0,125
As 2    7.06cm²
zc 2 *  s 0,441 * 400
Notions of serviceability moment M0 :
Theoretical steel reinforcement section :
As 0 * M ser 20.46 * 0,400

As    18.83cm²
M0 0,435

 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
f ct ,eff  f ctm  2.21MPa

Therefore:
 2.21
0.26 * * 0.18 * 0.585  1.21*10 4 m²
As ,min  max  500  1.37cm²
 0.0013 * 0.18 * 0.585  1.37 *10 m²
4

■ 9 nodes,
442
SLS load combinations(kNm)

(reference value: As=18.83cm2)



My My SLS -400 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -18.8948 cm² 0.0001 %
Amin Amin -1.36843 cm² -0.0001 %
443
without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)
Test ID: 5000

Test status: Passed
5.20.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section.
5.20.2 Background
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section σc and
compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 9.375 kN/m (including the dead load),
■ Mfq = Mcar = Mqp = 75 kNm
■ Structural class: S4
■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G
■ The compressing stresses in concrete section σc
■ The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs.
Units
Metric System
444
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 8.00 m,
■ Effective height: d=44cm;
Rectangular solid concrete C20/25 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Inclined stress-strain diagram
■ Humidity RH=50%
■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck  20Mpa

■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk  400Mpa
■ Ast  9,42cm² for 3 HA20
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z
■ Inner: None.
Loading
CCQ = 1.0 x G =9.375kN/ml
Mfq = Mcar = Mqp = 75 kNm
445
 (, t0 )   RH  ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    3.17MPa
f cm 20  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
1   2  1 if f  35 Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not, 1   and  2  
 f   f 
 cm   cm 
In this case,
Therefore
1   2  1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 200 * 500
h0    142.86mm
u 2 * 200  500
50
1
 RH 1 100  1.96   (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.96 * 3.17 * 0.488  3.03
3
0.1 * 142.86
Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
446
Where:
0 .3 0. 3
 f 8  20  8 
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    29962 MPa
 10   10 
Es  200000MPa
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *  1  3.03 *1  4.03
M Ecar
Es 200000
e    26.90
Ecm 29962
M Eqp 1  3.03 *1
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
The maximum compression on the concrete is: σ bc  0,6fck  0,6 * 25  15Mpa
For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit σ s  0,8 * f yk  320Mpa
Checking inertia cracked or not:

Before computing the constraints, check whether the section is cracked or not. For this, we determine the cracking
moment which corresponds to a tensile stress on the concrete equal to fctm :
f ctm * I
M cr 
v
Where:
b * h3 0,20 * 0,503
I   0,00208m 4
12 12
h
v  0,25m
2
The average stress in concrete is:
2 2
f ctm  0.30 * f ck3  0.30 * 20 3  2,21Mpa
The critical moment of cracking is therefore:
f ctm * I 2,21 * 0,00208

M cr    0,018MNm
v 0,25
The servility limit state moment is 0.075MNm therefore the cracking inertia is present.
447
1
Neutral axis equation: * bw * x1 ²  Ast *  e * (d  x1 )  Asc *  e * ( x1  d ' )  0
2
  e * ( Asc  Ast )   e2 * ( Asc  Ast )²  2 * bw *  e * ( d '*Asc  d * Ast )

x1 
bw
By simplifying the previous equation, by considering Asc  0 , it will be obtained:
  e * ( Ast )   e2 * Ast ²  2 * bw *  e * d * Ast )

x1 
bw
 26.90 * 9,42  26.90² * 9,42²  2 * 20 * 26,90 * (44 / 9,42)

x1   23,04cm
20
Calculating the second moment:
 b * x3   0,20 * 0,2303 
I   w 1  Ast *  e * (d  x1 )²     9,42 * 10  4 * 26.90 * (0,44  0,230)²   0,001929 m 4
 3   3 
Stresses calculation:
M ser 0,075
c  * x1  * 0,230  8,94 Mpa   c  12 Mpa
I 0,001929
d  x1 0,44  0,230
 st   e *  c *  26.90 * 8,94 *  219.57 Mpa   s  320Mpa
x1 0,230

■ 9 nodes,
448
SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)
SLS (reference value: Mscq=75kNm)
Compressing stresses in concrete section σc

(reference value: σc =8.94MPa )
Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs

(reference value: σs=218.57MPa)

σc Compressing stresses in concrete section σc (MPa) 8.94 MPa
σs Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs (MPa) 219.67 MPa

My My SLS -75 kN*m -0.0000 %
Sc CQ Sc CQ 8.99322 MPa 0.0359 %
Ss CQ Ss CQ -219.639 MPa 0.0006 %
449
5.21 EC2 Test 20: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a
uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XD1)
Test ID: 5034

Test status: Passed
5.21.1 Description
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section; the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings
are verified.
5.21.2 Background
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section σc
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs; maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings.

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.5 kN/m,
■ The maximum spacing of cracks
■ The crack opening
450
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.80 m,
■ Width: b = 0.40 m,
■ Length: L = 8.00 m,
■ Humidity RH=50%
■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck  25Mpa
■ A st  30.16cm² for 3 beds of 5HA16
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
► M0Ed = 774 kNm
► Mcar = 540 kNm
► Mfq = 390 kNm
► Mqp = 330 kNm
451
 (, t0 )   RH  ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92MPa
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
If f cm  35 Mpa ,
1   2  1
If not,
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
1     2   
f
 cm  f
 cm 
and
In this case,
, therefore 1   2  1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 400 * 800
h0    266.67mm
u 2 * 400  800
50
1
 RH 1 100  1.78   (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.55
0.1 * 3 266.67
Under quasi-permanent combinations:
Es
e 
Ecm
1   (, t0 )
Where:
0 .3 0 .3
 f 8  25  8 
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    31476 MPa
 10   10 
Es  200000MPa
 (, t0 )  2.55
452
Es 200000
e    22.56
Ecm 31476
1   (, t0 ) 1  2.55

 bc  0,6 f ck  0,6 * 25  15Mpa

1
Neutral axis equation: * b w * x1 ²  A st * α e * (d  x1 )  A sc * α e * ( x1  d' )  0
2
 α e * ( A sc  A st )  α e2 * ( A sc  A st )²  2 * b w * α e * (d'* A sc  d * A st )
x1 
bw
 α e * A st  α e2 * A st ²  2 * b w * α e * d * A st )
x1  
b
 22.56 * 30.16  22.56² * 30.16²  2 * 40 * 22.56 * 71 * 30.16
  35 cm
40
 b * x3 
I   w 1  A st * α e * ( d  x1 )²  A sc * α e * ( x1  d' )²  
 3 
 0.4 * 0.3503 
  30,16 * 10  4 * 22.56 * ( 0.71  0.350 )²   0.0145m 4
 3 
M ser 0,330
c  * x1  * 0,350  7.96 Mpa
I 0,0145
d  x1 0,71  0,350
 st   e *  c *  22.56 * 7.96 *  184.7 Mpa   s  400Mpa
x1 0,350
453
Maximum spacing of cracks:

Bottom reinforcement 3HA20+3HA16=15.46cm2
 
 2 .5 * ( h  d ) 2.5 * (0.8  0.71)  0.255
 ( h  x)  (0.8  0.350)
Ac , eff  b * min  0.40 * min   0.15  0.4 * 0.15  0.06m 2
 3  3
 h  0 .8
   0. 4
2  2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2); Figure 7.1
As 30.16 *104
 p , eff    0.0500
Ac , eff 0.06
n1 * 12  n2 * 22
eq   16mm
n1 * 1  n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(3)
0.425 * k1 * k 2 * 
sr ,max  k3 * c 
 p ,eff
Where:
c=0.051m
2/3 2/3
 25   25 
k3  3.4 *    3.4 *    2.113
 c   51 
Therefore:
0.425 * k1 * k2 *  0.425 * 0.8 * 0.5 * (16 * 103 )

sr , max  k3 * c   2.113 * 0.051   162mm
 p , eff 0.050
Calculation of average strain:
Es 200000
e    6.41
Ecm 31187
f ct ,eff 2.56
 s  kt * * (1   e . p ,eff ) 184.71  0.4 * * (1  6.41 * 0.050)
 p ,eff 0.050 
 sm   cm    7.88 *10 4  0,6 * s  5.54 *10 4
Es 200000 Es
Calculation of crack widths:
wk  sr , max * ( sm   cm )  0.162 * (7.88  104 )  0.128mm

For an exposure class XD1, using the French national annex, we retained an opening crack of 0.20mm max.
This criterion is satisfied.
454

■ 11 nodes,
ULS (reference value: MEd=774kNm)
SLS characteristic (reference value: Mser-cq=540kNm)
SLS quasi-permanent (reference value: Mser-qp=330kNm)
Compressing stresses in concrete section σc-qp

(reference value: σc-qp =7.96MPa )
Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs-qp

(reference value: σs-qp=185MPa)
455
Maximum cracking space Sr,max

(reference value: Sr,max=162mm)
Maximum crack opening Wk

(reference value: Wk=0.128mm)

MEd My corresponding to 102 combination (ULS) [kNm] 774 kNm
Mser-cq My corresponding to104 combination (SLS) [kNm] 540 kNm
Mser-qp My corresponding to 108 combination (SLS) [kNm] 330 kNm
σc Compressing stresses in concrete section σc [MPa] 7.96 MPa
σs Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs [MPa] 185 Mpa
Sr,max Maximum cracking space Sr,max [cm] 16.2 cm
Wk Maximum crack opening Wk [cm] 0.0128 cm

My My ULS -774 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS cq -540 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS qp -330 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc QP Sc QP 7.76924 MPa 0.0000 %
Ss QP Ss QP -181.698 MPa 0.0001 %
Sr,max Sr,max 16.1577 cm -0.0003 %
wk Wk -0.0125137 cm 0.0000 %
456
5.22 EC2 Test 23: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5053

Test status: Passed
5.22.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.
5.22.2 Background

■ Concrete C25/30
■ Reinforcement steel: S500B
■ Loadings from the structure:
The dead load family is be considered from three loads: two point loads of 55kN and 65kN and one linear load
of 25kN/m, placed along the beam as described in the picture:
457
■ Exploitation loadings:
The live load will consist of three loads: two point loads of 40kN and 35kN and one linear load of 20kN/m,
placed along the beam as described in the picture:
■ The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

■ The shear stresses results
■ The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw
■ The theoretical reinforcement value
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.70 m,
■ Width: b = 0.30 m,
■ Length: L = 5.30 m,
■ Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.623m; d’=ehz=0.0335m
■ Stirrup slope: = 90°
■ Stirrup slope: 45˚
458
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The maximum shear stresses from the concrete beam:
Using the software structure calculation the following values were obtained:
x = 0m => VEd  406 KN
x = 0.50m (for the first point load) => VEd  373.76 KN and VEd  239.51 KN
x = 0.95m (for the second point load) => VEd  210.82 KN and VEd  70.57 KN
x = 2.06m the shear force is null => VEd  0 KN
Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an unreduced
shear that will be used for further calculations.
459
5.22.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance
VRd , max   cw *1 * fcd * zu * bw *

cot  cot 
1  cot2
Where:
 f ck 
 cw  1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v1  0,6 * 1 
 250 
When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:
v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max 
tg  cot 
In this case:
  45 and   90

v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear
 f   25 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck   0.6 * 1   0.54
 250   250 
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.623  0.561m
0.54 *16.67 * 0.561* 0.30
VRd , max   0.757MN
2
VEd  0.406 MN  VRd ,max  0.757 MN
Calculation of transversal reinforcement:

Is determined by considering the transverse reinforcement steels vertical ( = 90°) and connecting rods inclined
at 45 °, at different points of the beam.
Before the first point load:
Asw VEd . * tg 0,406 * tg 45

   16,65cm² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0,561 *
1,15
Between the first and the second point load:
Asw 0,23951 * tg 45

  9,82cm² / ml
s 500
0,561 *
1,15
It also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:
Asw 0,20674 * tg 45

  8,48cm² / ml
s 500
0,561 *
1,15
460

■ 7 nodes,
Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm2/ml)
Note: after the second point load, the minimum transverse reinforcement is set (noted with Atmin in ADVANCE Design)
(in cm²/ml):
The reinforcement theoretical value is calculated using the formula:
Asw 0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 25

  w, min * bw * sin   * bw * sin   * 0.30 * sin 90  2.4cm ² / ml
s f yk 500
461

Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0m [kN] 405.63 kN
Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.5m [kN] 373.76 kN
2
Atz Transversal reinforcement area x=0m [cm /ml] 16,65 cm2/ml
Atz Transversal reinforcement area x=0.501m [cm2/ml] 9.82 cm2/ml
Atz Transversal reinforcement area x=5.3m [cm2/ml] 8.84 cm2/ml
At,min,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2/ml] 2.40 cm2/ml

Fz Fz,0 -405.633 kN -0.0001 %
Fz Fz,1 -373.758 kN -0.0001 %
Fz Fz,1' -239.445 kN 0.0002 %
Fz Fz,2 -210.821 kN 0.0001 %
Fz Fz,2' -70.5644 kN -0.0001 %
Atz Atz,0 16.6391 cm² 0.0002 %
Atz Atz,1 9.82205 cm² 0.0000 %
Atz Atz,r 8.48058 cm² -0.0000 %
Atminz At,min,z 2.4 cm² 0.0000 %
462
5.23 EC2 Test 10: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined
Test ID: 4984

Test status: Passed
5.23.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State - The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the
ULS load combination, the results of the theoretical reinforcement area, "Az" and the minimum reinforcement
percentage, "Amin".
5.23.2 Background
Verifies the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms
the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

■ ψ 2  0,3
■ The reinforcement minimum percentage area
463
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Beam length: 6m
■ The calculation is made considering the inclined stress-strain diagram
fck 30
f cd    20 MPa
γc 1,5
2/3
f ctm  0.30 * f ck  0.30 * 30 2 / 3  2.90 MPa
■ Steel S400B :
f yk 500
f yd    434.78 MPa
γs 1,15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
464
Loading
Load combinations:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*500+1.5*300=1125 kN/m
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=500+300=800 kN/m
Quasi-permanent combination of actions
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=500+0.3*300=590 kN/m
Load calculations:
1125 * 6²
MEd   5062.5 kNm
8
800 * 6²
MEcq   3600 kNm
8
590 * 6²
MEqp   2655 kNm
8

 h   0,20 
Mbtu  b eff * h f *  d  f  * fcd  1.40 * 0,20 *  0,9   * 20  4.480 * 10 3 kNm
 2   2 
Mbtu  4.480 * 103 kNm  MEd  5.0625 * 103 kNm
Therefore the concrete section is not entirely compressed;

There are required calculations considering the T section.

For those calculations, the beam section will be divided in two theoretical section:
Section 1: For the calculation of the concrete only
Section 2: For the calculation of the compressed reinforcement
The moment corresponding to this section is:
 h   0.20 
MEd2  (b eff  b w ) * hf * fcd *  d  f   (1.40  0.40) * 0.20 * 20 *  0.90  
 2   2 
 3.2 * 103 kNm
Stress from the compressed steel reinforcement considering a steel grade S500B:
σ su  432,71  727,27 * ε su  466 MPa
In order to determine the ε su , the neutral axis position must be determined:
MEd1  MEd  MEd2  (5.063  3.200) * 103  1.863 * 103 kNm
MEd1 1.863
μ cu    0.287
b w * d² * Fcd 0.40 * 0.9² * 20
465
   
αu  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * μ cu )  1.25 * 1  1  2 * 0.287  0.435
Depending of αu , the neutral axis position can be established:
1  αu 1  0.435
ε su  * ε cu2  * 3.50  4.55 ‰
αu 0.435
Then we calculate the stress in the tensioned steel reinforcement:
σsu  432,71  727,27  0.00455  436,02MPa  466MPa
According to those above, the theoretical reinforcement can be calculated:

MEd2 3.200
A2    91.74 cm²
 h   0.20 
 d  f  * Fyd  0.9   * 436.02
 2   2 
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section
MEd1  MEd  MEd2  (5.063  3.200) * 103  1.863 * 103 kNm
MEd1 1.863
μ cu    0.287  μ lu  0.372
b w * d² * Fcd 0.40 * 0.9² * 20
For a S500B reinforcement and for a XC2 exposure class, there will be a: μ cu  0.287  μlu  0.372 , therefore there will be
no compressed reinforcement.
There will be a calculation without compressed reinforcement:
 
αu  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * μ cu )  1.25 * 1   1  2 * 0.287   0.435
z c1  d * (1  0.4 * αu )  0.9 * (1  0.40 * 0.435)  0.743m
MEd1 1.863
A1    57.46cm²
z c1 * f yd 0.743 * 436.02
In conclusion the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=91.74+57.46=149.20cm2

 fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
Therefore:
 2.90
0.26 * * 0.40 * 0.90  5.42 * 10  4 m²
A s,min  max  500  5.42 cm²
 0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.90  4.68 * 10  4 m²

■ 7 nodes,
466



Az (Class B) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2] 149.20 cm2
2

My My USL -5062.5 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -149.031 cm² 0.0001 %
Amin Amin -5.42219 cm² 0.0000 %
467
5.24 EC2 Test 15: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear
Test ID: 4998

Test status: Passed
5.24.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service Limit State
The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the SLS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az and of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
5.24.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a T concrete beam subjected to the

468
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Beam length: 8m
■ Beam height: h=0.76m
■ Humidity RH=50%
■ Concrete: fck = 20MPa
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=20+10=30kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=20+0.3*10=23kN/ml
469
M ser ,cq 
20  10* 8²  240kNm
8
M ser ,qp 
20  0.3 *10* 8²  184kNm
8
5.24.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of the creep coefficient
 (, t0 )   RH  ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    3.17MPa
f cm 20  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488
0.1  t 0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
1   2  1 if f  35 Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not 1   and  2  
 f   f 
 cm   cm 
In this case f cm  f ck  8 Mpa  28 Mpa  35 Mpa therefore
1   2  1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 318000
h0    162.24mm
u 3920
50
1
 RH  1 100  1.92   (, t 0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t 0 )  1.92 * 3.17 * 0.488  2.97
3
0.1* 162.24
Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
470
Where:
0 .3 0. 3
 f 8  20  8 
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    29962 MPa
 10   10 
Es  200000MPa
M Eqp 184
1   (, t0 ) *  1  2.97 *  3.28
M Ecar 240
Es 200000
e    21.89
Ecm 2962
M Eqp 184
1   (, t0 ) * 1  2.97 *
M Ecar 240

 bc  0,6 * f ck  0,6 * 20  12Mpa
Neutral axis position calculation; Calculation of Mtser:
hf 0,10
d 0,669 
s 3 * b * h 2  400 * 3 * 1,20 * 0,10 2  0,122MNm
M tser  *
2 *e d  hf
eff f
43.77 0,669  0,10
M ser  240kNm  M tser  122kNm the neutral axes is on the beam body
Concrete compressive stresses
M ser 0,240
m    3,23MPa
hf 0,10
beff * h f * (d  ) 1,20 * 0,10 * (0,669  )
2 2
    400 
m  s   3,23  
 e  s  21.89   400  4,96 MPa
 c  d * 
   0, 669 *
h  0,669  0,10  21.89
 d f  e
 
 2   2 
 
 c  4.96MPa   c  12MPa => there is no compressed reinforcement
471
The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section As1
 e * c 21.89 * 4,96
x1  d * 0,669  14.30cm
 e * c   s 21.89 * 4,96  400
c 4,96
N c1  beff * x1 *  1,20 * 0,1430 *  0,426MN
2 2
0,1430
M1  Nc1 * zc1  0,426 * 0,622  0,265MN.m and z c1  0,669   0,622m
3
M1 0,265
As1    10,65cm²
zc1 *  s 0,622 * 400
Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement As2:
x 2  x1  hf  0,1430  0,10  0,0430m
σc * x 2 4,96 * 0,0430
σc 2    1,49MPa
x1 0,1430
σc 2 1,49
Nc 2  (b eff  b w ) * x 2  (1,20  0,3) * 0,0430 *  0,029MN
2 2
M2  Nc2 * zc2  0,029 * 0,555  0,016MNm
0,0430
with zc 2  0,669  0,10   0,555m
3
M2 0,016
A s2    0,72cm²
zc 2 * σ s 0,555 * 400
Notions of serviceability moment M0 :
As0  As1  As2  10.65  0.72  9.93cm²
M0  M1  M2  0,265  0,016  0,249MN.m
Theoretical steel reinforcement section :

A s0 * Mser 9,93 * 0,240
As    9,58cm²
M0 0,249

 fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min  Max  fyk
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
Therefore:
 2.21
0.26 * * 0.30 * 0.669  2.31 * 10  4 m²
A s,min  max  500  2.61cm²
 0.0013 * 0.30 * 0.669  2.61 * 10  4 m²

472

■ 9 nodes,
SLS load combinations(kNm)

(reference value: As=9.58cm2)

473

2

My My SLS -240 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -9.64217 cm² -0.6490 %
Amin Amin -2.574 cm² -0.0000 %
474
5.25 EC2 Test 19: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a
uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XD1)
Test ID: 5033

Test status: Passed
5.25.1 Description
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section; the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings
are verified.
5.25.2 Background
test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section σc
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs; maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings.

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20 kN/m,
■ The maximum spacing of cracks
■ The crack opening
475
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.60 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
■ Humidity RH=50%
■ A st  15.46cm² for 3 HA20+3 HA16
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
► M0Ed = 228 kNm
► Mcar = 160 kNm
► Mfq = 118 kNm
► Mqp = 101 kNm
476
 (, t0 )   RH  ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92MPa
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
1   2  1 if f  35 Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
1     2   
 f cm   f cm 
If not and
In this case,
, therefore:
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 200 * 600
h0    150mm
u 2 * 200  600
50
1
 RH 1 100  1.94   (, t )   *  ( f ) *  (t )  1.94 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.77
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 3 150
Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
477
Where:
0 .3 0 .3
 f 8  25  8 
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    31476 MPa
 10   10 
Es  200000MPa
M Eqp 101
1   (, t0 ) *  1  2.77 *  2.75
M Ecar 160
Es 200000
e    2.75
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 101
1   (, t0 ) * 1  2.77 *
M Ecar 160
The maximum compression on the concrete is:  bc  0,6 fck  0,6 * 25  15Mpa

1
2
 α e * ( A sc  A st )  α e2 * ( A sc  A st )²  2 * b w * α e * (d'* A sc  d * A st )
x1 
bw
 α e * A st  α e2 * A st ²  2 * b w * α e * d * A st )
x1  
b
 17.47 * 15.46  17.47² * 15.46²  2 * 20 * 17.47 * 53 * 15.46
  26.67cm
20
 b * x3 
 3 
 0.2 * 0.267 3 
  15,46 * 10  4 * 17.47 * ( 0.53  0.267 )²   0.00314m4
 3 
M ser 0,101
c  * x1  * 0,267  8.59 Mpa
I 0,00314
d  x1 0,53  0,267
 st   e *  c *  17.47 * 8.59 *  147.82Mpa   s  400Mpa
x1 0,267
478
Maximum spacing of cracks:

Bottom reinforcement 3HA20+3HA16=15.46cm2
 
 2 .5 * ( h  d ) 2.5 * (0.6  0.53)  0.175
 (h  x)  (0.6  0.267)
Ac , eff  b * min  0.20 * min   0.111  0.2 * 0.111  0.0222m 2
 3  3
 h  0 .6
   0 .3
2  2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2); Figure 7.1
As 15.46 *104
 p , eff    0.070
Ac , eff 0.0222
n1 * 12  n2 * 22
eq   18.22mm
n1 * 1  n2 * 2
0.425 * k1 * k 2 * 
sr ,max  k3 * c 
 p ,eff
Where:
c=0.051m
2/3 2/3
 25   25 
k3  3.4 *    3.4 *    2.114
 c   51 
Therefore:
0.425 * k1 * k2 *  0.425 * 0.8 * 0.5 * (18.22 *103 )

sr , max  k3 * c   2.114 * 0.051   152mm
 p , eff 0.07
Calculation of average strain:
Es 200000
e    6.35
Ecm 31476
f ct ,eff 2.56
 s  kt * * (1   e . p ,eff ) 147.82  0.4 * * (1  6.35 * 0.07)
 p ,eff 0.07 
 sm   cm    6.33 *10 4  0,6 * s  4.43 *10 4
Es 200000 Es
wk  sr , max * ( sm   cm )  152 * (6.33  104 )  0.096mm

For an exposure class XD1, using the French national annex, we retained an opening crack of 0.20mm max.
479

■ 11 nodes,

(reference value: σc =8.59MPa )

(reference value: σs=148MPa)
Maximum cracking space Sr,max

(reference value: Sr,max=152mm)
Maximum crack opening Wk

(reference value: Wk=0.096mm)
480

Mser-cq My corresponding to the 104 combination (SLS) [kNm] 160 kNm
σc Compressing stresses in concrete section σc [MPa] 8.50 MPa
σs Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs [MPa] 148 MPa
Sr,max Maximum cracking space Sr,max [cm] 15.2 cm
Wk Maximum crack opening Wk [cm] 0.0096 cm

My My SLS cq -159.546 kN*m -0.0001 %
Sc QP Sc QP 8.50328 MPa -0.0000 %
Ss QP Ss QP -147.055 MPa 0.0003 %
Sr,max Sr,max 15.3633 cm 0.9139 %
wk Wk -0.00966483 cm -0.9138 %
481
without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)
Test ID: 4983

Test status: Passed
5.26.1 Description
5.26.2 Background

■
Units
Metric System
482
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.60 m,
■ Width: b = 0.25 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
■ The concrete age t0 =28 days
fck 25
fcd    16,67MPa
γ c 1,5
2/3
fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56MPa
■ Steel S500 :
f yk 500
f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15

0.3 0.3
 f 8  25  8 
Ecm  22000 *  ck   22000 *    31476 MPa
 10   10 
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
483
Loading
G’=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml
38,75 * 5,80²
M Ecq   162,94kNm
8
24.75 * 5,80²
M Eqp   104.7kNm
8
484
 (, t0 )   RH  ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
β( fcm )    2.925MPa
fcm 25  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
t0 : concrete age t0 = 28days
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
α1  α 2  1 if f cm  35Mpa
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not, α1   
 and α 2   

In this case,
, therefore α1  α 2  1
In this case,
Humidity RH=50 %
2Ac 2 * 250 * 600
h0    176.47mm
u 2 * 250  600
50
1
 1 100  1.89  (, t 0 )  * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 )  1.89 * 2.925 * 0.488  2.70
RH RH
0.1 * 3 176.47
Therefore:
M Eqp 104
1   (, t0 ) *  1  2.70 *  2.73
M Ecar 163
Es 200000
e    17.32
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 104
1   (, t0 ) * 1  2.70 *
M Ecar 163
The maximum compression on the concrete is:  bc  0,6 f ck  0,6 * 25  15Mpa

485
 e * c 17.32 *15
1    0.394
 e * c   s 17.32 *15  400
Knowing the 1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:
x1  α1 * d  0.394 * 0.519  0.204 m
1 x  0.204 
Mrb  * b w * x1 * σ c * (d  1 )  0.5 * 0.25 * 0.204 * 15 *  0.519    0.173MNm
2 3  3 
Where:
Because M Ecq  162.94kNm  M rb  173kNm the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is

correct.
Calculation of reinforcement area with max constraint on steel and concrete

The reinforcement area is calculated using the SLS load combination
Neutral axis position: 1  0,394

 α   0.394 
Lever arm: z c  d * 1  1   0.519 * 1    0.451m
 
3   3 

M ser 0.163
Reinforcement section: As1, ser    9.03cm²
zc *  s 0.451* 400

 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
f ct ,eff  f ctm  2.56 MPa from cracking conditions
Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * 0.25 * 0.519  1.73 * 10 4 m²
As , min  max  500  1.73cm²
 0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519  1.69 *10 m²
4
486

■ 11 nodes,


487

2

My My USL -162.936 kN*m 0.0001 %
Az Az -9.02822 cm² -0.0000 %
Amin Amin -1.73058 cm² -0.0001 %
488
with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)
Test ID: 4987

Test status: Passed
5.27.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.
5.27.2 Background

■ Linear loads:
Loadings from the structure: G = 50 kN/m + dead load,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 60kN/m,
■ Punctual loads
G=30kN
Q=25kN
 2  0,3
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
489
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.80 m,
■ Width: b = 0.40 m,
■ Length: L = 6.30 m,
■ Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ Dead load:
0.40*0.80*25 = 8kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=8+50+60=118kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=8+50+0.3*60=76kN/ml
M ser , cq 
30  25 * 6.3  8  50  60 * 6.3²  672.05kN .m
4 8
M ser , qp 
30  0.3 * 25 * 6.3  8  50  0.3 * 60  6.3²  436.11kN .m
4 8
490
 (, t0 )   RH  ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92MPa
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488
0.1  t 0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
1   2  1 if f  35 Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not 1   and  2  
 f   f 
 cm   cm 
In this case therefore
1   2  1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 400 * 800
h0    267mm
u 2 * 400  800
50
1
 RH 1 100  1.78   (, t )   *  ( f ) *  (t )  1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.54
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 3 267

Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
0. 3 0 .3
 f 8  25  8 
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    31476 MPa
 10   10 
Es  200000MPa
491
M Eqp 435
1   (, t0 ) *  1  2.54 *  2.65
M Ecar 672
Es 200000
e    16.82
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 435
1   (, t0 ) * 1  2.54 *
M Ecar 672

 bc  0,6 * f ck  0,6 *15  15Mpa
The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating (position corresponding to the state of
e * c 16.82 *15
1    0.387
 e *  c   s 16.82 *18  400
formulas:
x1  1 * d  0.387 * 0.707  0.273 m
1 x  0.273 
M rb  * bw * x1 *  c * (d  1 )  0.5 * 0.4 * 0.273 *15 *  0.707    0.505MNm
2 3  3 
Where:
Because M Ecq  672kNm  M rb  505kNm , the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is

incorrect.
The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section A1
x1 0.273
zc  d   0.707   0.616m
3 3
M rb 0.505
A1    20.51cm²
zc *  s 0.616 * 400
492
Stress calculation for steel reinforcement σsc:
d ' 0.045
 '   0.064
d 0.707
1   ' 0.387  0.067
 sc   e *  c *  16.82 *15 *  210.78MPa
1 0.387
Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement A’:
M ser  M rb 0.672  0.505

A'    11.96cm²
(d  d ' ) *  sc (0.707  0.045) * 210.78
Calculation of the steel tensioned reinforcement A2:
 sc 210.78
A2  A'*  11.96 *  6.30cm²
s 400
Calculation of the steel reinforcement :
A  A1  A2  20 .51  6.30  26 .81cm ²

 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
f ct , eff  f ctm  2.56 MPa

Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * * 0.40 * 0.707  3.76 * 10 4 m²
As , min  max  500  3.76cm²
 0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.707  3.68 *10 m²
4

■ 7 nodes,
493

(reference value: As=26.81cm2; A’=11.96cm2)


2
2

My My SLS -672.032 kN*m -0.0001 %
Az Az -26.8086 cm² -0.0001 %
Amin Amin -3.77193 cm² -0.0001 %
494
with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1)
Test ID: 5011

Test status: Passed
5.28.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in
concrete section and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section.
5.28.2 Background
test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section σc and
compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 37.5 kN/m (including the dead load),
■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.5 kN/m,
■ For the stress calculation the French annexes was used
Units
Metric System
495
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.80 m,
■ Width: b = 0.35 m,
■ Length: L = 8.00 m,
■ Concrete cover: c=4 cm
■ Humidity RH=50%
■ A st  37.70cm² for 3 HA20
■ A sc  6.28cm² for 2 HA10
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
► Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0*G+1.0*Q =75 kN/ml
► M0Ed = 855 kNm
► Mcar = 600 kNm
► Mqp = 390 kNm
496
 (, t0 )   RH  ( f cm ) (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92MPa
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
if
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not, 1   and  2  
 f   f 
 cm   cm 
In this case,
, therefore
1   2  1
In this case,
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 350 * 800
h0    243.48mm
u 2 * 350  800
50
1
 RH 1 100  1.80   (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.80 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.56
3
0.1 * 243.48
Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
497
Where:
0. 3 0 .3
 f 8  25  8 
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    31476 MPa
 10   10 
Es  200000MPa
M Eqp 390
1   (, t0 ) *  1  2.56 *  2.664
M Ecar 600
Es 200000
e    16.90
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 2.664
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
The maximum compression on the concrete is:  bc  0,6 fck  0,6 * 25  15Mpa

1
2
 α e * ( A st  A sc )  α e ² * ( A st  A sc )²  2 * b w * α e * ( d * A st  d'* A sc )
x1  
b
 16.90 * (37.70  6.28)  16.90² * (37.70  6.28)²  2 * 35 * 16.90 * ( 72 * 37.70  4 * 6.28)
  34,41cm
35
 b * x3 
 3 
 35 * 34,413 
  37,70 * 16.90( 72  34,45)²  6,28 * 16.90 * (34.45  4)²   1472097 cm 4  0.01472m 4
 3 
M ser 0,600
c  * x1  * 0,3441  14 Mpa   c  12 Mpa
I 0,01472
d  x1 0,72  0,3441
 st   e *  c *  16.90 *14 *  259Mpa   s  400Mpa
x1 0,3441

■ 9 nodes,
498

(reference value: σc =14MPa )

(reference value: σs=260.15MPa)

σc Compressing stresses in concrete section σc (MPa) 14 MPa
σs Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs (MPa) 260.15 MPa

My My SLS -600 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc CQ Sc CQ 14.122 MPa 0.0142 %
Ss CQ Ss CQ -260.116 MPa 0.0014 %
499
5.29 EC2 Test 26: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical
transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5072

Test status: Passed
5.29.1 Description
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.
5.29.2 Background
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area
of the shear reinforcement, Asw. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.

■ Concrete C25/30
The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 40kN/m
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25kN

500
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.70 m,
■ Width: b = 0.35 m,
■ Length: L = 5.75 m,
■ Strut slope: θ=45˚
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:
Pu * l
VEd 
2
According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*40kN+1.50*25kN=91.5kN
In this case :
5.75 * 91.5
VEd   263 KN
2
501
5.29.2.2 Reference results in calculating the lever arm zc:

The lever arm will be calculated from the design formula for pure bending:
Pu  91.5kN / ml
91.5 * 5.75²
M Ed   378.15kNm
8
M Ed 0.378
 cu    0.167
bw * d ² * f cd 0.35 * 0.623² * 16.67
  
u  1.25 * 1  1  2 * cu  1.25 * 1  1  2 * 0.167  0.230 
zc  d * 1  0.4 *  u   0.623 * 1  0.4 * 0.230  0.566m
Calculation of reduced shear force

When the shear force curve has no discontinuities, the EC2 allows to consider, as a reduction, the shear force to a
horizontal axis
In case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:
Pu * l
V ( x)  Pu * x 
2
Therefore:
x  z * cot   0.566 * cot 45  0.566m

VEd , red  91.5 * 0.566  263  211kN
Warning: Advance Design does not apply the reduction of shear force corresponding to the distributed loads (cutting
edge at x = d).
Calculation of maximum design shear resistance:
VRd, max  α cw * ν1 * fcd * z u * b w *

cotα  cotθ
1  cot 2θ
Where:
 cw  1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and
 f 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck 
 250 
v 1 * f cd * z u * b w
VRd,max 
tgθ  cot θ
In this case:
  45 and   90

 f   25 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck   0.6 * 1   0.54
 250   250 
502
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.623  0.56m

0.54 *16.67 * 0.566 * 0.35
VRd , max   0.891MN  891kN
2
VEd  236 kN  VRd , max  891kN

Given the vertical transversal reinforcement ( = 90°), the following formula is used:
Asw VEd . * tg 0,211 * tg 45

   8,67cm² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0,566 *
1,15

■ 3 nodes,

Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 263 kN
2
At,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm /ml] 8.67 cm2/ml

Fz Fz -263.062 kN -0.0002 %
Atz Atz 8.68636 cm² 0.0000 %
503
Test ID: 5076

Test status: Passed
5.30.1 Description
shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement. For the calculation, the reduced shear force
values will be used.
5.30.2 Background
Description: Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this
test, the shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by
the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max. will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement.

■ Concrete C25/30
The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 40kN/m
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25kN

■ The theoretical reinforcement value
504
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.70 m,
■ Width: b = 0.35 m,
■ Length: L = 5.75 m,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading:
Pu * l
VEd 
2
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*40kN+1.50*25kN=91.5kN
In this case :
5.75 * 91.5
VEd   263 KN
2
505
5.30.2.2 Reference results in calculating the lever arm zc:

The lever arm is calculated using the design formula for pure bending:
Pu  91.5kN / ml
91.5 * 5.75²
M Ed   378.15kNm
8
M Ed 0.378
 cu    0.167
bw * d ² * f cd 0.35 * 0.623² * 16.67
  
u  1.25 * 1  1  2 * cu  1.25 * 1  1  2 * 0.167  0.230 
zc  d * 1  0.4 *  u   0.623 * 1  0.4 * 0.230  0.566m
Calculation of reduced shear force

When the shear force curve has no discontinuities, the EC2 allows to consider, as a reduction, the shear force to a
horizontal axis x  z. cot  .
In the case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:
Pu * l
V ( x)  Pu * x 
2
Therefore:
x  z * cot   0.566 * cot 45  0.566m

VEd , red  91.5 * 0.566  263  211kN
Warning: Advance Design does not apply the reduction of shear force corresponding to the distributed loads (cutting
edge at x = d).
Calculation of maximum design shear resistance:

1  cot 2θ
Where:
 cw  1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and
 f 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck 
 250 
v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max 
tg  cot 
In this case:
  45 and   90

 f   25 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck   0.6 * 1   0.54
 250   250 
506
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.623  0.56m

0.54 *16.67 * 0.566 * 0.35
VRd , max   0.891MN  891kN
2
VEd  236 kN  VRd , max  891kN

Given the vertical transversal reinforcement ( = 90°), the transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following
formula:
Asw VEd . * tg 0,211 * tg 45

   8,67cm² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0,566 *
1,15
Calculation of theoretical reinforcement value:

The French national annex indicates the formula:
Asw
  w, min * bw * sin 
s
With:
0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 20
 w, min    7.15  10 4
f yk 500
Asw
  w, min * bw * sin   7.15 *10 4 * 0.2 * sin 90  1.43cm² / ml
s
■ 3 nodes,
Advance Design gives the following results for At,min,z (cm2/ml)
507

Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 263 kN
At,min,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2/ml] 1.43 cm2/ml

Fz Fz -168.937 kN -0.0003 %
Atminz Atmin,z 1.43108 cm² 0.0002 %
508
5.31 EC2 Test29: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined transversal
reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5092

Test status: Passed
5.31.1 Description
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C35/40 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model was provided by Bouygues.
5.31.2 Background
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.

■ Concrete: C35/40
The dead load will be represented by two linear loads of 22.63kN/m and 47.38kN/m
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 80.00kN/m
■ Exposure class: XC1
■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:
■ Partial factor for concrete:
509
■ Relative humidity: RH=50%

■ Concrete age: t0=28days
■ Design value of concrete compressive strength: fcd=23 MPa
■ Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm=34000 MPa
■ Concrete density:
■ Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: fctm=3.2 MPa
■ Final value of creep coefficient:
■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement:

■ Steel ductility: Class B
■ K coefficient: k=1.08
■ Design yield strength of reinforcement:

■ Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es=200000MPa
■ Steel density:
■ Characteristic strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:
■ Strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:

■ Slenderness ratio:   0.80
■ The of shear stresses results
■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to a 5cm concrete cover
■ The transverse reinforcement corresponding to a 2.7cm concrete cover
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Length: L = 10.00 m,
■ Strut slope: θ=29.74˚
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
510
Loading:
5.31.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement

For a 5 cm concrete cover and dinit=1.125m, the reference value will be 108.3 cm2:
For a 2.7 cm concrete cover and dinit=1.148m, the reference value will be 105.7 cm2:
5.31.2.3 Reference results in calculating the transversal reinforcement

Asw VEd . * tg

s zu * f ywd
Where:
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 *1.125  1.0125m

cot   1.75    29.74
  90
Asw VEd . * tg 1.502 * tg 29.74
   19.50cm² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
1.0125 *
1,15
511
The minimum reinforcement percentage calculation:
Asw 0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 35

  w, min * bw * sin   * bw * sin   * 0.55 * sin 90  5.21cm² / ml
s f yk 500

■ 15 nodes,

My My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 5255.58 kNm
Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 1501.59 kN
Az(5cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 5cm cover [cm2/ml] 108.30 cm2/ml
Az(2.7cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 2.7cm cover [cm2/ml] 105.69 cm2/ml
2
At,z,1 At,z transversal reinforcement for the beam end [cm /ml] 19.10 cm2/ml
At,z,2 At,z transversal reinforcement for the middle of the beam [cm2/ml] 5.21 cm2/ml

My My -5255.58 kN*m -0.0000 %
Fz Fz -1501.59 kN -0.0003 %
Az Az 5cm -105.694 cm² 2.4071 %
Az Az 2.7cm -105.694 cm² -0.0000 %
Atz Atz end 19.0973 cm² 0.0000 %
Atz Atz middle 5.20615 cm² 0.0000 %
512
reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5098

Test status: Passed
5.32.1 Description
5.32.2 Background

The dead load will be represented by two linear loads of 23.50kN/m and 43.50kN/m
■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:
■ Partial factor for concrete:
513
■ Relative humidity: RH=50%

■ Concrete age: t0=28days
■ Design value of concrete compressive strength: fcd=20 MPa
■ Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm=33000 MPa
■ Concrete density:
■ Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: fctm=2.9 MPa
■ Final value of creep coefficient:
■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement:

■ Steel ductility: Class B
■ K coefficient: k=1.08
■ Design yield strength of reinforcement:

■ Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es=200000MPa
■ Steel density:
■ Characteristic strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:
■ Strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:
■ Slenderness ratio:

■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to a 6.4cm concrete cover
■ The transverse reinforcement corresponding to a 4.3cm concrete cover
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Length: L = 8.10 m,
■ Strut slope: θ=22.00˚
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
514
Loading:
5.32.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement

For a 6.4 cm concrete cover and dinit=0.50m, the reference value will be 57.1 cm2:
For a 4.3 cm concrete cover and dinit=0.521, the reference value will be 54.3 cm2:
5.32.2.3 Reference results in calculating the transversal reinforcement

Asw VEd . * tg

s zu * f ywd
Where:
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.521  0.469m

cot   2.5    22
  90
Asw VEd . * tg 0.589 * tg 22
   11.67cm² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0.469 *
1,15
515
The minimum reinforcement percentage calculation:
Asw 0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 30

  w, min * bw * sin   * bw * sin   * 0.80 * sin 90  7.01cm² / ml
s f yk 500

■ 9 nodes,

My My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 1193.28 kNm
2
Az(6.4cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 6.4cm cover [cm /ml] 57.07 cm2/ml
Az(4.3cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 4.3cm cover [cm2/ml] 54.28 cm2/ml
At,z,1 At,z transversal reinforcement for the beam end [cm2/ml] 11.68 cm2/ml
At,z,2 At,z transversal reinforcement for the middle of the beam [cm2/ml] 7.01 cm2/ml

My My -1193.28 kN*m -0.0002 %
Fz Fz -589.275 kN -0.0000 %
Az Az 4.3cm cover -54.2801 cm² 0.0000 %
Atz Atz beam end 11.6782 cm² -0.0002 %
Atz Atz middle 7.01085 cm² -0.0000 %
516
5.33 EC2 Test 25: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with inclined
Test ID: 5065

Test status: Passed
5.33.1 Description
Verifies the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam C20/25 with inclined transversal reinforcement -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) is calculated, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement (Asw).
5.33.2 Background
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) is calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of
the shear reinforcement (Asw).

■ Concrete C20/25
The dead load will be represented by a punctual load of 105kN
The live load will be considered from one point load of 95kN
517

Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 3.00 m,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading:
 a
VEd  Pu 1  
 l
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*105kN=1.50*95kN=284.25kN
In this case (a=1m; l=3m):
 1
VEd  284,25 * 1    189,5 KN
 3
518

Where:
 f ck 
 cw  1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v1  0,6 * 1 
 250 
In this case,
  30 and   45

 f   20 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck   0.6 * 1   0.55
 250   250 
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.435  0.392m
VRd, max  0.54 * 13.33 * 0.392 * 0.20 *

cot45  cot30  0.394
1  cot 2 30
VEd  0.1895 MN  VRd , max  0.394 MN
Calculation of transverse reinforcement:

The transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following formula:
Asw VEd 0.18950

   5.76cm ² / ml
s zu * f ywd * (cot   cot  ) * sin  0.392 * 434.78 * (cot 30  cot 45) * sin 45
Beyond the point load, the shear force is constant and equal to Rb, therefore,
it also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:
Asw 0.09475
  2.88cm² / ml
s 0.392 * 434.78 * (cot 30  cot 45) * sin 45

■ 3 nodes,
519

Fz,1 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.0m [kN] 189.5 kN
Fz,2 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.01m [kN] 94.75 kN
2
At,z,1 Theoretical reinforcement area at x=1.0m [cm /ml] 5.76 cm2/ml
2
At,z,2 Theoretical reinforcement area at x=1.01m [cm /ml] 2.88 cm2/ml

Fz Fz,1 -189.5 kN -0.0000 %
Fz Fz,2 94.75 kN 0.0000 %
Atz Atz,1 5.76277 cm² 0.0001 %
Atz Atz,2 2.88139 cm² -0.0001 %
520
5.34 EC2 Test 46 I: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of traction -
Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class X0)
Test ID: 5232

Test status: Passed
5.34.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section beam made of concrete C20/25 subjected to a normal force of traction - Inclined
stress-strain diagram (Class X0).
Tie sizing
Inclined stress-strain diagram
Determines the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, subjected to a normal force of traction.
The load combinations will produce the following efforts:
NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kN
- Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection
- Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked
5.34.2 Background
Tie sizing
Bilinear stress-strain diagram / Inclined stress-strain diagram
Verifies the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, C20/25, subjected to a normal force of traction.

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane workspace);
■ Loadings from the structure: Fx,G = 233.33 kN
The dead load is neglected
■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Fx,Q = 56.67kN
Units
Metric System
521
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.15 m,
■ Width: b = 0.15 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
■ Concrete cover: c=3cm
■ Reinforcement S400, Class: B, ss=400MPa
■ Fck=20MPa
■ The load combinations will produce the following efforts:
NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kN
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,
► Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked
■ Inner: None.
5.34.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam

There will be two successive calculations, considering a bilinear stress-strain diagram constitutive law and then a
inclined stress-strain diagram constitutive law.
Calculations according a bilinear stress-strain diagram
N Ed 0.400
As ,U    11,50 *10  4 m²  11,50cm²
 s ,U 400
1.15
It will be used a 4HA20=A=12.57cm2
Calculations according a inclined stress-strain diagram
S 400  ClassB   s ,U  373MPa
N Ed 0.400
As ,U    10,72 * 10  4 m ²  10,70cm ²
 s ,U 373
It can be seen that the gain is not negligible (about 7%).
Checking the condition of non-fragility:
f ctm
As  Ac *
f yk
f ctm  0.30 * f ck2 / 3  0.30 * 202 / 3  2,21MPa
Ac  0.15 * 0.15  0.0225m²

f ctm 2.21
As  Ac *  0.0225 *  1.24cm ²
f yk 400
522

■ 6 nodes,
ULS load combinations (kNm)

In case of using the bilinear stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=11.50cm2=2*5.75 cm2)
In case of using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=10.70cm2=2*5.35 cm2)

Az,1 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the bilinear stress-strain 5.75 cm2
diagram [cm2]
Az,2 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain 5.37 cm2
diagram [cm2]

Az Az-ii -5.36526 cm² 0.0001 %
523
5.35 EC2 Test 1: Verifying a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist
simple bending - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4969

Test status: Passed
5.35.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses will be made along with the determination of the longitudinal
reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
5.35.2 Background

■
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.60 m,
■ Width: b = 0.25 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
524
fck 25
γ c 1,5
2/3
■ fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56MPa
f yk 500
■ Steel S500 : f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
0.3 0.3
 f 8  25  8 
■ E cm  22000 *  ck   22000 *    31476MPa
 10   10 
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
G’=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(15+3.75)+1.5*20=55.31kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml
55,31* 5,80²
M Ed   232,59kN .m
8
38,75 * 5,80²
M Ecq   162,94kN .m
8
525
Due to exposure class XC1, and 500Mpa steel resistance, we will consider a moment limit:
Calculating the reduced moment we will consider ULS moment:
■ because there is no compressed reinforcement

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.524m
M Ed 0,233
cu    0,203
bw * d ² * f cd 0,25 * 0,524² *16,67
 cu  0.203   lu  0.285

zc  d * (1  0,4 u )  0,524 * (1  0,4 * 0,287)  0,464m
M Ed 0,233
Au    11,55 * 10 4 m²  11,55cm²
zc * f yd 0,464 * 434,78

 f ct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
f ct,eff  f ctm  2.56MPa from cracking conditions
Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * 0.25 * 0.524  1.76.10 4 m²
A s,min  Max  500  1.76cm²
 0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.524  1.70.10 4 m²


■ 7 nodes,
526


527


My My USL -232.578 kN*m -0.0001 %
My My SLS cq -162.936 kN*m 0.0001 %
Az Az -11.5329 cm² -0.0003 %
Amin Amin -1.74725 cm² -0.0002 %
528
5.36 EC2 Test33: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression by nominal rigidity
method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5109

Test status: Passed
5.36.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column subjected to compression by nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1).
The column is made of concrete C30/37. The verification of the axial force, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is
performed.
Nominal rigidity method.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are
blocked) and to the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are also blocked.
This test is based on the example from "Applications of Eurocode 2" (J. & JA Calgaro Cortade).
5.36.2 Background
Verify the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C30/37.

► 1260kN axial force
► The self-weight is neglected
■ Concrete cover 5cm
■ Concrete C30/37
■ Steel reinforcement S500B
■ Concrete age 28 days
■ Relative humidity 50%
■ Buckling length: L0=0.7*4.47=3.32mm
529
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.30 m,
■ Width: b = 0.30 m,
■ Length: L = 4.74 m,
Boundary conditions
blocked) and to the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are also blocked.
Loading
NEd =1260kN
■ Proposed reinforcement:
2*6.28cm2=12.56cm2
530
5.36.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column
Load calculation:
NEd= 1.35*NG = 1700 KN
Mu 0
Initial eccentricity: e0    0cm
M u 1 .7
Additional eccentricity due to geometric imperfections:
 L   322 
ei  max  2cm; 0   max  2cm;   max 2cm;0.805cm   2cm
 400   400 
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.2(7)
The first order eccentricity : e1  e0  ei  0.02 m
The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:
20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:
N Ed 1 .7
n   0.944
Ac * f cd 0.30² * 20
1
A
1  0,2 *  ef
A  0.7 if  ef is not known, if it is,
As * f yd
B  1  2 *  1  2 *
Ac * f cd
B  1.1 if ω (reinforcement ratio) is not known, if it is,
12.56 *104 * 434.78

In this case B  1 2*  1.27
0.3² * 20
C  0.70 if rm is not known, if it is, C  1,7  rm
In this case:
20 * A * B * C 20 * 0.7 * 1.27 * 0.7

lim    12 .81
n 0.944
L0 * 12 3.32 * 12
   38.34
h 0 .3
  38.34  lim  12.81
Therefore, the second order effects most be considered
531
Effective creep coefficient calculation:

The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:
M EQP
 ef   , t0 .
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
 ,t0  creep coefficient
M EQP serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination
M Ed ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

The ratio of the moment is in this case:
M 0 Eqp N eqp * e1 N eqp 1.26

    0.74
M 0 Ed N ed *e1 N ed 1.7
 (, t0 ) is the final value of the creep:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
With:
t0 is the concrete age
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
1     2   
1   2  1 if f cm  35 MPa  f cm   f cm 
if not and
RH relative humidity: RH=50%
h0= mean radius of the element in mm
2 * Ac 2 * 300 * 300
h0    150 mm
u 2 * 300  300 
u=column section perimeter
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
1     0.944 2     0.984
f cm  38 MPa  35 MPa   38  and  38 
532
 RH   50 
 1   1 
 RH  1  100 *   *   1  100 * 0.944  * 0.984  1.86
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0   0.1 * 3 150 
   
   
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.86 * 2.73 * 0.488  2.48
M 0 Eqp
ef   (, t0 ) *  2.48 * 0.74  1.835
M 0 Ed
1   ef  1  1.835  2.835
Calculation of nominal rigidity:

The nominal rigidity of a post or frame member, it is estimated from the following formula:
EI  K c * Ecd * I c  K s * Es * I s
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.2 (1)
k1 * k 2
Kc 
1  e
1   ef  2.835
f ck 30
k1    1.22
20 20
n*
k2 
170
N Ed 1 .7
n   0.944
Ac * f cd 0.3² * 20
  38 .34
n *  0.944 * 38.34
k2    0.213  k2  0.20
170 170
k1k 2 1.22  0.20
Kc    0.086
1  e 2.835
E cm
E cd 
 CE
0.3 0.3
 f 8  25  8 
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    32837 MPa
 10   10 
E cm 32837
E cd    27364 MPa
 CE 1 .2
b * h 3 0.3 * 0.33
Ic    0.000675 m 4
12 12
Ks=1
533
Es = 200 Gpa
2 2
A  d  d' 12.56 *104  0.25  0.05  5
I s  2 * theo *    2* *   1.256 *10 m
4
2  2  2  2 
EI  0.086 * 27364 * 0.000675  1 * 200000 * 1.256 * 10 5  4.1MNm ²
 ² * EI  ² * 4.10
NB    3.67 MN
Lf ² 3.32²
² ²
   1.234
c0 8
   
    1.234 
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1    0.034 * 1   0.070 MNm
NB 3.67 
  1   1
 N Ed   1 .7 
The calculation made with flexural:
N Ed  1.7MN and M Ed  0.070MNm ,

Therefore, a 2*6.64cm2 reinforcement area is obtained.
The calculated reinforcement is very close to the initial assumption (2*6.28cm2)

It is not necessary to continue the calculations; it retains a section of 2*6.64cm2
It sets up 4HA20 (2*6.28=12.57cm2)

■ 7 nodes,
534

Theoretical value (cm2)

(reference value: 13.08 cm2)

2
Az Reinforcement area [cm ] 6.54 cm2

Az Az -6.53808 cm² 0.0001 %
535
5.37 EC2 Test34: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression on the top –
Method based on nominal stiffness - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5114

Test status: Passed
5.37.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made of concrete C30/37. The verification of the axial
stresses applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
Method based on nominal stiffness - The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the
method of nominal stiffness, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free at the top part.
5.37.2 Background
Method based on nominal stiffness
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made of concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal stiffness, and
then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

■  2  0,3
■ Transversal reinforcement spacing a=30cm
■ Concrete C30/37
■ The column is considered isolated and braced
536
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.40 m,
■ Width: b = 0.60 m,
■ Length: L = 4.00 m,
■ Concrete cover: c = 5 cm along the long section edge and 3cm along the short section edge
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
Loading
NEd =1.35*0.30+1.5*0.50=1.155MN
NQP=1.35*0.30+0.30*0.50=0.450MN
537
Geometric characteristics of the column:

The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:
l0  2 * l  2 * 4  8m
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 8
   69.28
a 0.40
M EQP
 ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
M EQP serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination

The ratio between moments becomes:
M 0 Eqp N eqp * e1 N eqp 0.450

    0.39
M 0 Ed N ed *e1 N ed 1.155
The creep coefficient  ,t0  is defined as:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.73MPa
f cm 30  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
RH = relative humidity; RH=50%
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
Where 1   2  1 if f cm  35MPa if not 1    and  2   
 f cm   f cm 
538
2 * Ac 2 * 400 * 600
h0    240 mm
u 2 * 400  600 
f cm  38MPa  35MPa ,
Therefore:
0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
 35   35   35   35 
1       0.944 and  2       0.984
 f cm   38   f cm   38 
 RH   50 
 1   1 
 RH  1  100 *   *   1  100 * 0.944  * 0.984  1.73
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0   0.1 * 3 240 
   
   
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.73 * 2.73 * 0.488  2.30
The effective creep coefficient calculation:
M EQP
ef   , t0  *  2.30 * 0.39  0.90
M Ed

20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 1.155
n   0.241
Ac * f cd 0.40 * 0.60 * 20
1 1
A
1  0,2 * ef  1  0.2 * 0.90  0.85

B  1  2 *   1.1 because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known
C  1,7  rm  0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known
20 * 0.85 * 1.1 * 0.7

lim   26 .66
0.112
  69.28  lim  26.66
Therefore, the second order effects must be considered.
539
5.37.2.3 The eccentricity calculation and the corrected loads on ULS:
Initial eccentricity:
No initial eccentricity because the post is subjected only in simple compression.
Additional eccentricity:
l0 8
ei    0.02m
400 400
First order eccentricity- stresses correction:
20mm  20mm  20mm

e0  max  h  max  400mm  max   20mm
 30  30 13.3mm
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)
The corrected solicitations which are taken into account when calculating the column under combined bending effort
and compression are:
NEd= 1.155MN
MEd= 1.155*0.02=0.0231MNm
Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:

When using the nominal stiffness method, a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete
section considering only the first order effects.
Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.
The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results above
were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the centroid of
the tensioned steel.
First order moment in the centroid of the tensioned reinforcement is:
h  0.40 
M ua  M G 0  N * ( d  )  0.0231  1.155 *  0.35    0.196 MNm
2  2 
Verification if the section is partially compressed:
h h 0,40 0,40
 BC  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,496
d d 0,35 0,35
M ua 0.196
 cu    0.133
bw * d ² * f cd 0.60 * 0.35² * 20
cu  0.133  0.496  BC therefore the section is partially compressed.
540
Calculations of steel reinforcement in pure bending:
cu  0.133

 u  1,25 * 1  (1  2 * 0,133)  0,179
zc  d * (1  0,4 *  u )  0,35 * (1  0,4 * 0,179)  0,325m
M ua 0,196
A    13.87cm ²
zc * f yd 0,325 * 434,78
Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending:

For the combined bending:
N 1.155
A  A'  13.87 *10 4   12.69cm2
f yd 434.78
The minimum reinforcement percentage:
0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 1.155

As , min    2.66 cm ²  0.002 * Ac  4.80cm 2
f yd 434 .78
The reinforcement will be 4HA12 + 2HA10 representing 6.09cm2.
The second order effects calculation:

The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal stiffness:
Calculation of nominal stiffness:

It is estimated nominal stiffness of a post or frame member from the following formula:
With:
Ecm
Ecd 
1.2
f cm  f ck  8MPa  38MPa
0.3 0.3
f   38 
Ecm  22000 *  cm   22000 *    32837 MPa
 10   10 
Ecm 32837
Ecd    27364MPa
1.2 1.2
b * h 3 0.60 * 0.40 3
Ic    3,2.10  3 m 4
12 12 (concrete only inertia)
Es  200000MPa
Is : Inertia of the steel rebars
As 6,09.10 4
   0.00254
Ac 0.60 * 0.40
541
As
0.002     0.01
Ac
f ck 30
k1    1.22 Mpa
20 20
N Ed 1.155
n   0.241
Ac . f cd 0.40 * 0.60 * 20
 69.28
k2  n *  0.241*  0.098  0.20
170 170
2 2
A h  6,09.10 4  0.40 
Is  2 * s *   c  2 * *  0.05   1,37.10 5 m 4
2 2  2  2 
k1 * k 2 1.22 * 0.098
K s  1 and K c    0.063
1   ef 1  0.90
Therefore:
EI  0.063 * 27364 * 3,2 * 10 3  1 * 200000 * 1,37 * 10 5  8.2566MNm²
Stresses correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the time of the first order:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
NB
  1
 N Ed 
M 0 Ed  0.0231MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)
(normal force acting at ULS).
²
 and c0  8 the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
c0
²
  1.234
8
EI 8.2566
NB   ² * 2
²*  1.27327 MN
l0 8²
The second order efforts are:
N Ed 2  1.155MN
M Ed 2  0.3015MN .m
The reinforcement calculations considering the second order effect:

The reinforcement calculations for the combined flexural, under the second order effect, are done using the Graitec
EC2 tools. The obtained section is null, therefore the minimum reinforcement area defined above is sufficient for the
defined efforts.
542

■ 5 nodes,
Theoretical reinforcement area (cm2) and minimum reinforcement area (cm2)

(reference value: 2.66cm2 and 4.8cm2)


Ay Reinforcement area [cm2] 2.66 cm2

Ay Ay -2.66 cm² -0.0000 %
Amin Amin 4.8 cm² 0.0000 %
543
5.38 EC2 Test32: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation
moment to the top – Method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class
XC1)
Test ID: 5102

Test status: Passed
5.38.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top – Method based on
nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The column made of concrete C25/30. The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at
ultimate limit state is performed.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and
5.38.2 Background
Method based on nominal curvature
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C25/30.

► 15t axial force
► 1.5tm rotation moment applied to the column top
► 6.5t axial force
►  2  0,3
► The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
► Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
► Concrete cover 5cm
► Transversal reinforcement spacing a=30cm
► Concrete C25/30
► Steel reinforcement S500B
► The column is considered isolated and braced
544
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.40 m,
■ Width: b = 0.40 m,
■ Length: L = 6.00 m,
■ Concrete cover: c = 5 cm
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free at the top.
Loading
NEd =1.35*15+1.5*6.5=30t=0.300MN
MEd=1.35*1.50+1.5*0.7=3.075t=0.31MNm
MEd 0.031
■ e0    0.10m
NEd 0.300
545

considered to be:
l0  2 * l  12m
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 12
   104
a 0.40
M EQP
 ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
M EQP
serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination
First order eccentricity evaluation:
e1  e0  ei
ei  0.03m
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:
M Eqp 0 1.50  0.30 * 0.70

e1  e0  ei   ei   0.30  0.13m
N Eqp 0 15  0.30 * 0.65
N Eqp1  1.50  0.30 * 0.70  16.95t
M Eqp1  N Eqp1 * e1  16.95 * 0.13  2.20tm  0.022MNm

The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:
The creep coefficient  ,t0  is defined as follows:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92
f cm 25  8
1 1
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
546
RH
1
 RH 1 100
0.1 * 3 h0
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 400 * 400 100  1.85
h0    200 mm   RH  1 
u 2 * 400  400  0.1 * 3 200
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.85 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.64
M EQP 0.022
ef   , t0  *  2.64 *  1.49
M Ed 0.039

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit verification is done using the next formula:
20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 0.300
n   0.112
Ac * f cd 0.40² * 16.67
1 1
A
1  0,2 * ef  1  0.2 *1.49  0.77

C  1,7  rm  0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is unknown
20 * 0.77 *1.1 * 0.7

lim   35 .43
0.112
  104  lim  35.43
Therefore, the second order effects most be considered.
The second order effects; The buckling calculation:

The stresses for the ULS load combination are:
NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*6.50= 30 t = 0,300MN
MEd= 1.35*1.50 + 1.50*0.7= 3.075 t = 0,031MNm
Therefore, it must be determined:
■ The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied
■ The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections
547
M Ed 0.031
e0    0.10 m
N Ed 0.300
l0 12
ei    0.03m
400 400
The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:
The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:
N Ed  0.300MN
e1  e0  ei  0.13m
M Ed  e1 * N Ed  (0.10  0.03) * 0.300  0.039MNm
M  N Ed * e0
20mm  20mm  20mm

 30  30 13.3mm

To play the nominal rigidity method a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete section
considering only the first order effects.
h  0.40 
M ua  M G 0  N * ( d  )  0.039  0.300 *  0.35    0.084 MNm
2  2 
h h 0,40 0,40
 BC  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,496
d d 0,35 0,35
M ua 0.084
 cu    0.103
bw * d ² * f cd 0.40 * 0.35² * 16.67
548

N 0.300
A  A'  5.84 *10 4   1.06cm2
f yd 434.78
0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.300

As , min    0.69cm ²  0.002 * Ac  3.02cm 2
f yd 434 .78
The reinforcement will be 4HA10 representing a 3.14cm2 section

The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal curvature:
Calculation of nominal curvature:

Considering a symmetrical reinforcement 4HA10 (3.14cm ²), the curvature can be determined by the following
formula:
1 1
 K r * K *
r r0
With:
f yd
434.78
1  yd Es
   200000  0.0138m 1
r0 0,45 * d 0,45 * d 0.45 * 0.35
nu  n
Kr : is a correction factor depending on axial load,=> Kr  1
nu  nbal
N Ed 0.300
n   0.112
Ac * f cd 0.40² * 16.67
As * f yd 3,14.104 * 434.78
   0.0512
Ac * f cd 0.40² *16.67
nu  1    1  0.0512  1.0512
nbal  0,4
549
1.0512  0.112
Kr   1.44  1  K r  1
1.0512  0.40
K : is a factor for taking account of creep=> K   1   *  ef  1
fck  25 104
  0,35    0.35    0.218
200 150 200 150
K   1   *  ef  1  0.218 * 1.49  0.675  1  K   1
Therefore the curvature becomes:
1 1
 K r * K  *  0.0138 m 1
r r0
Calculation moment:
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2
Where:
M 0 Ed : first order moment including the geometrical imperfections.
M2 : second order moment
The second order moment must be calculated from the curvature:
M 2  N Ed * e2
1 l02 12 ²
e2  *  0.0138 *  0.199 m
r c 10
M 2  N Ed * e2  0.300 * 0.199  0.0597MNm
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2  0.039  0.0597  0.099MNm
The frame must be sized corresponding the demands of the second order effects:
N Ed  0.300MN
M Ed  0.099 MNm
Reinforcement calculation corresponding to the second order:

The input parameters in the diagram are:
M Ed 0.099
 2
  0.093
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40² *16.67
N Ed 0.300
v   0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67
550
A
ω * b * h * f cd 0.15 * 0.40 ² * 16 .67
ω  0 . 15 ; => s    9.20cm ² ; which means 4.60cm2 per side.
f yd 434 .78
Buckling checking
The verification will be made considering the reinforcement found previously (9.20cm2)
The curvature evaluation:
The frames have an influence on the Kr parameter only:
1
 0.0138 m 1
r0
nu  n
Kr  1
nu  nbal
n  0.112
As * f yd 9,20 *104 * 434.78
   0.15
Ac * f cd 0.40² *16.67
nu  1    1  0.15  1.15
nbal  0,4
1.15  0.112
Kr   1.384  1  K r  1
1.15  0.40
K  1 : coefficient that takes account of the creep => K   1   *  ef  1
The curvature becomes:
1 1
 K r * K  *  0.0138 m 1
r r0
It was obtained the same curvature and therefore the same second order moment, which validates the section
reinforcement found.
551

■ 7 nodes,

(reference value: 9.20cm2 = 2 x 4.64 cm2)


2

Az Az -4.64 cm² -0.0000 %
552
Test ID: 5058

Test status: Passed
5.39.1 Description
5.39.2 Background

■ Concrete C20/25
The dead load will be represented by a punctual load of 105kN
The live load will be considered from one point load of 95kN

553
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 3.00 m,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading:
 a
VEd  Pu 1  
 l
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*105kN=1.50*95kN=284.25kN
In this case, (a = 1 m; l = 3 m):
 1
VEd  284,25 * 1    189,5 KN
 3
554

1  cot 2θ
Where:
 f 
α cw  1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v 1  0,6 * 1  ck 
 250 
v 1 * f cd * z u * b w
VRd,max 
tgθ  cot θ
In this case,
  45 and   90

 f   20 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck   0.6 * 1   0.55
 250   250 
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.435  0.392m
0.55 *13.33 * 0.392 * 0.20
VRd , max   0.288MN
2
VEd  0.1895 MN  VRd , max  0.288 MN

■ is determined by considering the transverse reinforcement steel vertical (=90°) and connecting rods inclined
at 45 °, at different points of the beam
Asw VEd . * tg 0,18950 * tg 45
■ before the first point load:    11.13cm² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0,392 *
1,15
■ beyond the point load, the shear force is constant and equal to Rb, therefore:
a 1
Vu   Pu *  284,25 *  94,75KN
l 3
■ it also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:

■ 3 nodes,
555

Fz,1 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1m [kNm] 189.5 kN
Fz,2 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.01m [kNm] 94.75 kN
2
At,z,1 Theoretical reinforcement area x=1m [cm /ml] 11.13 cm2/ml
At,z,2 Theoretical reinforcement area x=1.01m [cm2/ml] 5.57 cm2/ml

Fz Fz,1 -189.5 kN -0.0000 %
Fz Fz,2 94.75 kN 0.0000 %
Atz Atz,1 11.1328 cm² 0.0002 %
Atz Atz,2 5.56641 cm² 0.0000 %
556
reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0)
Test ID: 5083

Test status: Passed
5.40.1 Description
diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member,
limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max. will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the
shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation.
The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
5.40.2 Background
diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member,
limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the
shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.

The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 13.83kN/m
■ Exposure class: X0
557
The objective is to:

■ Verify the shear stresses results
■ Verify the transverse reinforcement
■ Verify the transverse reinforcement distribution by the Caqout method
■ Identify the steel sewing
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Length: L = 10.00 m,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
558
Loading:
For a beam under a uniformly distributed load Pu, the shear force is defined by the following equation:
Pu * l
V ( x)  Pu * x 
2
For the beam end, (x=0) the shear force will be:
Pu * l 58,57 *10
VEd     292,9kN
2 2
In the following calculations, the negative sign of the shear will be neglected, as this has no effect in the calculations.

v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max 
tg  cot 
In this case:
  30 and   90

 f   25 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck   0.6 * 1   0.54
 250   250 
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.764  0.688m
0.54 * 16 .67 * 0.688 * 0.22
VRd , max   0.590 MN
tg 30  cot 30
VEd  0.293MN  VRd , max  0.590 MN

The transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following formula:
Asw VEd . * tg 0.293 * tg 30

   5.66cm² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0.688 *
1,15
559

■ 11 nodes,

At,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm2/ml] 5.66 cm2/ml

Fz Fz -292.852 kN -0.0002 %
Atz Atz 5.65562 cm² 0.0000 %
560
5.41 EC2 Test31: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation
moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5101

Test status: Passed
5.41.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made from concrete C25/30.
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced. Verifies the column to resist simple bending.
The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
5.41.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30.

► 15t axial force
► 6.5t axial force
■  2  0,3
■ Concrete C25/30
561
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.40 m,
■ Width: b = 0.40 m,
■ Length: L = 6.00 m,
Boundary conditions
Loading
NEd =1.35*15+150*6.5=30t=0.300MN
MEd=1.35*1.50+1.5*0.7=3.075t=0.31MNm
MEd 0.031
■ e0    0.10m
NEd 0.300
562

considered to be:
l0  2 * l  12m
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 12
   104
a 0.40
M EQP
 ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination
ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

e1  e0  ei
ei  0.03m
M Eqp 0 1.50  0.30 * 0.70

e1  e0  ei   ei   0.30  0.13m
N Eqp 0 15  0.30 * 0.65
N Eqp1  1.50  0.30 * 0.70  16.95t
M Eqp1  N Eqp1 * e1  16.95 * 0.13  2.20tm  0.022MNm

 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
(for t0= 28 days concrete age).
563
RH
1
 RH 1 100
0.1 * 3 h0
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 400 * 400 100  1.85
h0    200 mm   RH  1 
u 2 * 400  400  0.1 * 3 200
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.85 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.64
M EQP 0.022
ef   , t0  *  2.64 *  1.49
M Ed 0.039

20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 0.300
n   0.112
Ac * f cd 0.40² * 16.67
1 1
A
1  0,2 * ef  1  0.2 *1.49  0.77

20 * 0.77 *1.1 * 0.7

lim   35 .43
0.112
  104  lim  35.43
Therefore, the second order effects most be considered.

NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*6.50= 30 t = 0,300MN
MEd= 1.35*1.50 + 1.50*0.7= 3.075 t = 0,031MNm
Therefore it must be determined:
564
M Ed 0.031
e0    0.10 m
N Ed 0.300
l0 12
ei    0.03m
400 400
N Ed  0.300MN
e1  e0  ei  0.13m
M Ed  e1 * N Ed  (0.10  0.03) * 0.300  0.039MNm
M  N Ed * e0

h  0.40 
M ua  M G 0  N * ( d  )  0.039  0.300 *  0.35    0.084 MNm
2  2 
h h 0,40 0,40
 BC  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,496
d d 0,35 0,35
M ua 0.084
 cu    0.103
bw * d ² * f cd 0.40 * 0.35² * 16.67
565
cu  0.103

u  1,25 * 1  (1  2 * 0,103)  0,136 
zc  d * (1  0,4 *  u )  0,35 * (1  0,4 * 0,136)  0,331m

N 0.300
A  A'  5.84 *10 4   1.06cm2
f yd 434.78
0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.300

As , min    0.69cm ²  0.002 * Ac  3.02cm 2
f yd 434 .78

The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal rigidity:

The nominal rigidity of a post or frame member, it is estimated from the following formula:
With:
Ecm
Ecd 
1.2
0.3 0.3
f   33 
Ecm  22000 *  cm   22000 *    31476Mpa
 10   10 
Ecm 31476
Ecd    26230Mpa
1.2 1.2
b * h 3 0.40 4
Ic    2,133 .10 3 m 4
12 12 (cross section inertia)
Es  200000Mpa
I s : Inertia
As 3,14.104
   0.002
Ac 0.40  0.40
566
As
0.002     0.01
Ac
f ck 25
k1    1.12 Mpa
20 20
N Ed 0.300
n   0.112
Ac * f cd 0.40² *16.67
 104
k2  n *  0.112 *  0.069  0.20
170 170
2 2
A h  3,14 *104  0.40 
Is  2 * s *   c   2 * *  0.05   7,06 *10 6 m4
2 2  2  2 
k1 * k 2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc    0.031
1   ef 1  1.49
Ks  1 and
Therefore:
EI  0.031* 26230 * 2,133 *103  1 * 200000 * 7,06 *106  3.15MNm²
Corrected stresses:
The total moment, including the second order effects is defined as a value and is added to the first order moment
value:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
NB
  1
 N Ed 
M 0 Ed  0.039MNm (time of first order (ULS) taking into account the geometric imperfections, relative to the
center of gravity of concrete).
N Ed  0.300MN (normal force acting at ULS).

And:
²
 with c0  8 because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
c0
²
  1.234
8
EI 3.15
NB   ² * 2
²*  0.216 MN
l0 12²
567
Therefore the second order moment is:
 
 1.234 
M Ed  0.039 * 1   0.133MNm
0.216 
  1
 0.300 
There is a second order moment that is negative because it was critical that the normal force, NB, is less than the
applied normal force => instability.
A section corresponding to a ratio of 5 ‰ will be considered and the corresponding equivalent stiffness is
recalculated.
With:
Ecd  26230Mpa ; I c  2,133 .10 3 m 4
Es  200000Mpa
Is : Inertia
  0,005  As  0,005 * Ac  0,005 * 0,40²  8cm²
It sets up : 4HA16 =>

  0,005  As  8,04cm²
As
0.002     0.01
Ac
2 2
A h  8,04 *104  0.40 
Is  2 * s *   c   2 * *  0.05   1,81 *10 5 m 4
2 2  2  2 
k1 * k 2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc    0.031
1   ef 1  1.49
Ks  1 and
Therefore:
EI  0.031* 26230 * 2,133.103  1 * 200000 *1,81.105  5.35MNm²

The second order effects must be recalculated:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 
  1.234
EI 5.35
NB   ² * 2
²*  0.367 MN
l0 12²
 
 1.234 
M Ed  0.039 * 1   0.254MNm
0.367 
  1
 0.300 
568
There is thus a second order moment of 0.254MNm.

This moment is expressed relative to the center of gravity.
Reinforcement calculation for combined bending

The necessary frames for the second order stresses can now be determined.
A column frames can be calculated from the diagram below:
M Ed 0.254
 2
  0.238
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40² *16.67
N Ed 0.300
v   0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67
 * b * h * f cd 0.485 * 0.40 ² * 16 .67
  0 .485 is obtained, which gives: A s 
f yd

434 .78
 29 .75cm ²
Therefore set up a section 14.87cm ² per side must be set, or 3HA32 per side (by excess)
Buckling checking
The column in place will be verified without buckling. The new reinforcement area must be considered for the
previous calculations: 6HA32 provides As=48.25cm2
The normal rigidity evaluation:

It is estimated nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:
EI  K c .Ecd . I c  K s .Es . I s
With:
Is : Inertia
As 48,25 *104
   0.03
Ac 0.40 * 0.40
569
2 2
A h  48,25 *104  0.40 
Is  2 * s *   c   2 * *  0.05   1,086.10 4 m 4
2 2  2  2 
k1  1.12
k2  0.069
k1 * k 2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc    0.031
1   ef 1  1.49
K s  1 and
The following conditions are not implemented in Advance Design:
As
  0.01
If:
Ac
0,3
Kc 
1  0,5 *  ef
Then:
EI  0.031* 26230 * 2,133 *103  200000 *1,086 *104  23.45MNm²
Corrected stresses
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 
M 0 Ed  0.039MNm
N Ed  0.300MN (normal force acting at ULS)
  1.234
EI 23.45
NB   ² * 2
²*  1.607 MN
l0 12²
It was therefore a moment of second order which is:
 
 1.234 
M Ed  0.039 * 1   0.05MNm
1.607 
  1
 0.300 
Reinforcement calculation:
M Ed 0.05
M Ed  0.05 MNm    2
  0.047
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40² * 16.67
N Ed 0.300
N Ed  0.300 MN  v    0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67
570
The minimum reinforcement percentage conditions are not satisfied therefore there will be one more iteration.
Additional iteration:
The additional iteration will be made for a section corresponding to 1%; As=0.009*0.40=14.4cm2, which is 7.2cm2 per
side. A 3HA16 reinforcement will be chosen by either side (6HA16 for the entire column), which will give
As=12.03cm2.
Nominal rigidity evaluation:
EI  K c .Ecd . I c  K s .Es . I s .
Is : Inertia
As 12,06 *104
   0.00754
Ac 0.40 * 0.40
As
0.002     0.01
if
Ac
2 2
As h  12,06 * 104  0.40 
Is  2 * *  c  2* *  0.05   2,71.10 5 m 4
2 2  2  2 
k1 * k 2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc    0.031
1   ef 1  1.49
K s  1 and
Therefore:
EI  0.031 * 26230 * 2,133 *103  1 * 200000 * 2,71 * 105  7.15MNm²
571
Second order loads calculation:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 
M 0 Ed  0.039MNm
  1.234
EI 7.15
NB   ² * 2
²*  0.49 MN
l0 12²
 
 1.234 
M Ed  0.039 * 1    0.115 MNm
0.49
  1
 0.300 
Frames are calculated again from the interaction diagram:
M Ed 0.115
 2
  0.108
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40² *16.67
N Ed 0.300
v   0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 * 16.67
 * b * h * f cd 0.18 * 0.40² *16.67
  0 .18 is obtained, which gives: A s 
f yd

434 .78
 11.04cm ²
Therefore set up a section 5.52cm ² per side must be set; this will be the final column reinforcement

■ 7 nodes,
572


(reference value: 11.16 cm2 = 2 x 5.58 cm2)
573

2

Az Az -5.58 cm² -0.0000 %
574
5.42 EC2 Test 37: Verifying a square concrete column using the simplified method – Professional
rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5126

Test status: Passed
5.42.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a square concrete column made of concrete C25/30, using the simplified method –
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Simplified Method
blocked) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also
blocked.
5.42.2 Background
Simplified Method

■ Concrete C25/30
■ Relative humidity RH=50%
■ Buckling length L0=0.70*4=2.80m
575
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.40 m,
■ Width: b = 0.400 m,
■ Length: L = 4.00 m,
Boundary conditions
blocked) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also
blocked.
Loading
N ED  1.35 * 800  1.5 * 800  2280kN
576
Scope of the method:
L0 L L L L L * 12 2.8 * 12
  0  0  0  0  0   24.25
i I a 4
a 2 a a 0.4
A 12 12 12
2
a
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004) Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)
The method of professional rules can be applied as:
  120
20  f ck  50 MPa
h  0 .15 m
  24.25  60 , therefore:
0.86 0.86
 2
 2
 0.746
   24.25 
1   1  
 62   62 
According to “Conception Et Calcul Des Structures De Batiment”, by Henry Thonier, page 283
Not knowing the values for  and  , we can considered k h  0.93
f yk 500
k s  1 .6  0 .6 *  1 . 6  0 .6 * 1
500 500
1  N ed  1  2.280 
As  *   b * h * f cd   *  0.4 * 0.4 *16 .67   14,24cm ²
f yd k *
 h s k *   434 . 78  0 . 93 * 1 * 0 . 746 

■ 5 nodes,
577

(reference value: 14.24cm2=4*3.56cm2)

2
Ay Reinforcement area [cm ] 3.57cm2

Ay Az -3.56562 cm² 0.0001 %
578
5.43 EC2 Test 38: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the simplified method –
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5127

Test status: Passed
5.43.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section concrete C25/30 column using the simplified method –Professional rules -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked). At
the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along the Z axis is also blocked.
5.43.2 Background
Simplified Method

■ Concrete C25/30
■ Buckling length L0=6.50m
Units
Metric System
579
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.30 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 6.50 m,
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked) and
to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.
Loading
N ED  1.35 * 800  1080kN
L0 L L L L L * 12 6.5 * 12
  0  0  0  0  0   75.06
i I a4 a2 a a 0.3
A 12 12 12
2
a
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004) Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)
  120
20  f ck  50 MPa
h  0 .15 m
60    75.06  120
1.3 1.3
 32   32 
      0.33
   75.06 
k h  (0.75  0.5 * h) * (1  6 *  *  )  0.93
f yk 500
k s  1 .6  0 . 6 *  1 .6  0 .6 * 1
500 500
1  N ed  1  1.08 
As  *   b * h * f cd   *  0.3 * 0.5 * 16.67   23 .43cm ²
f yd k *
 h s k *   434 . 78  0 . 93 * 1 * 0 . 33 
580

■ 8 nodes,


2

Ay Ay -5.85106 cm² 0.0001 %
581
5.44 EC2 Test 41: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant compression force
and small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5195

Test status: Passed
5.44.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section concrete column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a significant compression
force and small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity and then
calculate the frames by considering a symmetrically reinforced section.
5.44.2 Background

► 15kMm rotation moment applied to the column top
► 7kNm rotation moment applied to the column top
■  2  0,3
■ Concrete cover 3cm and 5cm
■ Concrete C30/37
582
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
■ Concrete cover: c = 5cm
Boundary conditions
Loading
NEd = 1.35*150+1.50*100 = 352.50kN = 0.035MN
MEd = 1.35*15+1.50*7 = 30.75kNm = 0.03075MNm
MEd 0.03705
■ e0    0.087m
NEd 0.353
583

considered to be:
l0  2 * l  11.60m
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
   80.37
a 0.50
M EQP
 ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
e1  e0  ei
ei  0.03m
M Eqp 0 15  0.30 * 7
e1  e0  ei   ei   0.30  0.125m
N Eqp 0 150  0.30 *100
N Eqp1  150  0.30 *100  180kN
M Eqp1  N Eqp1 * e1  180 * 0.125  22.50kNm  0.0225MNm

M Ed 1  0.041MNm
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.72
f cm 30  8
1 1
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
584
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
 35   35   35   35 
f cm  35MPa therefore: 1       0.944 and  2       0.984
f
 cm   38  f
 cm   38 
 50 
 1 
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500 100 * 0.944  * 0.984  1.72
h0    250 mm   RH  1 
u 2 * 500  500   0.1 * 3 250 
 
 
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488  2.28
M EQP 0.0225
ef   , t0  *  2.28 *  1.25
M Ed 0.041

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit verification is done using the next formula:
20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 0.353
n   0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
1 1
A
1  0,2 * ef  1  0.2 *1.25  0.80

20 * 0.80 * 1.1 * 0.7

lim   46 .24
0.071
  80.37  lim  46.24
Therefore, the second order effects must be taken into account.
Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS:

■ NEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN = 0,3525 MN
■ MEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 352.5kN= 0.03075MNm
Therefore, we must calculate:
585
M Ed 0.03075
e0    0.087 m
N Ed 0.353
l0 11.6
ei    0.03m
400 400
N Ed  0.353MN
e1  e0  ei  0.117m
M Ed  e1 * N Ed  0.117 * 0.353  0.041MNm
M  N Ed * e0
20mm  20mm  20mm

 30  30 16.7 mm

To apply the nominal rigidity method, we need an initial reinforcement area to start from. For this, the concrete
section will be sized considering only the first order effect.
The Advance Design calculation is different: it is iterating as many time as necessary starting from the minimum
percentage area.
The reinforcement will be determined using a compound bending with compressive stress. The determined
solicitations were calculated from the center of gravity of the concrete section alone. Those stresses must be reduced
to the centroid of tensioned steel:
h  0.50 
M ua  M G 0  N * ( d  )  0.041  0.353 *  0.45    0.112 MNm
2  2 
Verification about the partially compressed section:
h h 0,50 0,50
 BC  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,494
d d 0,45 0, 45
M ua 0.112
 cu    0.055
bw * d ² * f cd 0.50 * 0.45² * 20
cu  0.055  BC  0.494 therefore the section is partially compressed
586
The calculation for the tensioned steel in pure bending:
cu  0.055
 
u  1,25 * 1  (1  2 * 0,055)  0,071
zc  d * (1  0,4 *  u )  0,45 * (1  0,4 * 0,071)  0,437m
M ua 0,112
A    5,89cm ²
zc * f yd 0,437 * 434,78
The calculation for the compressed steel in bending:

For the compound bending:
N 0.353
A  A  5.89 * 10  4   2.23cm 2
Fyd 434.78
The minimum column percentage reinforcement must be considered:
0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.353

As , min    0.81cm ²
Fyd 434 .78
Therefore, a 5cm2 reinforcement area will be considered.
587
5.44.2.3 Calculation of the second order effects:
Estimation of the nominal rigidity:

It is estimated the nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:
Where:
Ecm
Ecd 
1.2
0.3 0.3
f   38 
Ecm  22000 *  cm   22000 *    32836.57 Mpa
 10   10 
Ecm 32837
Ecd    27364Mpa
1.2 1.2
b * h 3 0.50 4
Ic    5,208 .10  3 m 4
12 12 inertia of the concrete section only
Es  200000Mpa
Is
: Inertia
As 5.104
   0.002
Ac 0.50 * 0.50
As
0.002     0.01
Ac
f ck 30
k1    1.22
20 20
N Ed 0.353
n   0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
 80.37
k2  n *  0.071*  0.0336  0.20
170 170
2 2
A h  5 * 10 4  0.50 
Is  2 * s *   c   2 * *  0.05   2.10  5 m 4
2 2  2  2 
Ks  1 k1 * k 2 1.22 * 0.0336
and Kc    0.018
1   ef 1  1.25
Therefore:
EI  0.018 * 27364 * 5,208 *103  1 * 200000 * 2 *105  6.56MNm²
588
Stress correction:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 

In addition:
²

c0 and c0  8 because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
²
  1.234
8
EI 6.56
NB   ² * 2
²*  0.48 MN
l0 11.60²
It was therefore a moment of 2nd order which is:
 
 1.234 
M Ed  0.041 * 1 
0.48   0.182MNm
  1
 0.353 
There is thus a second order moment of 0.182MNm
589
Calculation of the flexural combined reinforcement

The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by the following diagram:
M Ed  0.182MNm
N Ed  0.353MN
The input parameters of the diagram are:
M Ed 0.182
   0.073
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2
N Ed 0.353
   0.071
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:
  0.11
The reinforcement area will be:
 * b * h * f cd 0.11* 0.502 * 20
 As  f yd

434.78
 12.65cm2
This means a total of 12.65cm2

The initial calculations must be repeated by increasing the section; a 6cm2 reinforcement section will be considered.
One more iteration by considering an initial section of 6.5cm ²
590
Estimation of the nominal rigidity:
Where:
Ecm
Ecd 
1.2
0.3 0.3
f   38 
Ecm  22000 *  cm   22000 *    32836.57 Mpa
 10   10 
Ecm 32837
Ecd    27364Mpa
1.2 1.2
b * h 3 0.50 4
Ic    5,208 .10  3 m 4 considering only the concrete section only
12 12
Es  200000Mpa
Is
: Inertia
As 6.5 * 104
   0.0026
Ac 0.50 * 0.50
As
0.002     0.01
Ac
f ck 30
k1    1.22
20 20
N Ed 0.353
n   0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
 80.37
k2  n *  0.071*  0.0336  0.20
170 170
2 2
A h  6.5 * 10 4  0.50 
Is  2 * s *   c   2 *   0.05   2.6  10  5 m 4
2 2  2  2 
Ks  1 k1 * k 2 1.22 * 0.0336
and Kc    0.018
1   ef 1  1.25
Therefore:
EI  0.018* 27364* 5,208*103  1* 200000* 2.6 *105  7.78MNm²
591
Stress correction:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 

In addition:
²

c0 and c0  8 because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
²
  1.234
8
EI 7.78
NB   ² * 2
²*  0.57 MN
l0 11.60²
It was therefore a moment of 2nd order which is:
 
 1.234 
M Ed  0.041 * 1 
0.57   0.123MNm
  1
 0.353 
There is thus a second order moment of 0.123MNm
Calculation of the flexural compound reinforcement

The theoretical reinforcement will be determined, from the following diagram:
M Ed  0.123MNm
N Ed  0.353MN
592
M Ed 0.123
   0.049
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2
N Ed 0.353
   0.071
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:
  0.05
 * b * h * f cd 0.05 * 0.502 * 20
 As  f yd

434.78
 5.75cm2
This means a total of 5.75cm2

■ 7 nodes,
593



2

Az Az -3.01 cm² -0.0000 %
594
5.45 EC2 Test 42: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant rotation moment
and small compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5205

Test status: Passed
5.45.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a significant rotation moment and small
compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Nominal curvature method.
5.45.2 Background

► 7kN axial force
■  2  0,3
■ Concrete C30/37
595
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
Boundary conditions
Loading
► NEd =1.35*15+1.50*7=30.75kN=0.03075MN
► MEd=1.35*150+1.50*100=352.50kNm=0.352MNm
MEd 0.352
■ e0    11.45m
NEd 0.03075
596

considered to be:
l0  2 * l  11.60m
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
   80.37
a 0.50
M EQP
 ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:

e1  e0  ei
ei  0.03m
M Eqp 0 150  0.30 *100

e1  e0  ei   ei   0.30  10.56m
N Eqp 0 15  0.30 * 7
N Eqp1  15  0.30 * 7  17.10kN
M Eqp1  N Eqp1 * e1  17.10 *10.56  180.58kNm  0.181MNm

M Ed 1  0.3523 MNm
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.72
f cm 30  8
1 1
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
597
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
 35   35   35   35 
f
 cm   38  f
 cm   38 
 50 
 1 
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500 100 * 0.944  * 0.984  1.72
h0    250 mm   RH  1 
u 2 * 500  500   0.1 * 3 250 
 
 
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488  2.28
M EQP 0.181
ef   , t0  *  2.28 *  1.17
M Ed 0.352

20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 0.031
n   0.0062
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
1 1
A
1  0,2 * ef  1  0.2 *1.17  0.81

20 * 0.81 * 1.1 * 0.7

lim   158 .42
0.0062
  80.37  lim  158.42
Therefore, the second order effects can be neglected.
598

■ NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 30.75kN = 0,03075 MN
■ MEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN= 0.3525 MNm
M Ed 0.3525
e0    11 .46 m
N Ed 0.03075
l0 11.6
ei    0.03m
400 400
N Ed  0.03075MN
e1  e0  ei  11.49m
M Ed  e1 * N Ed  11.49 * 0.03075  0.353MNm
M  N Ed * e0
 h   500 mm 
e0  max  20 mm;   max  20 mm;   max( 20 mm; 16.7 mm )  20 mm
 30   30 
599

The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by the following diagram:
M Ed 0.353
   0.141
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2
N Ed 0.03075
   0.00615
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:
  0.35
 * 0.502 * 20
 As  434.78
 40.25cm2
which means 20.13cm2 per face.
The total area will be 40.25cm2.
600
The nominal curvature methods (second order effect):

The curvature calculation:
Considering a reinforcement of 40.25cm² (considered symmetric), one can determine the curvature from the following
formula:
1 1
 K r * K *
r r0
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)
f yd
434.78
1  yd Es
   1000  0.0107m 1
r0 (0,45 * d ) (0,45 * d ) 0,45 * 0.45
Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:
nu  n
Kr  1
nu  nbal
N Ed 0.03075
n   0.00615
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
As * f yd 40.25 *104 * 434.78

   0.350
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
nu  1    1  0.350  1.350
nbal  0,4
1.350  0.00615
Kr   1.41
1.350  0.40
Condition: K r  1 , therefore it will be considered: K r  1
K K   1   *  ef  1
creep coefficient:
therefore
Calculation moment:
The moment of calculation is estimated from the formula:
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2
Where:
M 0 Ed is moment of the first order including geometric imperfections.
601
M2 is nominal moment of second order.
The 2nd order moment is calculated from the curvature:
M 2  N Ed * e2
1 l02 11 .60 ²
e2  *  0.0107 *  0.144 m
r c 10
M 2  N Ed * e2  0.03075 * 0.144  0.00443MNm
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2  0.353  0.00443  0.357 MNm
The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second degree effects, as follows:
N Ed  0.03075MN
M Ed  0.357 MNm
Reinforcement calculation according the second order effects:

The interaction diagram will be used.
 * b * h * f cd 0.35 * 0.50² * 20
  0 .35 will be obtained, which gives: A
s 
f yd

434.78
 0  40.25cm²
Meaning a 20.13 cm2 per side (which confirms the initial section)
602

■ 7 nodes,


(reference value: 38.64 cm2 = 2 x 19.32cm2)
603

2

Az Az -19.32 cm² 0.0000 %
604
5.46 EC2 Test36: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on nominal
curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5125

Test status: Passed
5.46.1 Description
Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on nominal curvature - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1)
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made from concrete C30/37.
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked and
all the rotations are permitted) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation
along Z axis is also blocked.
This example is provided by the “Calcul des Structures en beton” book, by Jean-Marie Paille, edition Eyrolles.
5.46.2 Background

► The quasi permanent coefficient  2  0,3
■ Wind loads:
► The wind loads are applied horizontally on the middle of the column to the wider face (against the
positive sense of the Y local axis)
► The quasi permanent coefficients  0  1 and  2  0

■ Concrete C30/37
■ Concrete age t0=30days
■ The reinforcement is set to 8HA16 (16.08cm2)
605
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.35 m,
■ Width: b = 0.60 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked and
all the rotations are permitted) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation
along Z axis is also blocked.
Loading
N ED  1.35 * 0.4  1.5 * 0.3  0.99MN
Mu
e0   0cm
Nu
 l   500 
ei  max 2cm; 0   max 2cm;   2cm
 400   400 
First order eccentricity: e1  e 0  e i  2cm  0.02m
606

considered to be:
l0  l  5m
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 5
   49.5
a 0.35
The creep coefficient is determined by the next formula:
M EQP
 ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
M EQP
serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination
M EQP M EQP  G  0.3Q  0 * W

The value is calculated using the
M 0 Eqp  N qp * e1  (0.4  0.3 * 0.3) * 0 .02  0.0098 MNm
The M 0 ED value is calculated using the M oED  1.35G  1.5 * Q  1.5 * W
L 5
M 0 Eqp  Ned * e1  1.5 * HW *  0.99 * 0.02  1.5 * 0.25 *  0.48855MNm
4 4
The moment report becomes:
M 0 Eqp 0.0098
  0.02
M 0 Ed 0.48855
The creep coefficient  ,t0  is:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.73MPa
f cm 30  8
1 1
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  30 0.20
607
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
RH = relative humidity; RH = 50%
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
Where 1   2  1 if f cm  35MPa if not 1    and  2   
f
 cm  f
 cm 
2 * Ac 2 * 350 * 600
h0    221mm
u 2 * 350  600 
0.7 0.7
 35   35 
f cm  38MPa  35MPa therefore 1       0.944 and
f
 cm   38 
0.2 0.2
 35   35 
 2       0.984
f
 cm   38 
 RH   50 
 1   1 
 RH 
 1 100  
* 1 *  2  1  100 * 0.944  * 0.984  1.752
 0.1 * 3 h0   0.1 * 3 221 
   
   
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.752 * 2.73 * 0.482  2.30
M EQP
ef   , t0  *  2.30 * 0.02  0.046
M Ed
1   ef  1  0.046  1.046
The M2 moment is calculated from the curvature formula: M 2  N Ed * e2
1 l02
e2  *
r c
l0 is the buckling length: l0=l=5m
“c” is a factor depending on the curvature distribution. Because the cross section is constant, c = 10.
1 1
 K r * K *
r r0
1  yd f 434.78 2.1739
  yd  yd  
r0 (0,45.d ) and Es 200000 1000
608
2.1739
1  yd 1000
   0.0161m 1
r0 (0,45 * d ) (0,45 * 0.30)
nu  n
Kr  1
nu  nbal
N Ed 0.99
n   0.236
Ac * f cd 0.6 * 0.35 * 20
nu  1  
As f yd 16.08 *104 * 434.78

   0.166
Ac f cd 0.6 * 0.35 * 20
nu  1    1.  0.166  1.166
nbal  0,4
nu  n 1.166  0.236
Kr    1.214
nu  nbal 1.166  0.4
Condition: K r  1 , therefore it will be considered: K r  1
K creep coefficient: K   1   *  ef  1
f ck 
  0,35  
200 150
l0 12 5 12
   49.5
h 0.35
f ck  30 49.5
  0,35    0.35    0.17
200 150 200 150
K   1   *  ef  1  0.17 * 0.046  1.008
Therefore:
1 1
 K r * K *  1 * 1.008 * 0.0161  0.0162
r r0
1 l 02 5²
e2  *  0.0162 *  0.04057 m
r c 10
M 2  N Ed * e2  0.990 * 0.04057  0.04017 MNm
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2  0.48855  0.04017  0.5287 MNm

The frames must be sized considering the demands of the second degree effects, as follows:
N Ed  0.990 MN
609
M Ed  0.5287 MNm

The calculations are made using the following values:
N Ed  0.990 MN
M Ed  0.5287 MNm
The calculations resulted in 38.02cm2 tensioned reinforcement and a 20cm2 compressed reinforcement, meaning a
total of 58.02cm2 reinforcement area.
Buckling checking:
The calculation is performed considering the reinforcement found previously (58.02cm2):
Curvature calculation:
The reinforcement area has an influence only over the Kr parameter:
1
 0.0161m 1
r0
nu  n
Kr  1
nu  nbal
n  0.112
As * f yd 58,02 *104 * 434.78
   0.60
Ac * f cd 0.60 * 0.35 * 20
nu  1    1  0 .60  1 .60
nbal  0,4
1.60  0.112
Kr   1.24  1  K r  1
1.60  0.40
K  1 K   1   . ef  1
the creep coefficient
Therefore the curvature becomes:
1 1
 K r * K *  0.0161m 1
r r0
Considering this result, the same curvature is obtained, which means that the second order moment is the same. The
reinforcement section is correctly chosen.

■ 5 nodes,
610



2

Ay Ay -38.01 cm² -0.0000 %
611
5.47 EC2 Test 40: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small compression force and
significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5153

Test status: Passed
5.47.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a small compression force and
significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Nominal rigidity method - The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of
nominal rigidity, and then calculate the frames by considering a symmetrically reinforced section.
5.47.2 Background

► 7kN axial force
■
■ Transversal reinforcement spacing a = 40cm
■ Concrete C30/37
612
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
■ Concrete cover: c = 5cm
Boundary conditions
Loading
NEd =1.35*15+150*7=30.75kN=0.03075MN
MEd=1.35*150+1.50*100=352.50kNm=0.352MNm
MEd 0.352
■ e0    11.45m
NEd 0.03075
613

considered to be:
l0  2 * l  11.60m
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
   80.37
a 0.50
M EQP
 ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
e1  e0  ei
ei  0.03m
N Eqp1  15  0.30 * 7  17.10kN
M Eqp1  N Eqp1 * e1  17.10 *10.56  180.58kNm  0.181MNm

 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.72
f cm 30  8
1 1
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
614
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
 35   35   35   35 
1       0.944  2       0.984
f
 cm   38  f
 cm   38 
f cm  35MPa therefore: and
 50 
 1 
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500 100 * 0.944  * 0.984  1.72
h0    250 mm   RH  1 
u 2 * 500  500   0.1 * 3 250 
 
 
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488  2.28
M EQP 0.181
ef   , t0  *  2.28 *  1.17
M Ed 0.352

20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 0.031
n   0.0062
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
1 1
A
1  0,2 * ef  1  0.2 *1.17  0.81

20 * 0.81 * 1.1 * 0.7

lim   158 .42
0.0062
  80.37  lim  158.42
Therefore, the second order effects can be neglected.

NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 30.75kN = 0,03075 MN
MEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN= 0.3525MNm
615
Therefore, we must calculate:

M Ed 0.3525
e0    11 .46 m
N Ed 0.03075
l0 11.6
ei    0.03m
400 400
N Ed  0.03075MN
e1  e0  ei  11.49m
M Ed  e1 * N Ed  11.49 * 0.03075  0.353MNm
M  N Ed * e0
20mm  20mm  20mm

 30  30 16.7 mm
616

The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by the following diagram
M Ed 0.353
   0.141
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2
N Ed 0.03075
   0.00615
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:
  0.35
 * 0.502 * 20
A s 
434.78
 40.25cm2
which means 20.13cm2 per face.
The total area will be 40.25cm2.

■ 7 nodes,
617


(reference value: 38.64 cm2= 2 x 19.32cm2)
618

2

Az Az -19.32 cm² 0.0000 %
619
5.48 EC2 Test 45: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam supporting a balcony - Bilinear stress-
strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5225

Test status: Passed
5.48.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C25/30 supporting a balcony - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Verifies the column resistance to rotation moment along its length. During this test, the determination of stresses is
made along with the determination of the longitudinal and transversal reinforcement.
5.48.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist rotation moment along its
length. During this test, the calculation of stresses is performed, along with the calculation of the longitudinal and
transversal reinforcement.

■ The geometric dimension of the beam are:

■ Concrete type: C25/30
■ Reinforcement type: S500B
■ Balcony load: 1kN/m2
■ The weight of the beam will be considered in calculation
■ The beam is considered fixed at both ends
■ Concrete cover: 40mm
■ Beam length: 4.00m
620
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.75 m,
■ Width: b = 0.25 m,
■ Length: L = 4.00 m,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 4.00) fixed connection
■ Inner: None.
The ULS load calculation:

The first step of the calculation is to determine charges transmitted to the beam:
■ Vertical loads applied to the beam (kN/ml) from the load distribution over the balcony
■ Rotation moment applied to the beam (kN/ml) from the load distribution over the balcony
Each action (self-weight and distributed load) is determined by summing the resulting vertical loads along the eaves
and the torsional moment by multiplying the resultant by the corresponding lever arm.
CAUTION, different lever arm must be considered from the center of the beam (by adding therefore the half-width).
The results are displayed in the table below:
621
Load calculation:
From previously calculated results, the following stresses can be determined:
VEd
■ Shear:
M Ed
■ Bending moment:
TEd
■ Torque:
Shear and bending moment:

One can determine the load at ULS taken over by the beam:
Pu  1,35 * 13.44  1,5 * 2  21.14 KN / m

For a beam fixed on both ends, the following values will be obtained:
Maximum shear (ULS):
Pu * l 21,14 * 4
VEd    42,3KN  0,042MN
2 2
Bending moment at the supports:
Pu * l ² 21,14 * 4²
M Ed    28,2 KNm  0,028MNm
12 12
Maximum Moment at middle of span:
Pu * l ² 21,14 * 4²
M Ed    14,1KNm  0,014MNm
24 24
Torsion moment:
For a beam subjected to a torque constant:
mtu  1,35 * 8,59  1,5 * 2,25  14,97KNm/ m  0,015MNm/ m

l 4
TEd  mtu *  0,015 *  0,03MNm
2 2
622
5.48.2.3 Bending rebar
Span reinforcement (at bottom fiber)
0,014
cu   0,007
0,25 * 0.70² * 16.67

u  1,25 * 1  1  2 * 0,007  0,0088
zc  0.70 * 1  0,4 * 0,0088   0,697 m
0,014
Au   4.62 * 10  4 m ²  0.46cm ²
0,697 * 434,78
 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
Minimum reinforcement percentage verification: As , min  Max  f yk
 0.0013 * b * d
 w
Cracking matrix required (calculation hypothesis): f ct , eff  f ctm  2.56 Mpa
 f ct , eff 2.56
0.26 * * bw * d  0.26 * * 0.25 * 0.70  2.27cm²
As , min  Max f yk 500  2.27cm²
 0.0013 * bw * d  0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.70  2.27cm²

Therefore, it retains 2.27 cm ².
Reinforcement on supports (at top fiber)
0,028
cu   0,014
0,25 * 0.70² * 16.67

u  1,25 * 1  1  2 * 0,014  0,018 
zc  0.70 * 1  0,4 * 0,018   0,695m
0,028
Au   9.27 * 10  4 m ²  0.93cm ²
0,695 * 434,78
It also retains 2.27 cm ² (minimum percentage).
Shear reinforcement
VEd  0,042MN
The transmission to the support is not direct; it is considered a connecting rod inclined by 45˚, therefore cot   1
Concrete rod verification:
cot   cot 
VRd , max  bw * z * v * f cd *
1  cot ²
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.2.3(4)
z  zc  0.695m (from the design in simple bending of support)
623
Vertical frames:
 25 
v  0,6 * 1   0.54
 250 
cot   cot  bw * zc * v * f cd 0.25 * 0.695 * 0.54 * 16 .67
VRd , max  bw * zc * v * f cd *    0.78 MN
1  cot ² tg  cot  2
v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max 
tg  cot 
VEd  0.042MN  VRd , max  0.78MN
Asw VEd . * tg 0.042

   1.39cm² / ml
s zu * f yd 0.695 * 434.78
(over shear)
From the minimum reinforcement percentage:
Asw
  w,min .bw . sin 
s
With:
0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 25
 w, min    0.0008
f yk 500
Asw
 0.0008 * 0.25  2cm² / ml
s
Therefore:
Asw
 2cm ² / ml
s
Torsion calculation:
Torsion moment was calculated before: TEd  0,03MNm
624
Torsional shear stress:
TEd
 t ,i 
2 * tef ,i * Ak
 2 * c  8cm
A ( 25 * 75)
tef ,i  max    9.375cm  9.375cm
 u 2( 25  75)
Ak  (25  9.375) * (75  9.375)  1025cm²  0.1025m²

TEd 0.03
τ t,i    1.56Mpa
2 * t ef ,i * A k 2 * 0.09375 * 0.1025
Concrete verification:
Calculate the maximum allowable stress in the rods:
TRd ,max  2 * v *  cw * f cd * Ak * tef ,i * sin  * cos 

 f 
v  0,6 * 1  ck   0.54
 250 
TRd , max  2 * 0.54 *16.67 * 0.1025 * 0.09375 * 0.70 * 0.70  0.085MN
Because of the combined share/moment effect, we must calculate:
TEd VEd
  1,0
TRd , max VRd , max
0.03 0.042
  0.399  1,0
0.085 0.78
Torsion longitudinal reinforcement
TEd * u k
Al  * cot 
2 * Ak * f yd
uk  2 * [(b  tef )  (h  tef )]  2 * [(25  9.375)  (75  9.375)]  162.5cm  1.625m
0.03 *1.625
Al   5.47cm²
2 * 0.1025 * 434.78
625
Torsion transversal reinforcement
AswT TEd 0.03

   3.36cm ² / ml
sT 2 * Ak * f yd * cot  2 * 0.1025 * 434 .78
AswT
Therefore  3,36cm² / ml for each face.
sT

■ 11 nodes,

Torsional moment (Ted=29.96kNm)
Longitudinal reinforcement (5.46cm2)
Transversal reinforcement (3.36cm2/ml)
626

Mx Torsional moment [kNm] 29.96 cm2
Al Longitudinal reinforcement [cm2] 5.46 cm2
2
Ator,y Transversal reinforcement [cm /ml] 3.36 cm2/ml

Mx Mx 29.9565 kN*m 0.0000 %
Al Al 5.4595 cm² 0.0000 %
Ator,y / face Ator,y/face 3.35969 cm² 0.0001 %
627
5.49 EC2 Test 46 II: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of traction -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0)
Test ID: 5231

Test status: Passed
5.49.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section beam made of concrete C20/25 subjected to a normal force of traction - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class X0).
Tie sizing
Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Determines the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, subjected to a normal force of traction.
The load combinations will produce the following rotation efforts:
NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kNm
- Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection
- Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked
5.49.2 Background
Tie sizing
Bilinear stress-strain diagram / Inclined stress-strain diagram
Determine the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, C20/25, subjected to a normal force of traction.

■ Loadings from the structure: Fx,G = 233.33 kN
■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Fx,Q = 56.67kN
Units
Metric System
628
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.15 m,
■ Width: b = 0.15 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
■ Reinforcement S400, Class: B
■ Fck=20MPa
■ The load combinations will produce the following rotation efforts:
NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kNm
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) fixed connection,
► Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked
■ Inner: None.

There will be two successive calculations, considering a bilinear stress-strain diagram constitutive law and then a
inclined stress-strain diagram constitutive law.
Calculations according a bilinear stress-strain diagram
N Ed 0.400
As ,U    11,50 * 10 4 m²  11,50cm²
 s ,U 400
1.15
It will be used a 4HA20=A=12.57cm2
Calculations according a inclined stress-strain diagram
S 400  ClassB   s ,U  373MPa
N Ed 0.400
As ,U    10,72 * 10  4 m ²  10,70cm ²
 s ,U 373
It can be seen that the gain is not negligible (about 7%).
f ctm
As  Ac *
f yk
f ctm  0.30 * f ck2 / 3  0.30 * 202 / 3  2,21MPa
Ac  0.15 * 0.15  0.0225m²

f ctm 2.21
As  Ac *  0.0225 *  1.24cm ²
f yk 400
629

■ 6 nodes,
ULS load combinations (kNm)

In case of using the bilinear stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=11.50cm2=2*5.75 cm2)
In case of using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=10.70cm2=2*5.35 cm2)

Az,1 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the bilinear stress-strain 5.75 cm2
diagram [cm2]
Az,2 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain 5.37 cm2
diagram [cm2]

Az Az-i -5.75001 cm² 0.0000 %
630
5.50 EC2 Test 44: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to eccentric loading - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class X0)
Test ID: 5213

Test status: Passed
5.50.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C30/37 subjected to eccentric loading - Bilinear stress-
strain diagram (Class X0).
The verification of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal and transversal
reinforcement.
- Support at start point (x = 0) fixed connection
- Support at end point (x = 5.00) fixed connection
5.50.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist eccentric loading. During
this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal and transversal
reinforcement.

Units
Metric System
631
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.30 m,
■ Width: b = 0.18 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.25m; ebz=0.035m
■ The load eccentricity will be considered of 0.50m
■ The load eccentricity will produce the following rotation moments:

Mx,G=6.00kNm
Mx,Q=1.50kNm
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 5.00) fixed connection
■ Inner: None.
632
Reference results in calculating the concrete beam

The moment is defined by the following formulas:
b 3 3
TA  P * e *  0,5 * P *  P
ab 5 10
a 2 1
TB   P * e *  0,5 * P *   P
ab 5 5
Note: the diagram of bending moment is the same as the shear force multiplied by the eccentricity.
The ULS load calculation:
Pu  1.35 *12  1.5 * 3  20.70kN

Before the point of application of torque, the torque is:
3 3
TEd  * Pu  * 20,7  6.21KNm
10 10
After the point of application of torque, the torque is:
Pu  20.7
TEd     4.14KNm
5 5
Result ADVANCE Design 2012 - Moment: (in kNm)
Reference value: 6.21 kNm and -4.14kNm
633
5.50.2.2 Calculation in pure bending
Bending moment at ULS:
Pu  1,35 * 12  1,5 * 3  20,7 KN
6 * Pu 6 * 20,7
M Ed    24,84 KNm  0,0248 MNm
5 5
Simple bending design:
0,0248
cu   0,110
0,18 * 0.25² * 20

u  1,25 * 1  1  2 * 0,110  0,146
zc  0.25 * 1  0,4 * 0,146   0,235m
0,0248
Au   2,43 * 10  4 m ²  2,43cm ²
0,235 * 434,78
5.50.2.3 Torsion reinforcement
Torsion longitudinal reinforcement - Before application of the moment
TEd * u k
Al  * cot 
2 * Ak * f yd
uk  2 * ((b  tef )  (h  tef ))
Ak  (b  tef ) * (h  tef )
with:
 A  0.18 * 0.30 
tef  max 2 * c;   max 2 * 0.035;   max0.07;0.05625  0.07m
 u  2 * 0.18  0.3 
uk  2 * ((18  7)  (30  7))  68cm  0.68m

Ak  (18  7) * (30  7)  253cm²  0.0253m²
0.0062 * 0.68
Al   1.92cm²
2 * 0.0253* 434.78
Torsion longitudinal reinforcement - After application of the moment
0.00414 * 0.68
Al   1.28cm²
2 * 0.0253 * 434.78
Torsion transversal reinforcement - Before application of the moment
AswT TEd 0.0062

   2.82cm ² / ml
sT 2 * Ak * f yd * cot  2 * 0.0253 * 434 .78
634
Torsion transversal reinforcement - After application of the moment
AswT TEd 0.00414

   1.88cm ² / ml
sT 2 * Ak * f yd * cot  2 * 0.0253 * 434.78
Concrete verification:
Calculation of the maximum allowable stress under torsional moment:
TRd , max  2 * v *  cw * f cd * Ak * t ef ,i * sin  * cos 

 f 
v  0,6 * 1  ck   0.528
 250 
TRd , max  2 * 0.528 * 20 * 0.0253 * 0.07 * 0.70 * 0.70  0.018MN
Calculation of the maximum allowable stress under shear:
cot   cot 
VRd , max  bw * z * v * f cd *
1  cot ²
z  zc  0.235m (from the design in simple bending)
Vertical reinforcement: cot  1

 30 
v  0,6 * 1   0.528
 250 
cot   cot  1
VRd , max  bw * zc * v * f cd *  0.18 * 0.235 * 0.528 * 20 *  0.223MN
1  cot ² 2
Because of the combined shear/moment effect, it must be calculated:
TEd VEd
  1,0
TRd , max VRd , max
0.0062 0.0124
  0.400  1,0
0.018 0.223
■ 6 nodes,
635

Longitudinal reinforcement (Al=1.92cm2 and Al=1.28cm2)
Transversal reinforcement (2.82cm2/ml and 1.88cm2/ml)

2
Al,1 Longitudinal reinforcement for the first part [cm ] 1.92 cm2
Al,2 Longitudinal reinforcement for the second part [cm2] 1.28 cm2
Ator,y,1 Transversal reinforcement for the first part [cm2/ml] 2.82 cm2/ml
2
Ator,y,2 Transversal reinforcement for the second part [cm /ml] 1.88 cm2/ml

Al Al,1 1.91945 cm² 0.0002 %
Al Al,2 1.27964 cm² -0.0003 %
Ator,y / face Ator,y,1 2.82273 cm² -0.0001 %
Ator,y / face Ator,y,2 1.88182 cm² -0.0001 %
636
5.51 EC2 Test35: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression to top – Based
on nominal rigidity method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5123

Test status: Passed
5.51.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular concrete column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to compression to top –
Based on nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Based on nominal rigidity method
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal rigidity method, and then
5.51.2 Background
Based on nominal rigidity method
Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal rigidity method, and then

► 0.45 MN axial force
► 0.10 MNm rotation moment applied to the column top
► 0.50 MN axial force
► 0.06 MNm rotation moment applied to the column top
■  2  0,3
■ Concrete C30/37
637
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.45 m,
■ Width: b = 0.60 m,
■ Length: L = 4.50 m,
■ Concrete cover: c = 5cm along the long section edge and 3cm along the short section edge
Boundary conditions
Loading
NEd =1.35*0.45+1.5*0.50=1.3575MN
MED=1.35*0.10+0.30*0.06=0.225MNm
0.225
■ e0   0.166 m
1.3575
638

considered to be:
l0  2 * l  2 * 4.50  9m
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 9
   69.28
a 0.45
M EQP
 ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
 , t0  creep coefficient
M 0 Eqp  0 .10  0.3 * 0.06  0.118 MNm
M 0 Ed  0.225MNm
The moment report becomes:
M 0 Eqp 0.118
  0.524
M 0 Ed 0.225
The creep coefficient

 , t0  is defined as follows:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.73MPa
f cm 30  8
1 1
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
RH =relative humidity; RH=50%
639
0.7 0.2
   2  1 if f  35MPa  35   35 
if not 1  
Where 1 cm  f  and  2   
 cm   f cm 
2 * Ac 2 * 450 * 700
h0    274 mm
u 2 * 450  700 
f cm  38MPa  35MPa ,
Therefore:
0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
 35   35   35   35 
1       0.944 and  2       0.984
 f cm   38   f cm   38 
 RH   50 
 1   1 
 RH  1  100 *   *   1  100 * 0.944  * 0.984  1.70
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0   0.1 * 3 274 
   
   
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.70 * 2.73 * 0.488  2.26
M EQP
ef   , t0  *  2.26 * 0.524  1.18
M Ed
1  ef  1  1.18  2.18

20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 1.3575
n   0.215
Ac * f cd 0.45 * 0.70 * 20
1 1
A
1  0,2 * ef  1  0.2 *1.18  0.81

because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known
because the ratio of the first order moment is not known
20 * 0.85 * 1.1 * 0.7

lim   26 .90
0.215
  69.28  lim  26.90
Therefore, the second order effects most be considered
640
5.51.2.3 The eccentricity calculation and the corrected loads on ULS:
0.225
e0   0.166m
1.3575
First order eccentricity- stresses correction:
N Ed  1.3575MN
e1  e0  ei  0.1885m  18.85cm
M Ed  0.256MNm

h  0.45 
M ua  M G 0  N * ( d  )  0.256  1.3575 *  0.40    0.494 MNm
2  2 
h h 0,45 0,45
 BC  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,495
d d 0,40 0,40
M ua 0.495
 cu    0.220
bw * d ² * f cd 0.70 * 0.40² * 20
641
cu  0.220

u  1,25 * 1  (1  2 * 0,220)  0,315 
zc  d * (1  0,4 *  u )  0,40 * (1  0,4 * 0,315)  0,350m
M ua 0,495
A    32.46cm ²
zc * f yd 0,350 * 434,78

N 1.3575
A  A'  32.46 *10 4   1.24cm2
f yd 434.78
0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 1.3575

As , min    3.12cm ²  0.002 * Ac  6.3cm 2
f yd 434 .78

The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal rigidity:

It is estimated nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:
With:
Ecm
Ecd 
1.2
f cm  f ck  8MPa  38MPa
0.3 0.3
f   38 
Ecm  22000 *  cm   22000 *    32837 MPa
 10   10 
Ecm 32837
Ecd    27364MPa
1.2 1.2
b * h 3 0.70 * 0.45 3
Ic    5.316 * 10  3 m 4 (concrete only inertia)
12 12
Es  200000MPa
Is
: Inertia
As 6,28 *104
   0.002
Ac 0.70 * 0.40
642
As
0.002     0.01
Ac
f ck 30
k1    1.22 Mpa
20 20
N Ed 1.3575
n   0.215
Ac . f cd 0.45 * 0.70 * 20
 69.28
k2  n *  0.215 *  0.088  0.20
170 170
2 2
A h  6,28.104  0.45 
Is  2 * s *   c   2 * *  0.05   1,92.10  5 m 4
2 2  2  2 
Ks  1 k1 * k 2 1.22 * 0.088
and Kc    0.049
1   ef 1  1.18
Therefore:
EI  0.049 * 27364 * 5.316 *103  1 * 200000 *1.92 *105  10.97 MNm²

Stresses correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the time of the first order:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 
M 0 Ed  0.0256MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections
²
 and c0  8 the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
c0
²
  1.234
8
EI 10.82
NB   ² * 2
²*  1.32 MN
l0 9²
The second order moment is:
 
 1.234 
M Ed 2  0.256 * 1 
1.32   11.18MNm
  1
 1.3575 
An additional iteration must be made by increasing the ratio of reinforcement.
643
The iteration is made considering 8HA12 or As=9.05cm2
9,05 * 10 4
  0.0029
Therefore 0.70 * 0.45
Is obtained:
Therefore:
N Ed 2  1.3575MN
M Ed 2  2.48MNm
Given the mentioned reports, there must be another reiteration:
The reinforcement section must be increase to 8HA20 or As=25.13cm2 and   0.008 :
644
Is obtained:
Therefore:
N Ed 2  1.3575MN
M Ed 2  0.563MNm
Using the EC2 calculation tools, combined bending analytical calculation, a 28.80cm2 value is found.
There must be another iteration:
The reinforcement section must be increase to As=30cm2 and   0.0095 :
645
Therefore:
N Ed 2  1.3575MN
M Ed 2  0.499MNm
Using the EC2 calculation tools, combined bending analytical calculation, a 22.22cm2 value is found.
The theoretical reinforcement section of 30cm2 will be adopted.

■ 6 nodes,

(reference value: 16cm2 )

(reference value: 31.99cm2 = 2 x 15.99cm2)
646

2
Az Reinforcement area [cm ] 16 cm2

Az Az -15.995 cm² 0.0000 %
647
5.52 EC2 Test 39: Verifying a circular concrete column using the simplified method – Professional
rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5146

Test status: Passed
5.52.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a concrete (C25/30) column with circular cross section using the simplified method –
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Simplified Method
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked). To
the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along the Z axis is also blocked.
5.52.2 Background
Simplified Method
Verifies the adequacy of a circular cross section made from concrete C25/30.

■ Concrete C25/30
■ Buckling length L0=5.00m
648
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Radius: r = 0.40 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked) and
to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.
Loading
N ED  1.35 * 5000  6750kN
649
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004): Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)

L0 :buckling length L0=L=5m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004): Chapter 5.8.3.2(2)
i :the radius of giration of uncraked concrete section
I : second moment of inertia for circular cross sections
A : cross section area
, therefore:
■
■
  25  60 , therefore:
0.84 0.84
 2
 2
 0.722
   25 
1   1  
 62   62 
k h  (0.70  0.5 * D) * (1  8 *  *  )
650
If the ρ and δ values are unknown, the term will be considered:

(1  8 *  *  )  0.95 , therefore:
k h  (0.70  0.5 * D) * (1  6 *  *  )  (0.70  0.5 * 0.8) * 0.95  1.045
f yk 500
k s  1.6  0.65 *  1.6  0.65 *  0.95
500 500
f ck 25
f cd    16.67 MPa
1.5 1 .5
f yk 500
f yd    333 .33 MPa
1 .5 1 .5
1  N ed  1  6.750 
As  *    * r 2 * f cd   *   * 0.4 2 *16.67   31.14 cm ²
f yd k *
 h s k *   333 . 33  1 . 045 * 0 . 95 * 0 . 722 

■ 6 nodes,


2

Az Az -17.4283 cm² 0.0002 %
651
5.53 EC2 Test 43: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small rotation moment and
significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-
strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5211

Test status: Passed
5.53.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a small rotation
moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1).
5.53.2 Background
Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.

► 150 kN axial force
► 15 kMm rotation moment applied to the column top
► the self-weight is neglected
► 100 kN axial force
► 7 kNm rotation moment applied to the column top
■
■ Concrete C30/37
652
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
Boundary conditions
Loading
NEd =1.35*150+1.50*100=352.50kN=0.353MN
MEd=1.35*15+1.50*7=30.75kNm=0.03075MNm
653

considered to be:
l0  2 * l  11.60m
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 11.60
   80.37
a 0.50
M EQP
 ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
 , t0  creep coefficient

e1  e0  ei
ei  0.03m
M Eqp 0 15  0.30 * 7
e1  e0  ei   ei   0.30  0.125m
N Eqp 0 150  0.30 *100
N Eqp1  150  0.30 *100  180kN
M Eqp1  N Eqp1 * e1  180 * 0.125  22.50kNm  0.0225MNm

M Ed 1  0.041MNm
The creep coefficient

 , t0  is defined as follows:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.72
f cm 30  8
1 1
0 .1  t 0
0.20
0.1  28 0.20
654
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
0.7 0.7 0.2 0.2
 35   35   35   35 
f
 cm   38  f
 cm   38 
 50 
 1 
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500 100 * 0.944  * 0.984  1.72
h0    250 mm   RH  1 
u 2 * 500  500   0.1 * 3 250 
 
 
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488  2.28
M EQP 0.0225
ef   , t0  *  2.28 *  1.25
M Ed 0.041

20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 0.353
n   0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
1 1
A
1  0,2 * ef  1  0.2 *1.25  0.80

20 * 0.80 * 1.1 * 0.7

lim   46 .24
0.071
  80.37  lim  46.24
Therefore, the second order effects cannot be neglected.
Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS :

NEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN = 0,3525 MN
MEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 352.5kN= 0.03075MNm
655
M Ed 0.03075
e0    0.087 m
N Ed 0.353
l0 11.6
ei    0.03m
400 400
N Ed  0.353MN
e1  e0  ei  0.117m
M Ed  e1 * N Ed  0.117 * 0.353  0.041MNm
M  N Ed * e0
20mm  20mm  20mm

 30  30 16.7 mm

To apply the nominal rigidity method, we need an initial reinforcement area to start from. For this, the concrete
section will be sized considering only the first order effect.
The Advance Design calculation is different: it is iterating as many time as necessary starting from the minimum
percentage area.
The reinforcement is determined using a compound bending with compressive stress. The determined solicitations
were calculated from the center of gravity of the concrete section alone. Those stresses must be reduced to the
centroid of tensioned steel:
h  0.50 
M ua  M G 0  N * ( d  )  0.041  0.353 *  0.45    0.112 MNm
2  2 
656
Verification about the partially compressed section:
h h 0,50 0,50
 BC  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,494
d d 0, 45 0,45
M ua 0.112
 cu    0.055
bw * d ² * f cd 0.50 * 0.45² * 20
cu  0.055  BC  0.494 therefore the section is partially compressed
The calculation for the tensioned steel in pure bending:
cu  0.055
 
u  1,25 * 1  (1  2 * 0,055)  0,071
zc  d * (1  0,4 *  u )  0,45 * (1  0,4 * 0,071)  0,437m
M ua 0,112
A    5,89cm ²
zc * f yd 0,437 * 434,78
The calculation for the compressed steel in bending:

For the compound bending:
The minimum column percentage reinforcement must be considered:
Therefore a 5cm2 reinforcement area will be considered
657
5.53.2.3 The nominal curvature method (second order effect):
The curvature calculation:

Considering a reinforcement of 5cm ² (considered symmetric), one can determine the curvature from the following
formula:
1 1
 K r * K *
r r0
f yd
434.78
1  yd Es
   200000  0.0107m 1
r0 (0,45 * d ) (0,45 * d ) 0,45 * 0.45
nu  n
Kr  1
nu  nbal
N Ed 0.353
n   0.0706
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
As * f yd 5 *104 * 434.78
   0.0435
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
nu  1    1  0.0435  1.0435
nbal  0,4
1.0435  0.0706
Kr   1.51
1.0435  0.40
Condition: K r  1 , therefore we consider: K r  1
K K   1   *  ef  1
creep coefficient:
,
Therefore:
1 1
 K r * K *  1 * 1 * 0.0107  0.0107 m 1
r r0
Calculation moment:
The moment of calculation is defined by the formula:
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2
658
Where:
M 0 Ed is moment of the first order including geometric imperfections.
M2 is nominal moment of second order.
The 2nd order moment is calculated from the curvature:
M 2  N Ed * e2
1 l02 11 .60 ²
e2  *  0.0107 *  0.144 m
r c 10
M 2  N Ed * e2  0.353 * 0.144  0.051MNm
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2  0.041  0.051  0.09MNm
The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second degree effects, as follows:

The interaction diagram will be used.
659
According to the diagram, it will be obtained a minimal percentage reinforcement:
0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.353

As , min    0.81cm ²  0.002 * Ac  5cm 2
f yd 434 .78

■ 7 nodes,
660

(reference value: Au=5cm2)

(reference value: 5 cm2)

2
Amin Reinforcement area [cm ] 5 cm2

Amin Amin 5 cm² 0.0000 %
661
5.54 Verifying the capacity design results according to Eurocode EC2 and EC8 French standards.
(DEV2013 #8.3)
Test ID: 5602

Test status: Passed
5.54.1 Description
Verifies the capacity design results according to Eurocode EC2 and EC8 French standards.
662
5.55 EC2 Test 47: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to tension load - Bilinear stress-
strain diagram (Class XD2)
Test ID: 5964

Test status: Passed
5.55.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. Verification of the
bending stresses at ultimate limit state and serviceability limit state is performed.
Verification is done according to EN 1992-1-1 French annex.
5.55.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate and Service State Limit
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this

■
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.20 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
663
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are
used in relation to this material:
■ Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,
► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
Load combinations:
■ Ultimate Limit State:
NEd  1.35 * G  1.5 * Q  1.35 * 135  1.5 * 150  407 kN

Nser,cq  G  Q  135  150  285 KN
■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

Nser,qp  G  0.3 * Q  135  0.3 * 150  180 KN
664
5.55.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement and the crack width
Calculating for ultimate limit state:
N Ed 0.407
As ,U    9.37 *10 4 m²  9.37cm²
 s ,U 500
1.15
Calculating for serviceability limit state:
N ser
As , ser 
S
 s  0,8 * f yk  0,8 * 500  400Mpa
0.285
As ,ser   7.13 *104 m²  7.13cm²
400
Final reinforcement
Is retained the steel section between the maximum theoretical calculation at ULS and calculating the SLS or
Ath = 9.37 cm ².
Therefore, 4HA20 = A = 12.57 cm ².
Constraint checking to the ELS:
N ser 0.285
s    s   226 .80 MPa   s  400 MPa
As ,ser 0.001257
Crack opening verification:

It will be checked the openings of cracks by considering 4HA20.
Calculating the maximum spacing between the cracks

The maximum spacing of cracks is given by the formula:
0.425 * k1 * k 2 * 
sr , max  k3 * c 
 p , eff
The effective depth “d” must be estimated by considering the real reinforcement of the beam:
2
d  20  5  0.6   13.4cm
2
2.5 * ( h  d ) 2.5 * (0.20  0.134)  0.165
Ac , eff  b * min  h  0.20 * min  0.20  0.020
   0 . 100
2 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2); Figure: 7.1
Ac ,eff  0.040 m ² this value was multiplied by two because the section is fully stretched
As 12.57 * 10 4
 p , eff    0.031
Ac , eff 0.040
665
n1 * 12  n2 * 22
eq   20mm
n1 * 1  n2 * 2
0.425 * k1 * k 2 * 
sr , max  k3 * c 
 p , eff
Concrete cover of 5cm and HA6 reinforcement, therefore c=5+0.6=5.6cm
k1  0.8 HA bars
k 2  1 pure tension sizing

2/3 2/3
 25   25 
k 3  3 .4 *    3.4 *    1.99
 c   56 
0.425 * k1 * k 2 *  0.425 * 0.8 * 1 * 20

sr , max  k3 * c   1.99 * 56   331mm
 p , eff 0.031
Calculation of average deformations
Es 200000
e    6.35
Ecm 31476
Steel stresses in SLSqp:
N ser  qp 0.180
s    143 .2 Mpa
As ,ser 0.001257
fct,eff 2.56
σs  k t * * (1  α e * ρp,eff ) 143  0.4 * * (1  6.35 * 0.031)
ρp,eff 0.031
ε sm  ε cm   
Es 200000
σs
 5.17 * 10  4  0,6 *  4.30 * 10  4
Es

wk  sr , max * ( sm   cm )  331* (5.17 *104 )  0.171mm

For an exposure class XD2, applying the French national annex, it retained a maximum opening of 0.20mm crack.
666

In case one control for cracking is required:
f ctm
As  Ac .
f yk
Because h<0.3m
f ctm  0.30 * f ck2 / 3  0.30 * 252 / 3  2,56 Mpa

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2);Table 3.1
Ac  0.20 * 0.20  0.04m²

f ctm 2.56
As  Ac *  0.04 *  2.05cm ²
f yk 500

■ 6 nodes,
667
Longitudinal reinforcement for ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

ULS (reference value: Az=9.36 cm2=2*4.68 cm2)
SLS (reference value: Az=7.12 cm2=2*3.56 cm2)
Stresses in the steel reinforcement

(reference value: s= 226.80Mpa)
Maximum spacing of cracks Sr, max (m)

(reference value: Sr,max= 0.331m)
Crack width wk (mm)

(reference value: wk= 0.171mm)
668

2
Az,ULS Theoretical reinforcement area for the ULS load combination [cm ] 4.68 cm2
s Stresses in steel reinforcement [MPa] 226.77 MPa
Sr, max Maximum spacing of cracks [m] 33.1 cm
wk Crack width [mm] 0.017 cm

Az Az,USL -4.68337 cm² -0.0001 %
Ss CQ SigmaS -226.766 MPa 0.0016 %
Sr,max Sr,max 32.7639 cm -0.7155 %
wk wk -0.0170451 cm -0.2650 %
669
5.56 EC2 Test 4 II: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot B efforts – Inclined
Test ID: 5893

Test status: Passed
5.56.1 Description
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement.
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot B efforts. For these tests, the constitutive law for
reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
The objective is to verify the longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class B reinforcement steel ductility.
5.56.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the  value (hence the position of the neutral axis) to determine the Pivot efforts
(A or B) to be considered for the calculations.
The distinction between the Pivot A and Pivot B efforts is from the following diagram:
xu  cu 2  cu 2
   x u   .d  .d
d  ud   cu 2  ud   cu 2
The limit for  depends of the ductility class:
■ For a Class A steel: ε ud  22.50   α u  0.1346


■ For a Class B steel: ε ud  45   α u  0.072

■ For a Class C steel: ε ud  67.50   α u  0.049

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, it will be used the
constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram.
S 500 A   su  432,71  952,38. su  454MPa

S 500B   su  432,71  727,27. su  466MPa
S 500C   su  432,71  895,52. su  493MPa
The Pivot efforts types are described below:
■ Pivot A: Simple traction and simple bending or combined
■ Pivot B: Simple or combined bending
■ Pivot C: Combined bending with compression and simple compression
670

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m+ dead load,
■ There will be considered a Class B reinforcement steel
■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class B reinforcement steel ductility
671
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.90 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
■ Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.806 m; d’ = ebz = 0.040 m
■ There will be considered a Class B reinforcement steel ductility
fck 25
γc 1,5
2/3
■ fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56MPa
f yk 500
■ Steel S500 : f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
along X.
■ Inner: None.
672
Loading
Dead load:
G’=0.9*0.5*2.5=11.25 kN/ml
Load combinations:
■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25+11.25)+1.5*50=123.94 kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+11.25+50=86.25kN/ml
123.94 * 5.80²
M Ed   521.16kNm
8
86.25 * 5.80²
M Ecq   362.68kNm
8
For S500B reinforcement steel, we have lu  0.372 (since we consider no limit on the compression concrete to
SLS).
Reference solution for reinforcement from Class B steel ductility

If the Class B reinforcement steel is chosen, the calculations must be done considering the Pivot B efforts.
■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m
M Ed 0.52116 * 103 Nm
 cu    0,096
bw * d ² * f cd 0,50m * 0.806² m 2 * 16,67 MPa
■ The α value:
A design in simple bending is performed and it will be considered a design stress of concrete equal to f cd .
zc  d * (1  0,4 *  cu )  0.806 * (1  0.4 * 0.127)  0.765m
1  u 1  0,127
■ Tensioned reinforcement steel elongation :  su  *  cu 2  * 3.5  24.1 
u 0,127 
■ Reinforcement steel stresses :
 su  432,71  727,27 *  su  466MPa
 su  432,71  727,27 * 0,0241  450.25Mpa  466MPa
M Ed 0.52116
Au    15.13cm²
zc * f yd 0.765 * 450.25

■ 7 nodes,
673

My,ULS My corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 521.16 kNm
My,SLS My corresponding to 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 362.68 kNm
2
Az Theoretical reinforcement area (Class B) [cm ] 15.13 cm2

My My corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) -521.125 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My corresponding to 102 combination (SLS) -362.657 kN*m -0.0001 %
Az Theoretical reinforcement area (Class B) -15.1105 cm² -0.0002 %
674
5.57 Testing the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis
model (TTAD #14332)
Test ID: 6189

Test status: Passed
5.57.1 Description
Tests the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis mode and generates the
corresponding report.
5.58 Verifying the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching
reinforcement results when Z down axis is selected. (TTAD #14963)
Test ID: 6200

Test status: Passed
5.58.1 Description
Verifies the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement results when
Z down axis is selected.
The model consists in a c25/30 concrete planar element and four concrete columns (with R20/30, IPE400, D40,
L60*20 cross-sections) and is subjected to self weight and 1 live load of -100 KN.
5.59 EC2: column design with “Nominal Stiffness method” square section (TTAD #11625)
Test ID: 3001

Test status: Passed
5.59.1 Description
Verifies and generates the corresponding report for the longitudinal reinforcement bars of a column. The column is
designed with "Nominal stiffness method", with a square cross section (C40).
5.60 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar with rectangular cross
section
Test ID: 4179

Test status: Passed
5.60.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation according to the Eurocodes 2 -
French DAN. Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement and generates the corresponding report: "Longitudinal
reinforcement linear elements".
The model consists of a concrete linear element with rectangular cross section (R18*60) with rigid hinge supports at
both ends and two linear vertical loads: -15.40 kN and -9.00 kN.
675
5.61 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for articulated beams (TTAD
#11342)
Test ID: 3639

Test status: Passed
5.61.1 Description
Verifies the minimum transverse reinforcement area for two articulated horizontal beams.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation and generates the "Transverse
reinforcement linear elements" report.
Each beam has rectangular cross section (R30*70), B25 material and two hinge rigid supports at both ends.
On each beam there are applied:
- Dead loads: a linear load of -25.00 kN and two punctual loads of -55.00 kN and -65.00 kN
- Live loads: a linear load of -20.00 kN and two punctual loads of -40.00 kN and -35.00 kN.
5.62 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for an articulated beam (TTAD
#11342)
Test ID: 3638

Test status: Passed
5.62.1 Description
Verifies the minimum transverse reinforcement area for an articulated horizontal beam.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation and generates the "Transverse
reinforcement linear elements" report.
The beam has a rectangular cross section (R20*50), B25 material and two hinge rigid supports at both ends.
5.63 EC2 : calculation of a square column in traction (TTAD #11892)
Test ID: 3509

Test status: Passed
5.63.1 Description
The test is performed on a single column in tension, according to Eurocodes 2.
The column has a section of 20 cm square and a rigid support. A permanent load (traction of 100 kN) and a live load
(40 kN) are applied.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the longitudinal
reinforcement report.
676
5.64 Verifying Aty and Atz for a fixed concrete beam (TTAD #11812)
Test ID: 3528

Test status: Passed
5.64.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation of a model with a horizontal concrete
beam.
The beam has a R20*50 cross section and two hinge rigid supports.
Verifies Aty and Atz for the fixed concrete beam.
5.65 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a structure with 375 load cases combinations
(TTAD #11683)
Test ID: 3475

Test status: Passed
5.65.1 Description
Verifies the reinforced concrete results for a model with more than 100 load cases combinations.
On a concrete structure there are applied: dead loads, self weight, live loads, wind loads (according to NV2009) and
accidental loads. A number of 375 combinations are obtained.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforcement areas
planar elements report.
5.66 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for linear elements (TTAD #11636)
Test ID: 3545

Test status: Passed
5.66.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a vertical concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the longitudinal
reinforcement and generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a square cross section of 30.00 cm, a rigid fixed support at the base and a support with translation
restraints on X and Y. A vertical punctual load of -1260.00 kN is applied.
5.67 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement bars for a filled circular column (TTAD #11678)
Test ID: 3543

Test status: Passed
5.67.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a vertical concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a circular cross section with a radius of 40.00 cm and a rigid hinge support. A vertical punctual load of -
5000.00 kN is applied.
677
5.68 Verifying concrete results for planar elements (TTAD #11583)
Test ID: 3548

Test status: Passed
5.68.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results on planar elements.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforced concrete
analysis report: data and results.
The model consists of two planar elements (C20/25 material) with rigid fixed linear supports. On each element, a
punctual load of 50.00 kN on FX is applied.
5.69 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a fixed beam (TTAD #11836)
Test ID: 3542

Test status: Passed
5.69.1 Description
Verifies the concrete results on a fixed horizontal beam.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforced concrete
calculation results report.
The beam has a R25*60 cross section, C25/30 material and has a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support
with translation restraints on Y and Z at the other end. A linear dead load (-28.75 kN) and a live load (-50.00 kN) are
applied.
5.70 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a fixed linear element (TTAD #11700)
Test ID: 3547

Test status: Passed
5.70.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the longitudinal
reinforcement and generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a rectangular cross section R40*80, has a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support with
translation restraints on Y and Z. Four loads are applied: a linear dead load of -50.00 kN on FZ, a punctual dead load
of -30.00 kN on FZ, a linear live load of -60.00 kN on FZ and a punctual live load of -25.00 kN on FZ.
5.71 Verifying concrete results for linear elements (TTAD #11556)
Test ID: 3549

Test status: Passed
5.71.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a horizontal concrete bar.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the reinforcement and
generates the reinforced concrete analysis report: data and results.
The bar has a rectangular cross section R20*50, a rigid hinge support at one end, a rigid support with translation
restraints on X, Y and Z and rotation restraint on X.
678
5.72 Verifying the reinforcement of concrete columns (TTAD #11635)
Test ID: 3564

Test status: Passed
5.72.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement of a concrete column.
679
5.73 EC2 Test 47 I: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a tension distributed load -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2)
Test ID: 5887

Test status: Passed
5.73.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C25/30 subjected to a tension distributed load - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XD2).
area and the verification of the minimum reinforcement area.
5.73.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability Limit State
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this

Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.20 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are
used in relation to this material:
■ Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,
► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
Load combinations:
Nser,cq  G  Q  135  150  285 KN
■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

Nser,qp  G  0.3 * Q  135  0.3 * 150  180 KN
5.73.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal and the minimum reinforcement
Calculating the longitudinal reinforcement for serviceability limit state:
N ser
As , ser 
S
 s  0,8 * f yk  0,8 * 500  400Mpa
0.285
As ,ser   7.13 *104 m²  7.13cm²
400
Calculating the minimum reinforcement:
Ac  0.20 * 0.20  0.04m²

f ctm 2.56
As  Ac *  0.04 *  2.05cm ²
f yk 500

■ 6 nodes,
681
Longitudinal reinforcement for SLS load combinations

SLS (reference value: Az=7.12 cm2=2*3.56 cm2)
Minimum longitudinal reinforcement

(reference value: Amin= 2.05 cm2)

2
Az,SLS Theoretical reinforcement area for the SLS load combination [cm ] 3.56 cm2
Amin Minimum longitudinal reinforcement [cm2] 2.05 cm2

Az Theoretical reinforcement area for the SLS load combination -3.5625 cm² 0.0000 %
Amin Minimum longitudinal reinforcement 2.05197 cm² 0.0001 %
682
031514-0409-0418

AD Validation Guide Vol1 2015 en

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

AD Validation Guide Vol1 2015 en

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Advance Design

Before being officially released, each version of GRAITEC software, including

1 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD .................................................................................................17

1.2 System of two bars with three hinges (01-0002SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................................21

1.4 Thin circular ring fixed in two points (01-0006SDLLB_FEM) ........................................................................27

1.8 Double fixed beam (01-0016SDLLB_FEM) ..................................................................................................40

1.11 Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter (01-0020SDLSB_FEM)......................................51

1.12 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling (01-0021SFLLB_FEM) .....................................................................55

1.13 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 1) (01-0011SDLLB_FEM).........................................57

1.15 Thin square plate fixed on one side (01-0019SDLSB_FEM).......................................................................63

1.17 Thin circular ring hanged on an elastic element (01-0014SDLLB_FEM) ....................................................70

1.18 Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) (01-0018SDLLB_FEM) ...........................................................74

1.19 Slender beam on two fixed supports (01-0024SSLLB_FEM)......................................................................78

1.20 Slender beam on three supports (01-0025SSLLB_FEM)............................................................................83

1.21 Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending (01-0028SSLLB_FEM) ....................................................................87

1.22 Double hinged thin arc in planar bending (01-0029SSLLB_FEM)...............................................................89

1.23 Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame (01-0023SDLLB_FEM).......................................................92

1.24 Fixed thin arc in planar bending (01-0027SSLLB_FEM) .............................................................................95

1.25 Beam on elastic soil, free ends (01-0032SSLLB_FEM) ..............................................................................98

1.26 EDF Pylon (01-0033SFLLA_FEM)............................................................................................................101

1.29 Bimetallic: Fixed beams connected to a stiff element (01-0026SSLLB_FEM) ..........................................110

1.30 Portal frame with lateral connections (01-0030SSLLB_FEM) ...................................................................113

1.31 Caisson beam in torsion (01-0037SSLSB_FEM) ......................................................................................116

1.32 Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure (01-0038SSLSB_FEM) .....................................................119

1.34 Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load (01-0042SSLSB_FEM) ..............................................................124

1.35 Simply supported square plate (01-0036SSLSB_FEM)............................................................................ 127

1.36 Stiffen membrane (01-0040SSLSB_FEM)................................................................................................ 130

1.37 Torus with uniform internal pressure (01-0045SSLSB_FEM) ................................................................... 133

1.38 Spherical shell under internal pressure (01-0046SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................... 136

1.40 Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends (01-0034SSLLB_FEM) ....................................................................... 141

1.41 Square plate under planar stresses (01-0039SSLSB_FEM) .................................................................... 145

1.42 Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure (01-0043SSLSB_FEM) ......................................................... 148

1.46 Shear plate perpendicular to the medium surface (01-0055SSLSB_FEM)............................................... 158

1.47 Spherical shell with holes (01-0049SSLSB_FEM).................................................................................... 160

1.52 Pinch cylindrical shell (01-0048SSLSB_FEM) .......................................................................................... 171

1.54 Triangulated system with hinged bars (01-0056SSLLB_FEM) ................................................................. 175

1.67 Slender beam of variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed) (01-0086SDLLB_FEM).................................. 206

1.69 A 3D bar structure with elastic support (01-0094SSLLB_FEM) ................................................................ 211

1.70 Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass (01-0095SDLLB_FEM)...................................................... 218

1.73 Simple supported beam in free vibration (01-0098SDLLB_FEM) .............................................................230

1.74 Membrane with hot point (01-0099HSLSB_FEM) .....................................................................................233

1.75 Double cross with hinged ends (01-0097SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................................236

1.76 Short beam on two hinged supports (01-0084SSLLB_FEM) ....................................................................240

1.79 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = -10000 N/m) (01-0102SSNLB_FEM) ..................................................248

1.80 Linear system of truss beams (01-0103SSLLB_FEM) ..............................................................................251

1.82 Linear element in simple bending - without compressed reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91)................260

1.83 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k -> infinite) (01-0101SSNLB_FEM) .........................................................264

1.84 Study of a mast subjected to an earthquake (02-0112SMLLB_P92) ........................................................267

1.85 Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-0208SSLLG_BAEL91) ....................................................272

1.86 Design of a 2D portal frame (03-0207SSLLG_CM66)...............................................................................280

1.87 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = 0) (01-0100SSNLB_FEM)...................................................................288

1.88 Non linear system of truss beams (01-0104SSNLB_FEM) .......................................................................291

1.89 Design of a Steel Structure according to CM66 (03-0206SSLLG_CM66).................................................295

1.90 Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) (01-0004SDLLB_FEM)...................................................304

1.91 Tied (sub-tensioned) beam (01-0005SSLLB_FEM) ..................................................................................307

1.92 Circular plate under uniform load (01-0003SSLSB_FEM) ........................................................................312

1.100 Verifying results on punctual supports (TTAD #11489)...........................................................................317

1.103 Verifying Sxx results on beams (TTAD #11599) .....................................................................................318

1.104 Generating results for Torsors NZ/Group (TTAD #11633) ......................................................................318

1.107 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) .....................................318

1.108 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) .....................................319

2 CAD, RENDERING AND VISUALIZATION ........................................................................ 327

2.7 Generating combinations (TTAD #11721) .................................................................................................. 329